<!DOCTYPE ETS PUBLIC "-//UMDLPS//DTD EEBOPROOF 2.0//EN">
<ETS>
<TEMPHEAD>
<REVDESCR>
<CHANGE>
<DATE>2014-04-10</DATE>
<RESPSTMT>
<NAME>Olivia Bottum</NAME>
<RESP>MURP</RESP>
</RESPSTMT>
<ITEM>Proofed text and corrected markup.</ITEM>
</CHANGE>
</REVDESCR>
</TEMPHEAD>
<EEBO>
<IDG S="marc" R="UM" ID="B13838">
<STC T="S">12569</STC>
<STC T="C">S119433</STC>
<BIBNO T="umi">99854640</BIBNO>
<VID>176307</VID>
</IDG>
<TEXT LANG="eng">
<FRONT>
<DIV1 TYPE="title page">
<PB REF="1" MS="y">
<PB REF="1">
<P>THE PICTVRE <HI>of Christ.</HI></P>
<P>THE WONDER OF Meditation, the Earne&s;t of <HI>Eternitie, the Touch&s;tone</HI> of Faith: <HI>Or,</HI> A Counterbuffe to de&s;paire.</P>
<P>Gathered from the great foun|taine, and &s;tore-hou&s;e of liuing waters, the mo&s;t ancient, &s;acred, holy, authenti|call, &s;elfe-a&s;&s;uring, and canonicall &s;crip|tures, of the old and new Te&s;tament.</P>
<Q>Qui Creauit, Re&s;u&s;citabit.</Q>
<Q><P>Come vnto me, all yee that are weary and laden, &amp; I will ea&s;e you. <BIBL>Mat. 11.28.</BIBL></P>
<P>For the promi&s;e is made vnto you, and to your children, and to all that are a far off, euen to as many as the Lord our God &s;hall call. <BIBL>Act. 2.39.</BIBL></P></Q>
<P><HI>Imprinted at London by</HI> G. Eld 1611.</P>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="dedication">
<PB REF="2">
<PB REF="2">
<HEAD>TO THE RIGHT Honourable, Noble, <HI>and no le&s;&s;e vertuous La|dy</HI> MARY STEVART <HI>Counte&s;&s;e of</HI> Mar.</HEAD>
<OPENER><SALUTE>Madame,</SALUTE></OPENER>
<P>_STRAYING I know not by what chance, in the mo&s;t plea&s;ant and delectable of all gardens (who&s;e conti|nuall &s;pring and &s;weet &s;melling flowers, nei|ther
<PB REF="3"> the extreamitie of Summer, nor colde of Winter, can any whit annoy: the &s;weet flow|ers and &s;imples where|of, (remaining &s;till the &s;ame) comfort all com|mers, applyers, ga|therers, di&s;tilling ver|tue to all, yet loo&s;ing nothing of their for|mer admirable excel|lencie; &s;till giuing, yet rich as before: often
<PB REF="3"> pulled, yet nothing mi&s;sing) I happened heere and there on di|uer&s;e &s;orts, who&s;e &s;eue|rall exceeding &s;weet|ne&s;&s;e, forced mee to binde them togither. So that the more I ga|thered, the greater my de&s;ire was: vntill at la&s;t, hauing gathered &amp; bound togither this plea&s;ant No&s;egay (the &s;urpa&s;sing &s;weetne&s;&s;e
<PB REF="4"> whereof ouer-cloying me) I was glad to get mee gone, not &s;taying for any moe. Which I offer vnto your La|dy&s;hip: not that it can any way ballance your Ladi&s;hips vnde&s;erued curte&s;ies, long &s;ince be|&s;towed: but onely as a poore token of my loue, and hatred to all-abhorred ingratitude, Wi&s;hing that it may
<PB REF="4"> alwaies &s;mel &s;weet vn|to your Lady&s;hippe, chiefly againe and a|gaine, redoubling the &s;uper-aboundant vi|gor and efficacie ther|of by the &s;ecret work|ing and in&s;tigation of your Ie&s;us immortall Spirit, in the houre of di&s;&s;olution: that ther|by re&s;ting mo&s;t a&s;&s;ured whom you haue &s;er|ued, you may ioyfully
<PB REF="5"> leaue this poore pil|grimage and vaile of mi&s;ery, for that eter|nall, new, glorious, cae|le&s;tiall Ieru&s;alem, the felicity whereof, can|not be knowne, vntill po&s;&s;e&s;&s;ed.</P>
<CLOSER><SIGNED><HI>Your Ladi&s;hips, in</HI> all humble dutie long <HI>&s;ince bound,</HI> I. H.</SIGNED></CLOSER>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="to the reader">
<PB N="1" REF="5">
<HEAD>To the Reader.</HEAD>
<P>_BEcau&s;e, gentle Rea|der the confirmati|on of things inui&s;i|ble, wherevpon the eternitie of life or death depen|deth, can neuer bee too recent in memorie; things &s;urpa&s;sing rea|&s;on being &s;o &s;ubiect to obliuion. And that the &s;oule of it &s;elfe is &s;o in&s;atiable, neuer vpon earth ha|uing found any &s;uch contentment, but it &s;till a&s;pyred to &s;ome-what higher and more excellent; yea, euen then when it hath that, which it &s;o earne&s;tly but now de|&s;ired, in full po&s;&s;e&s;sion, becommeth weary of that: with <HI>Alexander</HI> when it hath all which earth can affoord, wi&s;hing for moe worlds. Thus farre the Heathen. But the
<PB N="2" REF="6"> Soule, that is troubled with the greatne&s;&s;e of &s;inne; that goeth crookedly, who&s;e eyes faile (as <HI>Ba|ruch</HI> &s;peaketh) findeth this to be most true, when in the mid&s;t of all tentations, tribulations, cro&s;&s;es, and all other calamities what&s;o|euer incident in this life, or rai|&s;ed by the Prince of darkne&s;&s;e; it onely hath recour&s;e to things &s;ur|pa&s;sing rea&s;on: there it &s;tayeth: there it hopeth: there it belee|ueth: and there onely it findeth rest; but chiefly, in the free pro|mi&s;es of the inui&s;ible-vi&s;ible God of all glory. This confirming pro|mi&s;e, repo&s;ing vpon things inui&s;i|ble, to the Chri&s;tian &s;oule is a &s;alue against all &s;ores&punc; no earthly thing can content it, vntill it rest vpon this promi&s;e, oppo&s;ing it as a buck|ler against all mi&s;eries what|&s;o euer. This doth the Prophet
<PB N="3" REF="6"> <HI>Dauid,</HI> the true patterne of Chri|&s;tianity, in his booke of P&s;almes notably expre&s;&s;e: but chiefly in that hundred and nineteenth; where he at length declareth, that all his confidence did onely relye vpon the promi&s;e: Sometimes, in the&s;e words, Remember the pro|mi&s;e made vnto thy &s;eruat, wher|in thou hast cau&s;ed me to tru&s;t. It is my comfort in my trouble: for, thy promi&s;e hath quickned mee. Somtimes againe, Mine eyes faile for thy promi&s;e; &s;aying, when wilt thou comfort me? And a little af|ter, How &s;weete are thy promi&s;es vnto my mouth! yea, more then hony vnto my mouth. In another place hee &s;aith, I haue hid thy pro|mi&s;e in my heart, that I might not &s;inne again&s;t thee. How often in that P&s;alme doth he challenge the Lord of his promi&s;e in generall?
<PB N="4" REF="7"> as it were, forcing the kingdom, in the&s;e words (according to thy promi&s;e.) And <HI>Iob,</HI> &s;peaking of his obedience to the commandements, &s;aith, that he e&s;teemed the&s;e words more then his appointed food. All which, &s;hew the vnexpre&s;&s;able power, and &s;urpa&s;sing &s;weetne&s;&s;e of the promi&s;e to a troubled &s;oule, when faith hath once apprehen|ded the truth of the promi&s;er. Many are the examples, tedious to relate, how euen parcels of the promi&s;es haue exceedingly com|forted the children of God. The Scriptures are full of &s;uch places, where the height of con&s;olation, is placed onely in the free promi&s;es of God in Chri&s;t: in whom (as the Apo&s;tle &s;peaketh) all the promi&s;es of God, are yea and Amen. And be|cau&s;e it is not giuen to euery one to &s;earch, nor in &s;earching to find,
<PB N="5" REF="7"> nor in finding to apply, nor apply|ing, to apply aright, without a harmonie. Therefore haue I (by the grace of God) as thou &s;eest, gathered togither a heape of the cheefe&s;t promi&s;es: that when the &s;oule in extreame angui&s;h is rea|die to cry out (at it is in the Pro|phet <HI>I&s;aiah</HI>) who among vs &s;hall dwell with euerla&s;ting burnings? and with <HI>Iob,</HI> that changes and armies of &s;orrows are again&s;t her; her eye ca&s;ting out water, becau&s;e the comforter that &s;hould refre&s;h her &s;oule is farre from her (as the Prophet in the Lamentation &s;pea|keth) the Lord for the time &s;eem|ing couered with a clowde, and Sa|than for his part hauing hid all the gratious and &s;weet promi&s;es of mercy, repre&s;enting nothing vnto the &s;ight, meditation, memo|rie, but horror, cur&s;es and woe, and
<PB N="6" REF="8"> the cruell reuenge, of a terrible thundring God, armed in the &s;e|uerity of his iu&s;tice, to throw it downe into the pit of hell with the deuill and his Angels for euer: She may al&s;o heerein pre&s;ently be|hold, that &s;ame God, which thun|dred in Sinai, clothed with fle&s;h, reconciled to vs, and his vn&s;peak|able wrath appea&s;ed in his Sonne, who is the end and fulfilling of the law for righteou&s;ne&s;&s;e to euery one that beleeueth; Finding al&s;o &s;ufficiently therein, if the diuell a&s;&s;aile thee by Scripture (follow|ing in this our Sauiour Chri&s;t) to da&s;h the lye with Scripture in his teeth againe. Which I offer vnto thy milde cen&s;ure; not that there|in thou &s;halt finde any perfect or|der or collection of the heads ga|thered (for who can iudge as hee &s;hould aright, of &s;uch a botto~le&s;&s;e, boundle&s;&s;e, neuer-&s;ounded depth?)
<PB N="7" REF="8"> much le&s;&s;e I, the vnworthie&s;t of all): But onely as a mor&s;ell of &s;ome dainty di&s;h, the &s;weetne&s;&s;e wherof may &s;tir vp &amp; allure thy appetite (if it be not already) to drinke at will of the great fountaine it &s;elf. But chiefly I intreat thee (who ha&s;t not onely this, but a great deale more in thy memory, euen <HI>y^e</HI> whole frame it &s;elfe, and canst bring it forth hand in hand, in well orde|red &s;quadrons and battel array, as time &amp; opportunity fitteth; either to confound the proud, or rai&s;e vp the humble; to beat down &s;inne, ba|ni&s;h tentations, or any other thing that &s;hall oppo&s;e it &s;elf again&s;t this mighty word) to whom the Lord reuealeth his &s;ecrets; who&s;e lips &s;hould &amp; do pre&s;erue knowledge, to whom the &s;pirit of prophecying is &s;ubiect; why (by thy heauen-a-&s;pyring meditations, and then
<PB N="8" REF="9"> Spirit-a&s;si&s;ting power) can&s;t, as it were, Metamorpho&s;e the hearts of the hearers, forcing &s;ome-times, a bribing <HI>Foelix,</HI> or prophane <HI>A|grippa</HI> (much more a true I&s;rae|lite) to tremble and cry out, thou almo&s;t per&s;wadest me to be a Chri|&s;tian, to leaue my &s;innes, &amp;c.] to looke here-vpon with a gentle a&s;pect: and (although thou thy &s;elfe with thy Eagles winge, &s;oa|re&s;t aboue high mountaines) not to di&s;deigne him, who farre off, looketh after thy flight in the low valleys: wi&s;hing to follow thee; but that fearing <HI>Icarus</HI> re|ward, hee dur&s;t not pre&s;ume with waxen wings.</P>
<P>But to draw neerer the marke (becau&s;e the promi&s;e &s;hall auaile nothing, without a&s;&s;urance of the verity of the things promi&s;ed)
<PB N="9" REF="9"> thou hast fir&s;t of all, a view of the perfection of the &s;aid word, by the word it &s;elfe; the mo&s;t a&s;&s;ured te|&s;timony that may be. For, vnle&s;&s;e an internall reuerence of this word (procured by it owne maie|&s;tie, and &s;ecret operation of the holy Gho&s;t) a&s;&s;ure thee of the ex|cellencie and verity thereof (cau|&s;ing thee to cast a&s;ide all humane inuentions and rea&s;ons; onely be|leeuing, and not carping, why, nor wherefore this nor that?) in vaine &s;hall all other helpes and proofes bee. And therefore the Prophet <HI>Dauid,</HI> in meditation thereof, had &s;uch delight therin; that hee confe&s;&s;eth that it was a Lanthorn to his feet, and a light to his paths: that it was mo&s;t pure; the righ|teou&s;ne&s;&s;e thereof euerla&s;ting; the beginning and entrance there|vnto, truth and vnder&s;tanding.
<PB N="10" REF="10"> In another place, that it was as &s;il|uer tried in a fornace of earth &s;e|uenfold: being perfect, conuerting the &s;oule, giuing wi&s;dom vnto the &s;imple, reioycing the heart, giuing light vnto the eies. And &s;urely it is no meane a&s;&s;urance vnto vs of the vndoubted verity therof, that albeit it beat downe our damnable lu&s;ts &amp; affections (being &s;o contra|ry in all things to our vile &amp; cor|rupt nature) yet notwith&s;tanding, we reuerence &amp; imbrace it, as vn|doubted Oracles: becau&s;e a certain venerable maie&s;t<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> &s;hining therin, doth with &s;uch attractiue power, hale and draw the heart &amp; affecti|ons vnto it, beyond all other writs kindling therein ioy vn&s;peakable, a&s;&s;uring, that &s;uch &s;trange effects as it worketh, could not proceed, but from the &s;pirit of God. There|fore it is our part in all calamities and mi&s;eries to re&s;t vpon this word; &s;ince the in&s;pirer &amp; author
<PB N="11" REF="10"> thereof is eternall, and the begin|ing and antiquity therof before al writts: and the rather if we &s;hall a little neerer con&s;ider that well-ordred harmony of the two Te&s;ta|ments; how in the Old, the Law &amp; Prophets do all point at the Me&s;si|as to come; all their types figures, offrings &amp; &s;acrifices, being to end with his comming; all their then perfectio~, con&s;i&s;ting in his perfect oblation, &s;acrifice, &amp; free offering to come: Againe, how in the New, the Me&s;sias being come, requiteth their hopes, fulfilleth all their pro|phecies. pointeth back again at the~ as need required, citing the law &amp; Prophets for confirmation of his doctrine; e&s;tabli&s;hing the law Mo|rall, taking away the cur&s;&s;e there|of, abrogating what was needfull of the Ceremoniall; La&s;tly, to make all &s;ure, giuing, as behooued, his life for his &s;heepe; crying
<PB N="12" REF="11"> vpon the cro&s;&s;e that all was fini|&s;hed; and returning, whence (as a Father &s;peaketh) he as God neuer was ab&s;ent. This word hee him|&s;elfe commanded vs to &s;earch; therein to finde eternall life, <HI>Mo|&s;es</HI> calleth it our life; and the Apo&s;tle <HI>Paul,</HI> the power of God vnto &s;aluation; in another place telling, that it is able to make the man of God ab&s;olute and wi&s;e vn|to &s;aluation. What &s;hould I &s;ay of it? It is all in him, who is all in all.</P>
<P>But heere, the mon&s;ter of men, the all-abhorred Atheist (either that hee may with the more liber|tie cloake his knauery, or that hee will not beleeue but what by rea|&s;on is demon&s;trated) of &s;et purpo&s;e oppo&s;ing him&s;elfe again&s;t all that is of God, &s;tandeth vp with open mouth, denying all at the first
<PB N="13" REF="11"> pu&s;h, making a ie&s;t of this most holy word, and all the Miracles therein; dreaming of (I know not what) ab&s;urdities. The Creation hee cannot abide, becau&s;e it must pre&s;ently lead him to the Creator. But, if there be any &s;o impudently wicked in this our mi&s;erable Age, let vs grant it for a while, (which yet were abhominable bla&s;phemie to maintaine) that the heauens and all the inuironing regions of the ayre were from euerla&s;ting, (&s;hewing notwith&s;tanding the contrary, by their continuall mo|tions leading vs to the first vn|mooued moouer): yet would I one|ly know of them, from whence this little world, Man, did &s;pring, if hee had no creation? &s;etting a&s;ide all other vnrea&s;onable crea|tures; one man leadeth vs to an|other, vntill by degrees wee come
<PB N="14" REF="12"> back to the fir&s;t: and here I aske where hee had his beginning? for from eternitie he was not: which, his mi&s;erable and peri&s;hing na|ture, &s;o &s;ubiect to changings, well &s;heweth: but chiefly his di&s;&s;oluti|on; eternity and change, like light and darkne&s;&s;e beeing &s;o directly contrary. It were mo&s;t ab&s;urd to thinke, that the woman and he did &s;pring like a leafe, an hearbe, or a &s;talke of corne out of the earth: for then why might not the earth &s;till haue produced &s;uch fruite? what needed then this change in beget|ting one of another? Neither dare he (for his excu&s;e) confe&s;&s;e a fall, whereof alteration, mi&s;ery and change might haue en&s;ued, and &s;o the cour&s;e of nature bee changed: vnle&s;&s;e hee bee al&s;o forced to con|fe&s;&s;e One, from whom they had fallen. Then mu&s;t we of nece&s;sitie,
<PB N="15" REF="12"> finde for Man a Creator (&s;ince he had a beginning, and a time wher|in he was not) who (as the Spirit of God by <HI>Mo&s;es</HI> affirmeth, and all the Chri&s;tian world euer &s;ince be|beleeued, yea and Heathen al&s;o) onely was God. Now, that omnipo|tent Power, who (with &s;uch won+der) of a peice of earth, to his owne holy image created him, was euen as able to create all other things before him, for him. But &s;ince wee are none of the&s;e mi&s;creants, let vs leaue the&s;e men (what&s;oeuer in their di&s;putations, life, or &s;ayings they maintaine) with <HI>Caligula</HI> to hide them&s;elues at a crack of thun|der; re&s;ting a&s;&s;uredly vpon the&s;e &s;criptures: a&s;suring our &s;elues, that the vn&s;erchable Depth Soule-qui|eting power, great Antiquity, Ma|ie&s;ty, Vnity, perfit Harmony, Sweet Simplicity, admirable Excellency, rich Pouerty,
<PB N="16" REF="13"> graue Mode&s;tie, mo&s;t holy Beau|tie, and heart-inflaming feruency of them, are &s;ufficient proofes a|gainst all Principalities and Pow|ers oppo&s;ite, of their ab&s;olute per|fection.</P>
<P>Heere I would willingly haue pa&s;&s;ed to the next; but that the my&s;terie of iniquity, the purple whore, the mother of abhominati|ons, the triple-crowned man of &s;inne (who vnder colour of the &s;eruant of the &s;eruants of God, exalteth him&s;elf as King of Kings and Lord of Lords) came in with his worme-eaten and dung-hill Traditions; which hee maketh equall vnto this word, in all pla|ces where his word may pa&s;&s;e for a law, or where men will beleeue that black is white, if he will haue it &s;o; wre&s;ting the&s;e Scriptures, to what&s;oeuer crooked &s;en&s;e hee
<PB N="17" REF="13"> and his Para&s;ites plea&s;eth; like vnto a piece of waxe making it receiue any impre&s;sion; &s;ealing it vp in an vnknowne toung from the vulgar, forbidding it vnto them on paine of damnation (as though they had no &s;oules to &s;aue) not without great policie of the diuell their grand Captaine; that the poore &s;oules (being ignorant of this heauenly food, and onely Truth) might the better receiue, as Oracles, what&s;oeuer lyes &s;hould thence-forth proceed from their bla&s;phemous mouthes: contrary to the expre&s;&s;e command of our Sauiour Christ; who comman|deth vs to &s;earch the Scriptures, Neither is it lawfull to &s;ay, that our Sauiour &s;pake onely to the learned Rabbies, but al&s;o to the poore people, to all, making no ex|ception of per&s;ons; vnle&s;&s;e al&s;o
<PB N="18" REF="14"> they dare affirme, that hee came onely for the redemption and &s;al|uation of &s;uch. Who, but mad-men, durst impute imperfection to this word? &s;ince the Apo&s;tle to <HI>Timo|thie,</HI> commendeth, it to be able to make the man of God ab&s;olute and perfect vnto all good workes. Yet no maruaile hee and his <HI>Baala|mites</HI> dare not abide the open touch of this word, clo&s;ing it vp in a &s;trange toung, in this, &s;hew|ing them-&s;elues truly to be fal&s;e coyne: not daring to abide the cleare &s;hining of that light, who&s;e brightne&s;&s;e freed from the clowds of darkne&s;&s;e, (where by their fal&s;|hood it was long detained) hath &s;o &s;hamed this age past, and yet doth their kingdome of darkene&s;&s;e. No maruaile I &s;ay, for in it they heare no rules giuen for the &s;ub|uer&s;ion of &s;tates, &s;tirring vp of
<PB N="19" REF="14"> rebellions, killing and poy&s;oning of Princes: di&s;charging of &s;ub|iects from their lawfull obedi|ence to their Princes and Gouer|nours: ma&s;&s;acring of thou&s;ands, men, women, and children, to ap|pea&s;e their neuer-appea&s;ed furie: no foundation of their wicked <HI>car|nales</HI> Cardinales, abhominable and idolatrous Ma&s;&s;e, their world of prophane ceremonies: and la&s;t|ly (for what yeares could reckon all?) of the &s;anctitie of Sathans last thunder-bolts, the Locu&s;ts of the bottomle&s;&s;e pitte; &s;ent po&s;t from <HI>Belzebub,</HI> for the vnder|propping of his now-falling king|dome.</P>
<P>I meane the Iebu&s;ites,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Non cum Ie&s;u+itis, &s;i qui itis cum Ie&s;uitis.</NOTE> <HI>A Ie&s;u+itis:</HI> (Ie&s;uites I &s;hould haue &s;aid) who beeing a vermine but now (to &s;peake truely in re&s;pect of antiquitie) creept vppe: the
<PB N="20" REF="15"> more to deceiue the world tooke vnto them the name of <HI>Ie&s;us,</HI> that like Wolues in this lambes skinne, they might the better de|uoure the flocks: &s;ince which time they haue &s;o multiplied <HI>Proteus</HI>-like tran&s;forming them&s;elues in|to innumerable &s;hapes: that like the Frogges and Gra&s;hoppers of Egypt, they are a plague vnto all kingdomes where they remaine: not onely to the ground, (the best whereof by their good-will they ioyne to their Colledges) but al&s;o to &s;oules and bodies, with the breath of their venemous doct|rine, which they euery where &s;ow, vnder coullour of fained holine&s;&s;e and long prayers, (as our Sauiour &s;peaketh of their brethren the Scribes and Phari&s;ees) deuouring all Lords, Knights, Ladies and Widdowes hou&s;es, who once giue
<PB N="21" REF="15"> eare to their inchanting Syren &s;ongs. Like vnto their father the diuell, if they can but get in one foote, will &s;hortly bring al&s;o their body: (there-after ruling the roast,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Bella &s;onat, &s;onat arma, minas &s;onat: omnia martis.</NOTE> as the Prouerbe &s;peaketh) But let them and their <HI>Bellum arma minans</HI> (famous like <HI>Ero|&s;tratus</HI> for impiety) the diuell, and all, doe what they can: this word which already hath made &s;uch a breach in Babels falling towers, &s;hall ere long fini&s;h that which it hath &s;o happely begun.</P>
<P>What &s;hould I &s;ay more of this barbarous, vncomfortable religi|on? our Sauiour Chri&s;t hath left vs a true note to know it, and them in it: (that hee that &s;peak|eth of him&s;elfe &s;eeketh his owne glory.) What I pray you hath the Church of Rome and all the Hie|rarchie thereof beene doing the&s;e
<PB N="22" REF="16"> hundreds of yeares pa&s;t, but &s;eek|ing their owne glory? incurring that fearefull woe of the Prophet <HI>Ezekiell,</HI> to tho&s;e &s;heapheards which neglect their flockes, feed|ing them&s;elues with the wooll and the fatte: killing tho&s;e who are fed. And in <HI>Mathew</HI> (to know them by their fruites) where hee affirmeth, that a good tree (as they pretend to bee) cannot bring forth euill fruite. If wee &s;hall ex|amine &s;ome of their &s;upereroga|ting fruits (to leaue Antiquitie, and haue recour&s;e to bleeding me|morie) <HI>Bartolomeus flet,</HI><NOTE PLACE="marg">The numerall letters make the year 1572. the yeare of the ma&s;&s;acre.</NOTE> <HI>quia Gallicus occubat Atlas:</HI> leauing al&s;o <HI>Saint Bartholomews</HI> bloo|die ma&s;&s;acre <HI>(quia animus me|mini&s;&s;e horret, &amp;c.)</HI> we may be|hold two royall <HI>Henries</HI> wallow|ing in their dearest bloud: (would God all &s;ucceeding <HI>Henries</HI> would
<PB N="23" REF="16"> learne to tame, and not trust, &s;uch wild beasts) the first killed by a <HI>Iacobine</HI> nouice, the &s;econds tra|gedie, most cruelly begunne by a Ie&s;uite, who &s;trooke him in the teeth (a bloodie pre&s;age of what en&s;ued) and (who doubteth) fini|&s;hed by their clo&s;e politick knaue|rie. But I had almost forgotten that horrible (yet &s;ilence &s;hall be&s;t expre&s;&s;e it) Powder-trea&s;on: who can excu&s;e them in this? &s;ince their Prouinciall <HI>Garnet,</HI> old in wickedne&s;&s;e, was cheefe Confe&s;&s;or to chis damnable action. Who&s;e excu&s;e was, that it was reueiled to him, vnder the &s;acred &s;eale of confe&s;sion; therefore not daring to di&s;clo&s;e it.</P>
<P>What mon&s;ter could hee bee, which made &s;uch a lawe &s;o direct|ly again&s;t the whole booke of <HI>God?</HI> was it not lawfull in &s;uch
<PB N="24" REF="17"> a ca&s;e to reueale? &s;hould &s;o much mi&s;chiefe haue beene committed that good might haue en&s;ued? thus might <HI>Lots</HI> daughters ince&s;t with their father, and the like bee ex|cu&s;ed. But his Maie&s;tie in his A|pologie cleareth this c<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ntrouer&s;ie, where hee prooueth that <HI>Garnet</HI> heard of it walking with another Ie&s;uite, and what manner of fai|ned confe&s;sion &s;uch a walking one could bee, th<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">&s;e who are accu&s;to|med to crouchings and kneelings to their Confe&s;&s;ors at the like times well know. Yet why? It may be all was intended of meere loue, becau&s;e our hereticall religion (as they terme it) could not haue brought vs vnto heauen: out of their cha<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">itable affection, chiefly to his &s;acred Maie&s;tie, Queene, &amp; royall progenie, Bi&s;hops, Nobles, Barons, Iudges, and whole body of
<PB N="25" REF="17"> &s;tate: working a worke of &s;upere|rogation, like vnto <HI>Eliah,</HI> to haue &s;ent them all vp for the more cele|ritie, like a whirle-winde, in chaires and &s;eates conducted by fire vnto the clowds, for the more &s;tate, wearing a crowne, and in Robes. Belike to &s;hew vnto God that royall magnificence; doubt|ing least his all-&s;eeing eye, which &s;o long had &s;pared them in the powder-mine, had now become dimne, not able other-wayes to be|holde them.</P>
<P>If th<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">&s;e bee of the &s;upereroga|ting workes of th<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ir perfectest, &s;uch as they e&s;teeme their Ie&s;uites and Ie&s;uited ones to be; for which their powder-martyrs and tray|tors are &s;o extolled, who notwith|&s;tanding haue all &s;uffered, for high trea&s;on, contempt and breach of the lawes, let them all &s;o peri&s;h-
<PB N="26" REF="18"> For it is no great thing (as the Apo&s;tle &s;peaketh) &s;ince Sathan him-&s;elfe is tran&s;formed into an Angell of light: though his mini|&s;ters tran&s;forme them &s;elues, as though they were the Mini&s;ters of righteou&s;ne&s;&s;e; neither tree nor fruite beeing good. Euery tree therefore (as our Sauiour &s;peak|eth) that bringeth not forth good fruite, is hewen downe and cast into the fire. Cur&s;ed be that tree, and let neuer fruite grow vpon it, which barren of good fruite, hath &s;o long deceaued the world with a faire &s;hew of leaues onely: and let all true hearted &s;ubiects for euer beware of &s;uch a Iewi&s;h, Heathni&s;h, Turki&s;h, Hypocriti&s;h, Diueli&s;h, kill-King Religion.</P>
<P>As for the Prophecies of <HI>Chri&s;t,</HI> begun pre&s;ently after the fall, continued to <HI>Abraham:</HI> that of
<PB N="27" REF="18"> <HI>Iaakob, Mo&s;es, Balaam,</HI> and all the Prophets: how fully all were fulfilled is apparently in the Euan|geli&s;ts to be &s;eene. Let the wande|ring, de&s;olate, runnagat, mi&s;be|leeuing Iew, &s;ay what hee will: as the Papi&s;ts in vaine dreame of another Antichrist, &s;o in vaine doe they looke for another <HI>Me&s;&s;i|as;</HI> their true, hauing come as it was prophecied, iust when the Scepter (according to <HI>Iaakobs</HI> Prophecie) was departed from <HI>Iudah: Herod</HI> a &s;tranger, by the Romanes, hauing obtained the kingdome, ordaining what high Prie&s;ts hee plea&s;ed, the abhomi|nation of de&s;olation, prophecied by <HI>Daniel,</HI> then beginning to worke.</P>
<P>But one of the chiefe cau&s;es of this their error was, that they loo|ked for a temporall glorious King;
<PB N="28" REF="19"> and not for one &s;o poore in &s;hew, found in a cratch, entring Ieru&s;a|lem vpon an A&s;&s;e, not hauing wherin to hide his head, his king|dom, as they &s;uppo&s;ed, not being of this world. And if we con&s;ider, how his death &amp; their blindne&s;&s;e was by the Prophets fore-prophecied, by whom it was to bee act<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">d, that for our &s;aluation, redemption, and eternall glorification, it mu&s;t (as it was prophecied) bee fini&s;hed, euen by the inhabitants of Ieru&s;a|lem and the<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">r rulers; and the cur&s;&s;e and vtter de&s;olation vpon people and country euer &s;ince in|flicted: wee &s;hall no wayes doubt thereof: For to vs their affliction and wandering is a mo&s;t a&s;&s;ured te&s;timonie, that the bra&s;en gates of death are broken a &s;under: and a &s;ure path-way for euer opened vnto the fountaine of grace. And
<PB N="29" REF="19"> becau&s;e our faith can neuer be too &s;trong in this our pilgrimage, which is a&s;&s;aulted with &s;o many doubtings: leauing Scripture, if wee will but cast our eyes vpon hi|&s;tories of all &s;orts, it &s;hall be no lit+tle ea&s;e: beholding the Prophecies of <HI>Sybils,</HI> hundreds of yeares be|fore the incarnation of <HI>Chri&s;t:</HI> cited by <HI>Augu&s;tine</HI> out of <HI>La|ctant&icirc;us,</HI> &s;o venerable amongst the Romanes, dcfended by great <HI>Con&s;tantine:</HI> as <HI>Eu&s;ebius</HI> re|porteth. How &s;he prophecied brief|ly of all that happened vnto him: of his comming, life, actes, abu|&s;ings, death, re&s;urrection, &s;econd comming. How at that time all Oracles did cea&s;e, giuing place to the greater. How <HI>Io&s;ephus</HI> &s;peak|ing of him, doubteth if it was lawfull to call him a man: &s;aying further, (not that they &s;aid hee
<PB N="30" REF="20"> appeared aliue vnto them the third day, according as the diuine Prophets had fore-told. How <HI>Au|gu&s;tus</HI> vi&s;iting <HI>Apollos</HI> Oracle when he grew aged (as <HI>N&icirc;cepho|rus</HI> reporteth) could receiue no an&s;wer but with doubled Heca|tombes. The Oracle at la&s;t an&s;we|ring, that an Hebrew child (ruling ouer the ble&s;&s;ed Gods) commanded him to leaue that place, departing to his infernall region. Wherevp|on returning to Rome, hee builded an Altar in the Capitoll, with the in&s;cription of <HI>PRIMOGENITO DEI,</HI> the Altar of the fir&s;t begotten Son of God. How <HI>Plinie</HI> al&s;o reporteth of <HI>Chri&s;ts &s;tarre</HI> which the wi&s;e|men &s;aw, vnder the name of a Commet: wor&s;hipped in Rome by <HI>Augu&s;tus,</HI> for that good which, as hee thought, it pretended vn|to him: the Pagan concluding
<PB N="31" REF="20"> as <HI>Caiphas</HI> did, though in another fort&punc; that if we will confe&s;&s;e the truth, it was a good, hapy, &amp; helth|full pre&s;age vnto the whole world. How <HI>Appolophanes</HI> the Sophi&s;t, as it is reported, being with <HI>Dio|ny&s;ius</HI> at the time of that wonder|full darkne&s;&s;e and Ecclip&s;e of the Sun, contrary to the cour&s;e of na|ture, in Heliopolis a towne of Ae|gypt&punc; bur&s;t forth in the&s;e words, (O good <HI>Diony&s;ius,</HI> the&s;e are the alterations of heauenly things) as al&s;o that of <HI>Diony&s;ius</HI> him-&s;elfe, when that great earth-quake and darkne&s;&s;e was, at the pa&s;sion of our ble&s;&s;ed Sauiour, (the vnknowne God, in fle&s;hly &s;hape &s;uffereth; for who&s;e cau&s;e the vniuer&s;all world is darkned &amp; &s;haken) what &s;hould I &s;peake of <HI>Tiberius</HI> wonderfull propo&s;ition to the Senate, vpon <HI>Pilates</HI> letter? euen to receiue
<PB N="32" REF="21"> <HI>Chri&s;t</HI> for a <HI>God:</HI><NOTE PLACE="marg">Quia, vetus erat decretum, ne qui Deus <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">b Impe<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">atere con&s;c<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">raretur, ni&s;i a <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">c<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> atu prob<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">rc<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ur.</NOTE> who, notwith|&s;tanding their deniall, gaue free pa&s;&s;age to the Name of <HI>Ie&s;us:</HI> as <HI>Eu&s;ebius</HI> and <HI>Nicephorus</HI> in their Eccle&s;ia&s;ticall &s;tories relate. It were tedious to &s;earch, or rec|kon vp all, which might &s;erue for this purpo&s;e, onely let it &s;uffice thee, that &s;ince God him&s;elfe, his holy word, heauen and earth, An|gels and men, diuels and oracles, the con&s;ent of &s;o many hundred yeares, haue all confe&s;&s;ed that thy ble&s;&s;ed Sauiour did once come to take away the &s;innes of many (as the Apo&s;tle &s;peaketh) as a&s;&s;uredly to looke for him the &s;econd time: without &s;inne vnto &s;aluation:</P>
<P>Durst I now but aduenture to touch his Eternall God-head? &s;ure|lie heerein &s;ilence were be&s;t Ora|torie, in &s;o vn&s;earchable a mi&s;tery.
<PB N="33" REF="21"> Yet &s;ince the di&s;ciples of that anci|ent-condemned-foe <HI>Arrius,</HI> by &s;o many generall Councels, holy Fa|thers, and graue Bi&s;hops: dareth yet now and then, &s;pew out &s;ome dregs of their ancient venome, heere and there in corners. It &s;hall not be ami&s;&s;e, by his grace and thy patience, as I thinke, to brandi&s;h once againe aboue their heads, that &s;word, which long &s;ince did after a great skirmi&s;h, &s;o ouer|throw, &s;hame, wound, and put them to &s;ilence. How copious the Scrip|tures euery where are, to &s;et out, extoll, and maintaine this eter|nall God-head, is well knowne to euery indifferent reader: this word, this Angell of the New Te|&s;tament, &s;hining &s;o brightly in the Old. At first Creating, di&s;|cour&s;ing and appearing to the Fa|thers, working &s;uch wonders and
<PB N="34" REF="22"> miracles. For what el&s;e could doe it, but his eternall wi&s;dome coun|&s;elling, and his mighty word ef|fecting? and when could euer this wi&s;dome and word haue begin|ning? which of nece&s;sitie, from all eternity had re&s;idence in the bo&s;ome of the Father. How in &s;o many places thereof, that name of Lord, of God, which is &s;poken of the Father: is al&s;o &s;ometimes meant, and vnder&s;tood of God the Sonne. <HI>Dauid</HI> calleth him Lord, the Lord &s;aid to my Lord, &amp;c. the Prophet <HI>I&s;aiah,</HI> calleth him Wonderfull, Coun&s;eller, The mighty God, the euerla&s;ting Father, the Prince of peace. And <HI>Ieremiah,</HI> Iehouah our righteou&s;ne&s;&s;e: then which what more can bee &s;aid? The Pro|phet <HI>Micah</HI> al&s;o giueth him a be|gining, but he immediatly addeth, that that beginning was fro~ euer|la&s;ting.</P>
<PB N="35" REF="22">
<P>I omit how often through the Pro|phets there is mention made, chiefly in that of <HI>I&s;aiah;</HI> of <HI>Ieho|uah</HI> thy Redeemer, thy Sauiour, yea &s;ometimes, Sauiour and Redee|mer: which two names, properly and only belong to God the Sonne. For although God the Father, as the fountaine of the Deitie, may after a &s;ort bee &s;aid to redeeme and &s;aue: becau&s;e of the eternitie of his loue, fir&s;t con&s;ulting with his eternall wi&s;dome and word, for our redemption and &s;aluation to be clothed with fle&s;h, and after &s;ending of it. Yet was there no ac|tion of performance, but in the per&s;on of the Sonne: properly ther|fore no redemption. <HI>Iohn</HI> &s;aith, that that word was God, and that all things were made by it: and that with-out it, was made no|thing that was made.</P>
<PB N="36" REF="23">
<P>Where now (O wretched <HI>Arrian!</HI>) canst thou find a beginning of the e&s;&s;ence of this <HI>Ie&s;us?</HI> vnle&s;&s;e thou al&s;o derogate from the eterni|tie of the Father. Take away this <HI>Ie&s;us</HI> eternitie, and thou &s;halt ne|uer &s;ee the Father. What power could create this admirable All; but eternall? what horrible bla&s;|phemie were it in thee, to thinke that God created God? returning againe to Pagani&s;me, and plura|litie of Gods. Which thou mu&s;t needs doe, if thou deny either the Vnity or Eternity of the Sonne with the Father. This <HI>Iehouah</HI> in the forty fourth of <HI>I&s;aiah</HI> &s;aith, that hee is the first and the last, and without him there is no God. Yet I hope, hee doth not there ex|clude the God-head of the Sonne&punc; who &s;o often in the Appocalips a&s;|&s;umeth vnto him&s;elf to be <HI>Alpha</HI>
<PB N="37" REF="23"> and <HI>Omega,</HI> the fir&s;t and the la&s;t: (for we mu&s;t alwayes beware that one Scripture confound not ano|ther, &s;o &s;melling of imperfection and lying.) The like might be &s;aid of many moe. Know vile wretch, that their vn&s;eparable vnity can &s;uffer no maner of deui&s;ion: with|out confu&s;ion of the Dietie. This <HI>Ie&s;us</HI> &s;aith, That what&s;oeuer the Father doth, that doth hee al&s;o. And in other places of the &s;aid Chapter; That the Father rai&s;eth the dead, and quickeneth them: al&s;o, That the Sonne quickneth whom hee will. That all iudgment is committed to the Sonne, that all men &s;hould honour the Sonne, as they honour the Father? How commeth it now O <HI>Arrian!</HI> that <HI>Iehouah,</HI> which in the forty two of <HI>I&s;aiah</HI> &s;aith; That he will not giue his glory to another, and is
<PB N="38" REF="24"> euery where &s;o iealious of his ho|nour: is now become a &s;harer with another, fal&s;e of his word, if thy opinion &s;hould pa&s;&s;e for current? doth hee not heere &s;till gather all the honour and glory vnto him|&s;elfe, in honouring his Sonne? Yes verily, for Christ him&s;elfe &s;aith, Vnle&s;&s;e hee be honoured with the &s;ame honour, the Father hath no honour: and in honouring him, we al&s;o honour the Father. Saving further, that hee that &s;eeth him, &s;eeth him that &s;ent him. And to <HI>Philip,</HI> that hee that hath &s;eene him, hath al&s;o &s;eene the Father. And a little after, That he was in the Father, and the Father in him: which he confirmeth in that prayer a little before his pa&s;sion, vnto his Father. Where, with <HI>Caluin</HI> we must remember, that &s;o oft as hee in the per&s;on of the
<PB N="39" REF="24"> Mediator &s;peaketh to the Father, vnder the Name of God, is com|prehended al&s;o the Godhead which was his.</P>
<P>Farther the Apo&s;tle <HI>Paul</HI> &s;aith, that being in the forme of God, he thought it no robbery to be equall with God. That he is the image of the inui&s;ible God, who Created all things, beeing before all things, all things con&s;i&s;ting in him: all the trea&s;ures of wi&s;dome and knowledge being hid in him: the fulne&s;&s;e of the God-head bodily dwelling in him, calling him fur|ther, Prince onely, King of Kings, Lord of Lords. In another place adding, That hee created the worlds, vpholding all things by his mighty word. And in the Reuelation, Hee that &s;aith I am <HI>Alpha</HI> and <HI>Omega,</HI> &s;ayeth al&s;o that hee was dead, (&s;peaking
<PB N="40" REF="25"> of his humane body) but now is aliue for euermore. Wonder thou brain-&s;ick <HI>Arrian,</HI> or what&s;oeuer thou art, that dare&s;t impugne this glorious eternall deitie! neither on paine of thy damnation aduen|ture to &s;earch the cau&s;es of &s;o high a mi&s;tery: perhaps thou wilt not beleeue, becau&s;e thy rea&s;on cannot find it out: but I tell thee vnle&s;&s;e thou &s;ubiect thy rea&s;on to Faith, thy rea&s;on &s;hall lead thee to hell. Knowe&s;t thou not, that wee by our owne knowledge are bea&s;ts? all the imaginations of our hearts being euill continually: all of vs gone out of the way, drinking iniquitie like water; our righteou&s;ne&s;&s;e as filthy clowtes, our iniquities like the winde hauing taken vs away; Our yeares as a thought, our life like the winde, our dayes &s;wifter then a po&s;t, of &s;hort continuance,
<PB N="41" REF="25"> vani&s;hing as a &s;hadow, all of vs lyers: in our be&s;t e&s;tate altogether vanity, and what more mi&s;erable? Our mi&s;erable weakne&s;&s;e beeing thus, how dare&s;t thou impugne the truth of God? or curiou&s;ly &s;earch out the &s;ecrets of &s;o high a mi&s;te|rie? but if thou wilt needs bee cu|rious, begin at his creatures, be|holding what the Lord &s;aith vnto <HI>Iob,</HI> when hee made him to con|fe&s;&s;e his mi&s;ery euen in &s;earching of tho&s;e: let be the vn&s;earchable mi&s;terie of the Trinity; Lay thy hand with him then vpon thy mouth, re&s;oluing, that though thou hast &s;poken bla&s;phemie, thou wilt &s;peake &s;o no more: repenting in du&s;t and a&s;hes, and with the Prophet <HI>Dauid</HI> confe&s;sing, that thou art fearfully and wonderfully made, and that his knowledge is too wonderfull for thee. Thou in|deed
<PB N="42" REF="26"> alleadgest Scripture, &s;o did the diuell to our Sauiour Christ, all to one end, to dimini&s;h his glo|rie. But thou darest not abide to be tried by a harmonie, to let Scrip|ture bee expounded by Scripture: but fliest to &s;ome odde corners, like vnto the Papi&s;ts, and all other the like Heretikes, who to &s;aue their reputation in &s;hew to the world, haue recour&s;e to &s;ome pieces of patched Apocrypha, or other pla|ces of &s;tented Scripture to their fal&s;e glo&s;e. But if thou werest not mad, thou mightest heare that &s;ame voice which pronounced, the Father is greater then I (meaning as he was man) telling thee al&s;o, that the Father and he are one as he was God. If the one be true, &s;hall not the other be as true? where he &s;etteth, as <HI>Caluin</HI> &s;aith, the Fa|ther in the higher degree; in&s;o+much
<PB N="43" REF="26"> as the glorious perfection of brightne&s;&s;e that appeareth in hea+uen, differeth from that mea&s;ure of glory, which was &s;eene in him, clothed with fle&s;h. And that it was expedient thus to be, he declareth in another place, where citing <HI>I|raeneus,</HI> he &s;aith: That the Father which is vnmea&s;urable, is in his Sonne mea&s;ured: becau&s;e he hath applied him&s;elfe to the mea&s;ure of our capacity, lea&s;t he &s;hould drown our mindes with the vnmea&s;ura|blene&s;&s;e of his glory. To which a|greeth that &s;aying of the Apo&s;tle to <HI>Timothy,</HI> that he is that my&s;te|ry of godline&s;&s;e, God manife&s;ted in the fle&s;h, iu&s;tified in the &s;pirit, &s;een of Angels, preached vnto the Gen|tiles, beleeued on in the world, and receiued vp in glory. But if vaine wretch, thou wilt maintaine thy opinions again&s;t <HI>y^e</HI> brightnes of &s;o
<PB N="44" REF="27"> many te&s;timonies; know, that when this <HI>Ie&s;us</HI> with all his holy Angels &s;hall appeare in the clowds, in flaming fire and vengeance to all &s;uch as thou art: he &s;hall bring with him a Scepter of yron to cru&s;h thee in pieces: when the mountaines at thy intreatie &s;hall not couer thee from his pre&s;ence. Since in thy life-time, thou wil|fully oppo&s;ed thy &s;elfe again&s;t &s;uch a clowde of witne&s;&s;es, of the word it &s;elfe, &s;o many learned diuines of all ages: who all haue agreed (that euer &s;pake truly). That he is coe|ternall, coe&s;&s;entiall, coequall with the Father: of one &s;elfe-&s;ame euerla&s;ting&mdash;eternall&mdash;&s;ub&s;tance, continuance, being, &s;tate, conditi|on, and degree: in nothing diffe|ring, but by way of relation.</P>
<P>What &s;hould I &s;peake of that tempe&s;t-calmer, ea&s;e of &s;orrow,
<PB N="45" REF="27"> nur&s;e of ioy, delight of the &s;oule; heauen-forcing prayer? who did euer yet &s;ound aright, the depth of this bottomle&s;&s;e Ocean? who euer yet knew perfectly the windings, turnings, ebbings and flowings, heats and colds, mournings and ioyes, accompanying it at once, or by turnes, as the motions of diuers pa&s;sions enforceth? all which, as euer by any (Christ excepted) are by the Prophet <HI>Dauid</HI> at large expre&s;&s;ed in the booke of P&s;almes. Some-times in his owne per&s;on, &s;ome-times in that of the Church. Sometimes mourning, confe&s;sing, reque&s;ting, in angui&s;h demand|ing: exhorting, comforting, and a&s;&s;uredly triumphing. Yea &s;ome|times when he appeareth to be al|together lost, and vtterly voyde of con&s;olation&punc; as it were from the pit of di&s;paire, and gates of hell,
<PB N="46" REF="28"> (&s;o lowe doth the Lord oft-times bring his owne) ri&s;ing to a full a&s;|&s;urance of mercy.</P>
<P>Certainely this Princely Pro|phet in his booke of P&s;almes, &s;heweth a mo&s;t perfect patterne of prayer, (remembring &s;till the former exception) and of a Chri|&s;tian praying. For if wee looke for Humility, who more humble then he? I am a worme and not a man, a &s;hame of men, and the contempt of the people. If of Patience, who more patient then he? exhorting &s;o to patience. If of Fearing, tru&s;t|ing in the Lord with a&s;&s;ured con|fidence, what heapes of places are there to this purpo&s;e? If of pray|ing, what infinit (as it were) well-framed petitions. If of a for&s;aken Chri&s;tian, &s;eeming neere the brinkes of di&s;paire: who nearer then hee? If againe, of one ha|uing,
<PB N="47" REF="28"> and hoping to ouer-come all the&s;e &s;orrowes: who more glori|ou&s;lie triumphing then hee? of all which thy owne meditation &s;hall more aboundantly &s;atisfie thee; where thou &s;halt &s;ee, how alwayes hee hath recour&s;e to the promi&s;e: thereby &s;hewing, that there can be no well grounded prayer, but on the word applyed, nor no a&s;&s;urance therein, but what it hath from the free promi&s;e of mercy in Christ. Which promi&s;e, beeing rightly and in due time applyed worketh wonders, forcing that kingdome, which of it owne ac|cord &s;uffereth violence: arming thee further to a&s;&s;aile it, neuer returning without mercy, or a&s;|&s;urance thereof. To bee &s;hort, fearing I haue alreadie pa&s;&s;ed, and &s;hall pa&s;&s;e the bounds of an Epi&s;tle: &s;o the grauitie, height,
<PB N="48" REF="29"> and aboundance of the matter in hand intangled me: the waues of this bottomle&s;&s;e Ocean, in which, I know not how vnawares I lan|ched: in to&s;sing mee too and fro, heere and there, that as yet I could not get any &s;ight of land: in con|&s;ideration whereof, yet a little while I intreate thy patience: cal|ling to thy remembrance onely one in&s;tance (which &s;hall &s;erue for all the rest) of that man of God <HI>Mo|&s;es.</HI> Who, when the people had grie|uou&s;ly tran&s;gre&s;&s;ed, cau&s;ing to bee made, and wor&s;hipping a golden Calfe in his ab&s;ence with God in the mount: after that the Lord had told him of his, to <HI>Mo&s;es</HI> &s;ee|ming intention, (for the mi&s;con|&s;truing of the &s;econd cau&s;es, pro|ceedeth certainly of our ignorance in the first) How doth he in&s;inuate the memory of the promi&s;e? what
<PB N="49" REF="29"> &s;trong arguments doth hee v&s;e to mooue the Lord to mercy? Some|times of incon&s;tancie, crueltie, in de&s;tro<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ing tho&s;e, who&s;e conuoy out of a &s;trange land, he had &s;o graced with wonders and miracles. Of his en&s;uing reputation and impoten|cie in the mouthes of the Aegyp|tians. Next of his othe and pro|mi&s;e made to <HI>Abraham, I&s;aack,</HI> and <HI>Iaakob:</HI> and in them to all true beleeuers. And la&s;tly to make all &s;ure, after the Lord had gran|ted his request, &s;econding it with a thing impo&s;sible, by rea&s;on of the Lords eternitie of election and loue: If hee would not, to race him out of the booke of life.</P>
<P>If euer any, did not <HI>Mo&s;es</HI> here force this kingdome? how could hee choo&s;e but finde mercy? Nei|ther did the Lord heere change his minde indeed: but of his infi|nite
<PB N="50" REF="30"> mercy applying him-&s;elfe to our capacitie, &s;peaking after the manner of men: (for how could we haue beene able otherwayes to vnder&s;tand &s;o high mi&s;teries in the language of that heauenly Ca|naan? as in other places is attri|buted vnto him parts of a bodie: whom notwith&s;tanding our Saui|our Chri&s;t in the fourth of <HI>Iohn,</HI> affirmeth to bee a &s;pirit: there|fore to be wor&s;hipped in Spirit and Truth. (It being a changing one|ly, of a threatning in mercy: and that in great equitie, after &s;o &s;trong a batterie,) as is before &s;hewed. Becau&s;e as Diuines agree, in euery threatning or promi&s;e of life or death: there is alwayes &s;ome &s;ecret condition annexed, either reueiled, or vnder&s;tood: vpon the v&s;e or abu&s;e whereof, life or death dependeth. As was certainly in
<PB N="51" REF="30"> this, for if the Lord had beene minded then, as at other times to de&s;troy: when thou&s;ands, and hun|dreds of thou&s;ands peri&s;hed in his wrath, nothing could haue &s;taied their de&s;truction. Which the Lord at first expre&s;&s;eth vnto <HI>Mo|&s;es,</HI> whom, before he threaten, hee inuiteth to interce&s;sion: in the&s;e words, <HI>(Let me alone)</HI> implying a contrary, Let mee alone and I will, Let mee not alone and I will not.</P>
<P>As though the Lord &s;hould haue &s;aid, this people indeed hath grieuou&s;lie &s;inned against mee, wherefore according to the &s;eue|ritie of my Iu&s;tice, I will vtterly con&s;ume &amp; de&s;troy them: vnle&s;&s;e &s;ome meanes of reconciliation for appea&s;ing my wrath be v&s;ed: &s;ome interce&s;sion by Prayer: applying
<PB N="52" REF="31"> my gratious promi&s;es in Chri&s;t, by thee, for them: but if this &s;weete incen&s;e &s;mell once in my no&s;e, I cannot choo&s;e but bee mercifull. Since then the Lord is &s;o grati|&ouml;us, &s;o willing to heare, to grant, how &s;hould it &s;tirre vp euery one to &s;eeke vnto the Lord for mercy, by prayer? &s;ince there are &s;o many gratious promi&s;es to incourage vs: prouiding diligently for ar|mor, by all meanes to offer vio|lence vnto this kingdome. Some may perhaps obiect, that it is a hard taske: which I willingly grant. Yet I againe appeale vn|to them, whether the ioy after the performance, and the &s;weete rest and peace of con&s;cience thereby en&s;uing, bee not a &s;uper-aboun|dant recompence, for any care, for row, or other vexation they finde therein? It is true al&s;o, the Lord
<PB N="53" REF="31"> many times &s;uffereth his children to crie long, without any &s;hew of hearing: yet is it as true, that hee euer hath crowned per&s;euerance with a ioyfull victory. This pati|ent <HI>Iob</HI> well knew, when in the midde&s;t of all his &s;orrowes, hee burst forth in that wonderfull &s;peach: Although hee kill me, yet will I trust in him, &amp;c. for cer|tainly the Lord by this delay, let|teth them know them-&s;elues by degrees, whereof by nature they are ignorant: teaching them hu|mility, patience, per&s;euerance, the tryall of tentations: a&s;&s;urance of his loue, in pre&s;eruing them ami|de&s;t &s;o many dangers: a&s;&s;ured confidence for euer in the like &s;tormes: armeth them with in|uincible arguments, when the fortere&s;&s;e of their faith is a&s;&s;ai|led by Sathans lyes: of the trueth
<PB N="54" REF="32"> of their faith, hope, loue, con&s;tan|cie, or the like. And further that beeing &s;trengthned, they may &s;trengthen their brethren. How this duty is omitted, which &s;hould bring with it all other ble&s;sings, the impietie of this frozen age well &s;heweth: iniquitie like a &s;treame ouer-flowing the hearts of most, would God not of all. But yet how farre they are ignorant of the&s;e pa&s;sions of prayer, and the true moouing cau&s;es, is la|mentable: the most part think|ing they are fafe enough, if they doe &s;ay, Lord helpe me, in the mor|ning: not caring what they doe all the day: but certainly where is no progre&s;&s;e, there must needs en|&s;ue a back-falling.</P>
<P>Some al&s;o, as I thinke, by rea|&s;on they are vnaquainted, with the extremitie of the voyce in
<PB N="55" REF="32"> prayer, a parcell of the highest pa&s;sion: thinke it &s;trange, yea neere a fit of madne&s;&s;e. For my part I dare not iudge of the mi|&s;teries of a troubled &s;oule. Yet why may not the extremitie of pa&s;sionate &s;orrow, breake the bounds of moderation? the ve|hemencie of en-kindling carying the worke of the toung with it (as one &s;peaketh.) And who can appoint limmits, to the vnknowne mounting tran&s;ported flight, of the inlightned &s;oule, in her ar|dent loue to her &s;o de&s;ired home? why &s;hould any then bee a&s;hamed heereof hauing &s;o much grace? for although wee read of a &s;ilent <HI>Mo&s;es,</HI> a muttering <HI>Hannah,</HI> a chattering <HI>Hezekiah:</HI> yet hast thou al&s;o a roaring <HI>Dauid</HI> for the griefe of his heart.</P>
<PB N="56" REF="33">
<P>To touch all, would fill vp a volume, I leaue them therefore, touching onely the last two: the fir&s;t wheereof, to confirme all, let|teth thee &s;ee the trueth of the pro|mi&s;er. The last, a&s;&s;uring thee, that hee who effected this great worke of Creation and Renouation, in re&s;pect whereof, all other miracles &s;eeme nothing: is &s;till as able to doe what&s;oeuer hee in his holy word hath promi&s;ed.</P>
<P>Yet least the&s;e pearles &s;hould be deuoured of &s;wine, prophane hated <HI>E&s;au,</HI> pre&s;uming to pull, as well as godly loued <HI>Iaakob:</HI> giue me leaue to warne thee, the &s;waggering, &s;wearing, domineering Gentle|man, or what&s;oeuer thou art: the di&s;pi&s;er, at lea&s;t, the flowter of pie|tie and profe&s;sors thereof, making no con&s;cience of thy wayes, loo&s;ing the bridle to all licenciou&s;ne&s;&s;e,
<PB N="57" REF="33"> that thou pre&s;ume not to apply the&s;e promi&s;es vnto thy &s;elfe, without repentance. It is not thy prophane life, but a broken and a contrite heart, which <HI>Dauid</HI> &s;aith God will not refu&s;e. Thou that can&s;t not abide to heare of thy more then Iewi&s;h cruelty, in tea|ring and renting that ble&s;&s;ed bo|die, no part therof remaining free from thy bla&s;pemous mouth: nay which is yet more horrible pear|cing vnto his very &s;oule, of thy open and vaunting &s;innes, of for|nication, adultery, and the like: but the gentle admoni&s;her, must receiue a mock for his paines.</P>
<P>Doo&s;t thou thinke &s;o long as thou continue&s;t thus, the&s;e promi|&s;es do appertaine vnto thee? they indeed &s;hall bee vnto thee the &s;a|uor of death vnto death, and not of life vnto life: if thou pre&s;ume
<PB N="58" REF="34"> to apply them vnto thee without a true repentance. How neere in thy &s;coffing doest thou incurre that fearfull woe pronounced by our Sauiour Christ, again&s;t the hypo|criticall Scribes and Phari&s;ees: &s;hutting the kingdome of heauen before men, neither entring thy &s;elfe, nor &s;uffering tho&s;e that would, &s;o farre as thy reproches may hinder? heerein gallopping on hor&s;e-back to the diuell, where others v&s;e to goe on foote, or ride &s;oftly: vnle&s;&s;e the Lord of his infinite mercie &s;tay thee in the way, as hee did to per&s;ecuting <HI>Saul.</HI></P>
<P>Shall the Prophet <HI>Dauids</HI> eyes gu&s;h out with riuers of water, be|cau&s;e prophane men in tho&s;e daies tooke no care in ob&s;eruing the Law? Shall <HI>Phineas</HI> being zea|lous for the glory of <HI>GOD,</HI> by
<PB N="59" REF="34"> killing of <HI>Zimri</HI> and <HI>Cozbi,</HI> when I&s;rael coupled them&s;elues in fornication with <HI>Baalpeor,</HI> turne away the wrath of God, which had already de&s;troied foure and twenty thou&s;and of the peo|ple; obtaining further, a ble&s;sing to him and his &s;eed? And &s;hall it not be lawfull now in this crooked age, ob&s;eruing manner, time, and place, to admoni&s;h, according to that precept of the Apo&s;tle <HI>Paul</HI> to the Ephe&s;ians, to haue no fel|lo<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">&s;hipp with the vnfruitefull workes of darkne&s;&s;e, but euen to reprooue them rather? I deny not, but the hypocri&s;ie and misbehaui|our of &s;ome, hath beene, and is, a great helpe to the reproch of all. Yet why &s;hould all bee blamed? Chri&s;t had twelue, one of them being a diuell: &s;hould he therefore be a reproch vnto the re&s;t?</P>
<PB N="60" REF="35">
<P>And the diuell will &s;owe tares amongst the wheate, which will grow vp, making a faire &s;hew: and who can helpe it? Yet our Sa|uiour willed all &s;o to remaine, vn|till the great harue&s;t, that hee him&s;elfe made a &s;eparation, ga|thering the wheat into his barne: lea&s;t as it is there expre&s;&s;ed, the indi&s;cretion of men, &s;hould pull the wheat with the tares.</P>
<P>My loue to all wi&s;heth thee to forbeare betimes: and then when God &s;hall inlarge thy heart, thou &s;halt wonder with tho&s;e conuerts in the Actes, at that which thou now &s;o di&s;pi&s;e&s;t, as contemptible in thy eyes, becau&s;e of thy blind|ne&s;&s;e and &s;urfet of &s;inne, wherin thou liue&s;t. And remember, if thou wilt not: that the Lord is a con&s;uming fire, that hee will not iu&s;tifie a wicked man, and that if
<PB N="61" REF="35"> the righteous by imputation, &s;hall &s;carcely be &s;aued: where &s;hall the vngodly and &s;inner appeare? If thou bee in Chri&s;t, hauing a con|tinuing &s;triuing repenting &s;or|row, all are thine. If not I pre&s;ent thee with a di&s;h of woes, feed where thou li&s;t: once more troub|ling thy patience, with that fear|full &s;aying of the author to the Hebrewes; Follow peace with all men, and holyne&s;&s;e, without which none &s;hall &s;ee the Lord.</P>
<P>I might heere bee thought par|tiall, to &s;pare the <HI>Ianus</HI>-faced Phara&s;aicall hypocrite: who pro|fe&s;sing Chri&s;tianitie, yet liueth, as though there were neither hea|uen nor hell, God nor diuell: not caring if the out-&s;ide of the plat|ter be cleane, how foule the in-&s;ide be: a part of the mi&s;tery of who&s;e
<PB N="62" REF="36"> iniquitie, I would by the grace of God aduenture to &s;hew, but that it were pre&s;umption after <HI>Appel|les</HI> pen&s;ill.</P>
<P>Yet giue mee leaue, to warne thee al&s;o prophane hypocrite, that the&s;e promi&s;es pertaine not to thee; becau&s;e thou art the mo&s;t dete&s;table wretch that li|ueth. For if a di&s;&s;embling Match|auiliani&s;t with men, be &s;o hatefull to most on earth, what &s;hall he bee that dareth di&s;&s;emble with God, in the Court of heauen? Thou ma|ke&s;t a &s;hew vnto the world, of new birth, and I know not what &s;anc|titie: and yet in &s;ecret, how canst thou reioyce in thy &s;weete darling &s;innes? (I &s;peake not of any poore humbled &s;inners, dayly cast downe with the horror of their &s;innes: &s;triuing continually, whither as yet they can by no meanes attaine)
<PB N="63" REF="36"> for, (who can &s;ay I haue clean&s;ed my heart) but of &s;uch (who haue taken vnto them-&s;elues a &s;etled habite of hypocri&s;ie, beeing plea|&s;ed therewith, liuing at ea&s;e with a &s;eared con&s;cience.) Thou can&s;t perhaps for&s;ake all, &s;o farre as mortalitie may: onely with <HI>Naa|man</HI> wi&s;hing the Lord to bee mer|cifull to thee in this, when thou bowe&s;t thy &s;elfe in the hou&s;e of diueli&s;h <HI>Rimmon.</HI></P>
<P>For all this thou (perhaps) pray|e&s;t often: thou dooe&s;t well: but I aske thee, what kinde of prayer thou can&s;t make without a true confe&s;sion? what true confe&s;sion, without vnfained repentance? and what true repentance, with-out it bee continuat, totall, bringing with it an vnappea|&s;able hatred and for&s;aking, which by degrees it worketh out,
<PB N="64" REF="37"> &s;tudying all meanes, how to cruci|fie this &s;erpent. The diuell by thee gets double aduantage, &s;eeing there is no &s;inne where-vnto hee more tempteth, then that one pro|fe&s;sing Chri&s;tianity &s;hould turne hypocrite. Which conque&s;t hauing once gained, O how hee triumphs for by thy hardened heart, which increa&s;eth dayly more and more, as thou continue&s;t, hee thinketh him-&s;elfe &s;ure of thee, and by thy di&s;&s;embled life, which how clo&s;e &s;o euer thou conceale it for a time, peepeth out at la&s;t at one corner or other: &s;lander en&s;ueth to others. Perhaps thou thinke&s;t, that when thy moneths of vanity are pa&s;t, thou wilt amend all, and repent fully: yet remember that thou can&s;t not tye the Keye of repen|tance to thy girdle: that there is a time, when though thou would&s;t
<PB N="65" REF="37"> &s;eeke it as <HI>E&s;au</HI> did the ble&s;sing, thou &s;halt not finde it: when the doore of repentance &s;hall hee &s;hut, all the wi&s;e Virgins gone in, after which there &s;hall be no opening to the fooli&s;h: when hee &s;hall bee co|uered with a clowde that thy pray|er cannot pa&s;&s;e through. The Lord loueth truth in the inward affec|tions, the Kings daughter is all glorious within (&s;aith the P&s;al|mist) and the Lord craueth the heart chiefly (&s;aith <HI>Salomon</HI>) yet behold, thou wilt not be&s;tow vpon him, but a counterfet out|ward &s;hew: in what e&s;tate art thou, iudge thy &s;elfe? What hast thou then to doe O hypocrite! to take this couenant in thy mouth, &s;ince thou hated&s;t to be reformed: and hast cast his words behinde thee? remember this, if thou for|get God; least hee teare thee in
<PB N="66" REF="38"> pieces, and there be none that can deliuer thee. Remember if thou yet hope, what is &s;aid in the booke of <HI>Iob:</HI> that the hypocrites hope &s;hall peri&s;h, that the hypocrite &s;hall not come before God: that the con|gregation of the hypocrite &s;hall be de&s;olate, and his reioycing but for a moment: what fearfull woes our Sauiour Christ al&s;o thundereth in the Go&s;pell to this purpo&s;e. If thou yet leaue, repent, for&s;ake, and con|tinue &s;orrowfull, thou knowe&s;t the gates are not yet &s;hut: all are open, all the&s;e gratious promi&s;es are thine, and Christ with them. If no, none of them belongeth vnto thee, vnle&s;&s;e it be the woes.</P>
<P>But vnto thee, vvho art cast downe with the &s;ight of thy in|numerable &s;innes, wallowing as it were in the dust, heauen, earth,
<PB N="67" REF="38"> and hell, &s;eeming to con&s;pire against thee: whom cro&s;&s;es and afflictions, like <HI>Iobs</HI> me&s;&s;engers, a&s;&s;aile to da&s;h thee from the for tre&s;&s;e of thy faith. Whom pinch|ing pouerty, a di&s;&s;embling world, the malice of men, the fal&s;hood, or lo&s;&s;e of friends troubleth. Who fighting again&s;t thy innumerable &s;innes, art for the mo&s;t part foy|led: crying out with the Church-militant, (I would but cannot). In who&s;e way the &s;coffes of men, the allurements of the fle&s;h, the tentations of Satan, the ignominy of the cro&s;&s;e, the hardne&s;&s;e, long+ne&s;&s;e, and narrowne&s;&s;e of the way: the delaying accompli&s;hme~t of the promi&s;es: the &s;malne&s;&s;e of the flock the heapes of vaine delights, the weakne&s;&s;e of the &s;oule, the terrors of death, with innumerable doub|tings accompanying, &s;tandeth vp
<PB N="68" REF="39"> like mountaines betwixt thee and thy Chri&s;t; doth this picture of Christ chiefly &s;ubmit it &s;elfe; wi|&s;hing that once therein in thy most need, thou mai&s;t finde a word in due time: finding al&s;o at last, that all the&s;e things come for the be&s;t vnto thee, although in the meane time thou can&s;t not &s;ee how. How by the&s;e and many moe, the Lord maketh his power per|fect in thy weakne&s;&s;e: when by one affliction and deliuerance hee &s;trengthneth thee more and more, with experience and patience for the next: by degrees &s;hewing thy &s;elfe vnto thy &s;elfe. Euery fall of thine, <HI>Antaeus-like,</HI> redoubling thy &s;trenghth, as thy experience be&s;t knoweth. (Yet not that any &s;hould &s;inne (as the Apo&s;tle &s;peak|eth) that grace may abound, for &s;innes of pre&s;umption hardly come
<PB N="69" REF="39"> to repentance: let be the working of any &s;uch effects.) Onely it plea|&s;eth the Lord, helping thy infir|mities and fallings, weaning thee dayly from the plea&s;ures of this world, that thou maye&s;t &s;et thy heart on a better: conforming thee vnto his &s;ufferings more &amp; more, by &s;o rough a way to bring thee to glory: in all the&s;e &s;piritu|all di&s;&s;ertions furthering thy &s;al|uation.</P>
<P>Let patience therefore &s;weeten thy what&s;oeuer e&s;tate: &s;ince it is mo&s;t expedient that things be &s;o; For if the Sunne &s;hould alwayes &s;hine, wee &s;ee how the earth be|commeth drie and barren, how euery one wi&s;heth for raine: who&s;e &s;weete di&s;tilling &s;howers beeing come, how the hardened, drie, and barren earth becommeth fruitfull againe: returning to her former
<PB N="70" REF="40"> mediocritie. Euen &s;o the Sonne of righteou&s;ne&s;&s;e, &s;hining for a long time, and by his &s;pirit hauing re|&s;idence in the heart: ouer cloying it as it were with ioy, the &s;oule be|commeth carele&s;&s;e in proui&s;ion for the retaining of &s;o glorious a gue&s;t, which it thinketh it hath after a &s;ort in po&s;&s;e&s;sion: with <HI>Dauid</HI> in pro&s;peritie, &s;aying, it &s;hall neuer be mooued. It pre&s;ent|ly vpon this pre&s;umption, findeth a great alteration: her loue hi|deth him&s;elfe for a time, &s;eemeth to be gone; Thou hide&s;t thy face &s;aid <HI>Dauid,</HI> and I was troubled. Then beginneth the &s;oule to toile and moyle, finding that her ioy, her loue is remooued, inquiring and &s;earching diligently the cau|&s;es, pondering all rea&s;ons: find|ing her neglect the cau&s;e, &s;hee re&s;olueth to &s;eeke him againe,
<PB N="71" REF="40"> with the &s;pou&s;e of the Canticl<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">s, neuer to leaue &s;eeking vntill &s;hee finde him. Then commeth <HI>Dauids</HI> roaring, then falleth the &s;howers of teares, &s;uch as is reported of <HI>Luthers</HI> vehemencie, moy&s;tening this barren ground: then becom|meth &s;hee &s;ick of loue, then v&s;eth &s;hee all meanes for his returne, comforting her &s;elfe with the Prophet <HI>Dauid,</HI> in this di&s;&s;ertion, with the remembrance of the dayes of old, preparing for his next returne better intertaine|ment: importuning it, vntill at last the clowds doe vani&s;h, her loue appeareth, &s;hee findeth and feeleth it is &s;o, their friend&s;hip is renued, new promi&s;es made: after which there is a great calme.</P>
<P>Yet againe &s;tormes en&s;ue, he frow|neth, remoueth, &s;he becometh re&s;t|le&s;&s;e
<PB N="72" REF="41"> (for it is a wonderfull mercy that the Lord giueth an ince&s;&s;ant re&s;t|le&s;n<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">&s;&s;e to the &s;oule in the&s;e &s;piri|tuall di&s;&s;ertions, vntill &s;hee finde in &s;ome mea&s;ure her wonted ioy,) hauing recour&s;e to the former or like meanes, for her rai&s;ing a|gaine. Continuing thus, falling and ri&s;ing with <HI>Ezekiel</HI> in his vi&s;ion of the Temples abu&s;e, the further &s;he proceedeth, in her &s;elfe perceauing greater abhominati|ons then the&s;e past: vntill at last hauing foughten the good fight, and the tryall of her faith beeing found more pretious then gold: the Sonne him&s;elfe appeare, to fini&s;h all cares, with the inco<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">r<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ptible crown of per&s;euerance.</P>
<P>But thou perhaps wondere&s;t, at the pro&s;peritie and ea&s;e of the wicked in re&s;pect of thy toile and trouble: &s;o did it al&s;o &s;ome of Gods
<PB N="73" REF="41"> deare&s;t Saints, as thou knowe&s;t: &s;ome of them crying out, wherfore dooe&s;t tho<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> looke vpon the tran&s;|gre&s;&s;ers? &amp;c. Why are all they in wealth that rebelliou&s;ly tran&s;|gre&s;&s;e? wherefore doe the wicked liue? and <HI>Dauid</HI> fretted there at. Yet hee telleth thee, that they are &s;et in &s;lippery places: &s;uddainly de&s;troyed, peri&s;h<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">d, and horribly con&s;umed: and <HI>Iob</HI> &s;aith that they are kept for the day of de|&s;truction, and &s;hall bee brought forth to the day of wrath. If thou remember of this, and that thou canst not haue two heauens, and that thy Chri&s;t, as thou &s;erue&s;t him in &s;pirit &amp; truth, rewardeth thee al&s;o with &s;pirituall graces: and that there mu&s;t be a moment anie temporall &s;uffering, to auoide an eternall: that the fatted Oxen are fed in the be&s;t pa&s;tures for awhile,
<PB N="74" REF="42"> that they may the &s;ooner come to the butcherie: when the poore toy|ling leane ones are kept aliue: that thy &s;hort &s;ufferings, haue for reward an eternall waight of glo|rie: thou can&s;t not choo&s;e I &s;ay, but bee most content of thy e&s;tate. But, if thy eyes with <HI>Eli&s;has</HI> man were yet a little opened, that thou mighte&s;t behold the &s;word hang|ing aboue his head by a haire, in the mid&s;t of all his plea&s;ures: thou woulde&s;t not change e&s;tates with him. Thou maie&s;t then comfort thy &s;elf, that how&s;oeuer thy e&s;tate bee, hee that watcheth ouer thee neither &s;lumbereth nor &s;leepeth: that he hath a time appointed in which he will turne thy &s;hadow of death into the morning (as the Prophet <HI>Amos</HI> &s;peaketh<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">) that if thou &s;ow righteou&s;ne&s;&s;e, thou &s;halt receiue a &s;ure reward: that if thou
<PB N="75" REF="42"> ouer-come thou &s;halt inherite all things: that although he cha&s;ten thee very &s;ore, (as <HI>Dauid</HI> &s;aith) yet hee will not deliuer thee vnto death: that if thou &s;uffer, thy head Chri&s;t &s;uffereth with thee: <HI>Saul, Saul,</HI> why per&s;ecute&s;t thou mee? that as hee hath begun with thee in mercy, &s;o hee will al&s;o make an end. That although thy portion on earth bee &s;mall, yet hee is thy in|heritance that filleth heauen and earth: though in pouertie, yet not ouer-come of pouerty; di&s;tre&s;&s;ed but not for&s;aken: that thou art his &s;heepe, and hee knoweth thee, and hath promi&s;ed vnto thee eter|nall life: n<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ne beeing able to pull thee out of his hands: that his &s;al|uation is neere thee, yea nearer then when thou beleeued&s;t. That as the Prophet <HI>Dauid</HI> confe&s;|&s;eth, his louing kindne&s;se is better
<PB N="76" REF="43"> then life: that as his Father hath loued him, &s;o hath hee loued thee, and as his friend hath giuen his life for thee. What then fearest thou? how often doth he tell thee, feare not, feare not? imputing it to the imperfection of loue. Why maie&s;t thou not rather remember what the Lord &s;aid to <HI>Caine?</HI> If thou doe well, &s;halt thou not be ac|cepted? Things beeing &s;o, tho<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 span"> maie&s;t a&s;&s;ure thy &s;elfe, that vnto the righteous, in the end light a|ri&s;eth out of darkne&s;&s;e: and vnto thee, light &s;hall be the la&s;t. As that great Father well noteth of the &s;eauenth day, wherein is no men|tion of Sunne-&s;et, or night: be|cau&s;e (&s;aith he) thou O God did&s;t &s;anctifie it to remaine for euer. Then tru&s;t thou for this eternall Sabbath, what&s;oeuer the diuell, doubtings, the world, rea&s;on, or
<PB N="77" REF="43"> any other thing &s;hall &s;ugge&s;t in the contrary. A&s;&s;uring thy &s;elfe, that the vn&s;peakable ioy which thou &s;ome times feele&s;t, after that thou in dulne&s;&s;e and hardne&s;&s;e of heart, ha&s;t pre&s;ented thy &s;elfe be|fore the throne of grace: by &s;ud|daine in&s;piration, kindled thou knowe&s;t not how, comming thou knowe&s;t not whence: is euen to thee a mo&s;t a&s;&s;ured te&s;timony, that there is a greater light, and more aboundance of ioy whence that did &s;pring: which although thou now but feele&s;t and &s;ee&s;t in part, when the &s;eparating clowds &s;hall vani&s;h away, and the vaile be taken from thine eyes, thou &s;halt inioy &amp; be|hold fully. That thou mai&s;t bee a&s;|&s;ured heereof, &s;triue alwayes for the peace of a waking con&s;cience: for if it be watchfull, it will tell thee what is ami&s;&s;e. This onely
<PB N="78" REF="44"> can giue thee perfit con&s;olation, in thy last houre vpon thy bed of &s;or|row: when other con&s;olations &s;hall faile, &s;inging a &s;weete <HI>requiem</HI> vnto thy &s;oule: When although thou finde not that &s;ence of ioy which thou de&s;ire&s;t and hope&s;t. Yet in &s;pight of Satan, it &s;hall a&s;&s;ure thee, that there is no con|demnation for thee beeing in Chri&s;t, as the Apo&s;tle &s;peaketh. That the Iudge being thy Sauiour and Mediator, thou &s;halt receiue a milde &s;entence: that by that &s;ame word where-with hee hath tyed thy obedience vnto him, hee hath tyed his louing promi&s;es vnto thee: that according as thou to thy power by his grace, ha&s;t ful|filled to him: &s;o hee to whom all power in heauen and in earth is giuen will a&s;&s;uredly accompli&s;h vnto thee.</P>
<PB N="79" REF="44">
<P>Neither flatter thy &s;elfe with delay of time, for how knowe&s;t thou when this Trumpet &s;hall blow? a Chri&s;tian must not thinke of yeares, moneths, weekes, (for this is the diuells &s;ugge&s;tion to weary thee with the fore-thought of &s;o long and wearie a cour&s;e of Chri&s;tianity to come) but of daies. To day (it is &s;aid) if you will heare his voyce harden not your hearts. &amp;c. This day (&s;aith <HI>Mo|&s;es</HI> to the children of I&s;rael) I &s;et before you death and life: there is no word heere of to morrow, and who knoweth whether euer there &s;hall bee a to morrow or not? and the Author to the He|brewes telleth thee, that after death commeth iudgment. What profiteth it then to thee, how long it be to this day in re&s;pect of time? &s;ince the day of thy death is the
<PB N="80" REF="45"> day of iudgement vnto thee: and who hath a&s;&s;urance of a minute of life? behold then how neere thou art to iudgment.</P>
<P>But when&s;oeuer this &s;eparation &s;hall be, death, if thou be in Christ &s;hall not hurt thee: for as the A|po&s;tle &s;aith, If when thou wa&s;t an enemie, thou wa&s;t reconciled vnto God by the death of his Sonne: much more being reconciled, thou &s;halt be &s;aued by his life. It is now &s;tingle&s;&s;e vnto thee, indeed I grant it is, yet loath&s;ome like a Serpent for the &s;ting it once had, and yet hath to the reprobate: but the feare is greater then the touch for being imbraced, it bringeth thee to thy long de&s;ired home: endeth all thy cares and &s;orrows, bringing thee from a filthy pri|&s;on, into the glorious liberty of the &s;onnes of God:</P>
<PB N="81" REF="45">
<P>In the meane time the remem|brance thereof &s;erueth thee for a bridle to thy life, as by the contra|rie, the neglect thereof cau&s;eth much &s;orrow. This made <HI>Mo&s;es</HI> in his &s;ong, complaine of the peo|ple. Oh that they were wi&s;e! then they would vnder&s;tand this, they would con&s;ider their latter end. And the Prophet in the Lamenta|tions; Her filthine&s;&s;e is in her skirts: &s;hee remembred not her la&s;t end, therefore &s;he came downe wonderfully: &s;he had no comforter. But &s;ince thou continually remem|bre&s;t that which &s;o humbleth thee: that thou art dust, and to dust thou must returne. Remem|ber al&s;o what thy Christ &s;aith, when he forbiddeth thee to feare, becau&s;e he is the fir&s;t and the la&s;t: telling thee further, that he hath the keyes of hell and death: euen
<PB N="82" REF="46"> that key of <HI>Dauid,</HI> which openeth where no man &s;hutteth: and &s;hut|teth where no man openeth. If hee who hath done &s;o m<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ch for thee be thy Iaylor, who hath giuen his life for thee: doe&s;t thou thinke that he will bee &s;o vnkinde, as to open tho&s;e gates of hell and death, impri&s;oning thee againe? can, or will he v&s;e thee &s;o? who&s;e liberty and ran&s;ome cost him &s;o deare? Certainly no, for if an earthly Mai&s;ter will not leaue his old &s;er|uants de&s;titute in their old age, &s;ickne&s;&s;e, or extreame&s;t extremi|tie: dare&s;t thou thinke that thy great Lord and Mai&s;ter, who&s;e loue is vn&s;peakable, pa&s;sing the loue of women to their children: minde vnvariable, truth vnfal|lible, power omnipotent, will leaue thee then in thy most need? Shall not &s;o iu&s;t a Law-giuer in all
<PB N="83" REF="46"> perfection ob&s;erue, what hee &s;o &s;trictly and dayly inioyneth vnto thee? but thou knowest that the mountaines may remooue, and the hills fall downe: but his mer|cie &s;hall neuer depart from thee, O thou afflicted and to&s;&s;ed with tempe&s;t, that hast no comfort! It is true, hee often-times &s;tayeth vntill all other comforts be gone, that hee may bee the onely com|forter: and thou onely repo&s;e in him.</P>
<P>So went hee into the Moun|taine, leauing his Di&s;ciples to bee to&s;&s;ed in the &s;ea: &s;o &s;lept hee in the &s;hippe, yet his Deitie did wake for their &s;afetie: beeing readie (at a help mai&s;ter) to calme all tempe&s;ts, and make a great calme. For hee is not ab&s;ent in his &s;eeming ab&s;ence, but onelye &s;tandeth at the doore
<PB N="84" REF="47"> knocking, to &s;ee if thou wilt open and let him in. Yet behold loue more wonderfull: hee &s;ome-times entreth when all the doores are &s;hut. So did hee to his di&s;ciples, when hee appeared amongst them to <HI>Thomas,</HI> who had re&s;olued without &s;eeing not to beleeue: (yet wee read of no ha&s;t hee made to &s;ee) But his Sauiour preuenteth him, commeth vnto him, cau&s;ing him put his finger into his hands, and his hands into his &s;ide.</P>
<P>O fountaine of the gardens, O well of liuing waters! is the vn|&s;peakable eternitie of thy loue &s;o great towards thy elect, and their hearts &s;o dull to &s;eeke and loue thee againe? Haue yee no regard, all yee that pa&s;&s;e by, vnto your &s;oules &s;afetie? Behold and &s;ee if euer there were any loue like vnto his loue, or &s;orrow like vnto his
<PB N="85" REF="47"> &s;orrow, procured by the huge waight of our &s;innes, or ingrati|tude like vnto ours againe. Thou maie&s;t then a&s;&s;ure thy &s;elfe, that hee is the &s;ame God &s;till: euen of all the world. And &s;ince the &s;ting of death is gone, arme thy &s;elfe with a good life against it: per|&s;wading thy &s;elfe that the faith of <HI>Abraham,</HI> &s;hal at length bring thee into his bo&s;ome, vnto the company of all the elect, to reigne with him in glory. Of which, if &s;o &s;mall a mea&s;ure, did tran&s;port the di&s;ciples vpon mount Thabar, &s;trike <HI>Saul</HI> to the ground: nay if the reflexe of a reflexe, did &s;o a|&s;toni&s;h the children of I&s;rell, that <HI>Mo&s;es</HI> mu&s;t couer his face, when hee &s;poake to them: after hee had beene with the Lord in the mount. What &s;hall the fulne&s;&s;e thereof do, when thou &s;halt &s;ee him as hee is?
<PB N="86" REF="48"> What can bee &s;ufficient for at|taining &s;o glorious an eternity? For if ten hundred thou&s;and <HI>Me|thu&s;halems</HI> were aliue, &amp; &s;hould doe nothing all their life time but multiply by hundred thou|&s;ands of millions: if all the &s;and of the Sea, and drops of the Oce|an, could all be numbred: yet here were no end.</P>
<P>How &s;hort then are all the&s;e by-past &s;ucce&s;sion af ages, which haue &s;eemed &s;o tedious and long, in re|&s;pect of this eternitie? The Apo|&s;tle <HI>Peter</HI> &s;aith, a thou&s;and yeares are but as a day in his &s;ight: and the royall P&s;almist, as ye&s;terday, when it is pa&s;t, or as a watch in the night. O the vn&s;peakable, vn|mea&s;urable glory and ioy of that New Ieru&s;alem! the &s;uper-aboun|dant immen&s;ible &s;acietie where|of, &s;o tran&s;porteth the beholders.
<PB N="87" REF="48"> If, I pray you, a weeke of eternitie bee &s;o long, that all the&s;e yeares &s;ince the Creation in the &s;ight of God, are not &s;o much: vvhat I pray you &s;hall moneths, yeares, thou&s;ands of yeares, nay hundred thou&s;and millions of eternitie bee?</P>
<P>The Apo&s;tle calleth the afflic|tions of this life, but a moment in re&s;pect heereof: adui&s;e thee then if thou dare&s;t venter this eternitie, for a moment of vani|tie. And &s;eeing thou can&s;t not bee a friend to the world (as the Apo&s;tle &s;peaketh) vnle&s;&s;e thou bee an enemie to God: for&s;ake it &s;o much as thou can&s;t. For when neere, and in that last day, the ob|&s;cur&s;ion of the Sunne and Moone, the falling of the Starres, the &s;ha|king of the powers of heauen, the voyce of the Archangell, and
<PB N="88" REF="49"> trumpet of God &s;ounding, the mu|&s;terings of Angels, the opening of the graues, the &s;howtes of the faithfull, the &s;hrickes of the re|probate, the &s;ight of all Saints, the brightne&s;&s;e of glory dazeling thy eyes, &s;hall a&s;&s;ure thee of his ap|proch whom thy &s;oule loueth: him|&s;elfe la&s;tly appearing in his chaire of triumph, to fulfill all his grati|ous promi&s;es vnto thee. Then &s;hall it not grieue thee, that thou ha&s;t &s;uffered, this, or that: the mockes of this, the &s;coffes of that other: or what&s;oeuer calamitie or cro&s;&s;e, but rather that thou ha&s;t not &s;uf|fered more for thy Chri&s;t: (if the extremity of ioy, do not then quite bury all remembrance of cares pa&s;t.) Yet a little while then, nay a very little while, and hee that &s;hall come, will come quickly: for there &s;hall be an end (as <HI>Salomon</HI>
<PB N="89" REF="49"> &s;peaketh) and thy hope &s;hall not be cut off. Solace thy &s;elfe then that this day wil come, thou know|e&s;t not how &s;oone, when thou &s;halt tread downe the wicked, they (as <HI>Malachi</HI> &s;peaketh) beeing du&s;t vnder the &s;oles of thy feete; after which to thee there &s;hall bee no more night, but euerla&s;ting &s;un|&s;hine: euer with <HI>Hierome</HI> re|membring of this voice &amp; trum|pet &s;ounding, more fearefull a great deale, then that which erst &s;ounded on mount Sinai: when all the people of the campe were af|fraide. And becau&s;e the &s;oule (as <HI>Augu&s;tine</HI> &s;peaketh) as it cannot be inlightned of it &s;elfe, neither can bee filled with it &s;elfe: a cor|ruptible body beeing heauie vnto it: becau&s;e it is naked (as the A|po&s;tle &s;peaketh) longing to bee clothed from heauen. Euer to
<PB N="90" REF="50"> fini&s;h the Cata&s;trophe of thy &s;ong, with that mourning and loue-&s;ick &s;pou&s;e of the Canticles: to which al&s;o agreeth that of the whole Scriptures. O my welbeloued! flie away, and be like vnto the Roe, or to the young Heart vp|on the mountaines of &s;pices.</P>
<CLOSER><SIGNED><HI>Thine in the All-&s;ufficient, Not-chang|ing, wonderfull,</HI> Ema|nuell. <HI>I. H:</HI></SIGNED></CLOSER>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="table of contents">
<PB REF="50">
<PB REF="51">
<PB REF="51">
<HEAD><HI>The Contents and</HI> order of the Chapters following.</HEAD>
<LIST>
<ITEM>OF the perfection of the Scriptures.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Prophecies of Chri&s;t.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of Chri&s;ts eternall God-head and vnitie with the Father.</ITEM>
<ITEM>The patterne of prayer, to|gether with foure pa&s;&s;i|ons thereof.
<LIST>
<ITEM><HI>Dauid greeuou&s;ly mourning and confe&s;sing.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM><HI>Earne&s;tly reque|&s;ting.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM><HI>Pa&s;sionatly de|manding.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM><HI>A&s;&s;uredly trium|phing.</HI></ITEM>
</LIST></ITEM>
<ITEM>Prayers heard in the old Te&s;ta|ment.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of the feare of the Lord.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of the Lords great care ouer
<PB REF="52"> the poore.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of the Lords great care ouer the fatherle&s;&s;e &amp; widdowes.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of Charitye or helping the poore.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Gf the Sabbath.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of Holline&s;&s;e.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of Humility.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Who are ble&s;&s;ed.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Woe vnto whom.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of Faith.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of Beleeuing or Faith working.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of Hope.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of Loue.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of the Cro&s;&s;e, Cha&s;tening, or Suffering.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of Afflictions.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of Tru&s;ting or waiting on the Lord.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of Tentations.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of Patience.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of Per&s;euerance.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Comforts in generall.</ITEM>
<PB REF="52">
<ITEM>That the Lord is mercifull.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of Death.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of Chri&s;ts &s;econd comming to Iudgment.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of the re&s;urrectio~ of the body.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of Glorification in the life to come.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That God is True and Faithfull of his promi&s;e.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Wonders and Miracles.</ITEM>
</LIST>
<P>The Margent &s;heweth alwayes, the Booke and Chapter, the figure the Ver&s;e.</P>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="quotations">
<PB REF="53">
<P>O Ieru&s;alem, wash thine heart from wickedne&s;&s;e, that thou maie&s;t be &s;aued: how long &s;hall thy wicked thoughts re|maine within thee? <HI>Ierem. 4.14.</HI></P>
<P>Euen the Storke in the ayre knoweth her appointed times, and the Turtle and the Crane, and the Swallow, ob|&s;erue the time of their comming, but my people knoweth not the iudgment of the Lord. <HI>Ierem. 8.7.</HI></P>
<P>Will you &s;teale, murther, and commit adultery, and &s;weare fal&s;ely, and burne Incence vnto <HI>Baal,</HI> and walke after other Gods whom yee k<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ow not?</P>
<P>And come and &s;tand before mee in this hou&s;e, wherevpon my name is cal|led, and &s;ay, Wee are deliuered, though we haue done all the&s;e abhominations?</P>
<P>But goe yee now vnto my place which was in Shilo, where I &s;et my Name at the beginning, and behold what I did to it for the wickedne&s;&s;e of my people I&s;rael. <HI>Ierem. 7, 9.10.12.</HI></P>
</DIV1>
</FRONT>
<BODY>
<DIV1 TYPE="part">
<PB REF="53">
<HEAD>Of the Perfection of <HI>the Scriptures.</HI></HEAD>
<P>_YEe &s;hall put no|thing vnto the worde which I command you,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Deuterono. IIII.</NOTE> neither &s;hall yee take ought there-from. 2.</P>
<P>It is no vaine word concer|ning you, but it is your life. 47.<NOTE PLACE="marg">XXXII.</NOTE></P>
<P>The words of the Lord are pure words, as the &s;iluer,<NOTE PLACE="marg">P&s;almes. XII.</NOTE> tryed in a fornace of earth fined &s;ea|uen-fold. 6.</P>
<P>The way of God is vncor|rupt:<NOTE PLACE="marg">XVIII.</NOTE> the word of the Lord is tried in the fire. 30.</P>
<P>The law of the Lord is per|fect, conuerting the &s;oule:<NOTE PLACE="marg">XIX.</NOTE> the te&s;timonie of the Lord is &s;ure,
<PB N="2" REF="54"> and giueth wi&s;dome vnto the &s;imple. 7.</P>
<P>The &s;tatutes of the Lord are right, and reioyce the heart: the commandement of the Lord is pure, and giueth light vnto the eyes. 8.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXXIII.</NOTE>The word of the Lord is righteous, and all his workes are faithfull. 4.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">CXIX.</NOTE>Except thy law had beene my delight, I &s;hould haue peri|&s;hed in mine affliction. 92.</P>
<P>Thy word is a Lanthern vnto my feete, and a light vnto my path. 105.</P>
<P>The entrance into thy words &s;heweth light, and giueth vn|der&s;tanding to the &s;imple. 130. Thy word is proued mo&s;t pure, and thy &s;eruant loueth it. 140.</P>
<P>The righteou&s;ne&s;&s;e of thy te|&s;timonies is euerla&s;ting. 144.</P>
<PB N="3" REF="54">
<P>The beginning of thy word is truth. 160.</P>
<P>Euery word of God is pure.<NOTE PLACE="marg">Prouerbes. XXX.</NOTE> 5</P>
<P>Put nothing vnto his words, lea&s;t he reprooue thee, and thou be found a lyar. 6.</P>
<P>Search the Scriptures:<NOTE PLACE="marg">Iohn. V.</NOTE> for in them yee thinke to haue e|ternall life, and they are they which te&s;tifie of me. 39.</P>
<P>I am not a&s;hamed of the Go&s;|pel of Chri&s;t:<NOTE PLACE="marg">Romanes. I.</NOTE> for it is the pow|er of God vnto &s;aluation to e|uery one that beleeueth. 16.</P>
<P>For by it the righteou&s;ne&s;&s;e of God is reueiled from faith to faith. 17.</P>
<P>Continue thou in the things which thou ha&s;t learned,<NOTE PLACE="marg">II: Timoth. III.</NOTE> &amp; art per&s;waded therof, knowing of whom thou ha&s;t learned the~. 14</P>
<P>And that thou ha&s;t knowne, the holy Scriptures of a child,
<PB N="4" REF="55"> which are able to make thee wi&s;e vnto &s;aluation, through the faith which is in Ie&s;us Chri&s;t. 15.</P>
<P>For the whole Scripture is giuen by in&s;piration of God, and is profitable to teach, to improoue, to correct, and to in&s;truct in righteou&s;ne&s;&s;e. 16.</P>
<P>That the man of God may be ab&s;olute, being made perfect vnto all good workes. 17.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Hebrewes. IIII.</NOTE>The word of the Lord is liuely, &amp; mighty in operation, and &s;harper then any two-edged &s;word, and entereth through, euen vnto the deui|ding a &s;under of the &s;oule and the &s;pirit, and of the ioynts and the marrow, and is a di&s;cerner of the thoughts, and the intent of the heart. 12.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Iames. I.</NOTE>Receiue with meekne&s;&s;e the
<PB N="5" REF="55"> word that is graffed in you, which is able to &s;aue your &s;oules. 21.</P>
<P>Wee haue al&s;o a mo&s;t &s;ure word of the Prophets,<NOTE PLACE="marg">II. Peter. I.</NOTE> to the which yee do well that ye take heed, as vnto a light that &s;hi|neth in a darke place, vntill the day dawne, and the day-&s;tarre ari&s;e in your hearts. 19.</P>
<P>So that yee fir&s;t know this, that no Prophecy in the Scrip|ture is of any priuate moti|on. 20.</P>
<P>For the prophecy came not in old time by the will of man: but holy men of God &s;pake as they were mooued by the holy Gho&s;t. 21:</P>
<P>I prote&s;t vnto euery man that heareth the words of the prophecie of this booke,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Reuelation. XXII.</NOTE> if any man &s;hall adde vnto the&s;e
<PB N="6" REF="56"> things, GOD &s;hall adde vnto him the plagues that are writ|ten in this Booke. 18.</P>
<P>And if any man &s;hall demi|ni&s;h of the words of the booke of this Prophecie, God &s;hall take away his part out of the booke of life, and out of the holy Citty, and from tho&s;e things which are written in this booke. 19.</P>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Prophecies of <HI>Christ.</HI></HEAD>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Gene&s;is. III.</NOTE>I Will al&s;o put enmity be|tweene thee and the woman, and betweene thy &s;eed and her &s;eed: Hee &s;hall breake thine head, and thou &s;halt brui&s;e his heele. 15.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XII.</NOTE>I will make of thee a great nation, and will ble&s;&s;e thee, and
<PB N="7" REF="56"> make thy name great, and thou &s;halt be a ble&s;&s;ing. 2.</P>
<P>I will al&s;o ble&s;&s;e them that ble&s;&s;e thee, and cur&s;e them that cur&s;e thee, and in thee &s;hall all families of the earth bee ble&s;|&s;ed. 3.</P>
<P>The Scepter &s;hall not de|part from <HI>Iudah,</HI><NOTE PLACE="marg">XLIX.</NOTE> nor a law-gi|uer from betweene his feet, vn|till <HI>Shiloch</HI> come, &amp; the people &s;hall be gathered vnto him. 10.</P>
<P>I &s;hall &s;ee him, but not now:<NOTE PLACE="marg">Numbers. XXIIII.</NOTE> I &s;hall behold, but not neere: there &s;hall come a &s;tarre of <HI>Iaa|cob,</HI> and a Scepter &s;hall ri&s;e of <HI>I&s;raell,</HI> and &s;hall &s;mite the coa&s;ts of <HI>Moab,</HI> and de&s;troy all the &s;onnes of <HI>Sheth.</HI> 17.</P>
<P>The Lord thy GOD will rai&s;e vp vnto thee a Prophet like vnto me from among you,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Deuterono. XVIII.</NOTE> euen of thy brethren: vnto
<PB N="8" REF="57"> him yee &s;hall hearken. 15.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Iob. XIX.</NOTE>I am &s;ure that my redeemer liueth, and hee &s;hall &s;tand the la&s;t on the earth. 25.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">P&s;almes. II.</NOTE>Why do the Heathen rage, and the people murmure in vaine? 1.</P>
<P>The Kings of the earth ban|die them-&s;elues, and the Prin|ces are a&s;&s;embled together a|gain&s;t the Lord, and again&s;t his Chri&s;t. 2.</P>
<P>Thou art my Sonne: this day haue I begotten thee. 7.</P>
<P>Aske of mee, and I &s;hall giue thee the heathen for thine inheritance, and the ends of the earth for thy po&s;&s;e&s;&s;ion. 8.</P>
<P>Thou &s;halt cru&s;h them with a Scepter of Yron, and breake them in peeces like a Potters ve&s;&s;ell. 9.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XVI.</NOTE>Thou wilt not leaue my &s;oule
<PB N="9" REF="57"> in the graue: neither wilt thou &s;uffer thine holy One to &s;ee corruption. 10.</P>
<P>My God, my God,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XXII. I.</NOTE> why ha&s;t thou for&s;aken me? 1.</P>
<P>All they that &s;ee mee haue mee in deri&s;ion: they make a mowe, and nod the head; &s;ay|ing 7.</P>
<P>Hee tru&s;ted in the Lord, let him deliuer him, let him &s;aue him, &s;ince he loueth him. 8.</P>
<P>Dogs haue compa&s;&s;ed mee, and the a&s;&s;embly of the wicked haue inclo&s;ed mee: they pear|ced my hands and my feet. 16.</P>
<P>They part my garments a|mong them, and ca&s;t lots vpon my ve&s;ture. 18.</P>
<P>Thou art gone vp on high:<NOTE PLACE="marg">LXVIII.</NOTE> thou ha&s;t led captiuity captiue, and receiued gifts for men: yea euen the rebellious ha&s;t thou
<PB N="10" REF="58"> led that the Lord God might dwell there. 18.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">LXIX.</NOTE>Rebuke hath broken mine heart, and I am full of heauie|ne&s;&s;e, and I looked for &s;ome to haue pitie on me, but there was none: and for comforters, but I found none. 20.</P>
<P>For they gaue me gall in my meate, and in my thir&s;t they gaue me Vineger to drinke. 21.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">CX.</NOTE>The Lord &s;aid vnto my Lord, &s;it thou at my right hand, vn|till I make thine enemies thy foot-&s;toole. 1.</P>
<P>The Lord &s;hall &s;end the rod of thy power out of Zion: bee thou ruler in the mid&s;t of thine enimies. 2.</P>
<P>The people &s;hall come wil|lingly at the time of a&s;&s;em|bling thine army in holy beau|ty: the youth of thy wombe,
<PB N="11" REF="58"> &s;hall be as the morning dew. 3.</P>
<P>The Lord &s;ware and will not repent, Thou art a Prie&s;t for euer, after the order of <HI>Mel|chi-zedeck.</HI> 4.</P>
<P>Therefore the Lord him|&s;elfe will giue you a &s;igne.<NOTE PLACE="marg">I&s;aiah. VII.</NOTE> Be|hold, the virgin &s;hall conceaue and beare a &s;onne, and &s;he &s;hall call his name <HI>Immanuel.</HI> 14.</P>
<P>Vnto vs a child is borne,<NOTE PLACE="marg">IX.</NOTE> and vnto vs a &s;onne is giuen: and the gouernment is vpon his &s;houlder, and hee &s;hall call his name, Wonderfull, Coun&s;el|ler, the mighty God, the euer|la&s;ting Father, the Prince of peace. 6.</P>
<P>The increa&s;e of his gouern|ment, and peace &s;hall haue none end. 7.</P>
<P>There &s;hall come a rod forth of the &s;tock of <HI>I&s;hai,</HI><NOTE PLACE="marg">XI.</NOTE> and a
<PB N="12" REF="59"> graffe &s;hall growe out of his rootes. 1.</P>
<P>And the &s;pirit of the Lord &s;hall re&s;t vpon him: the &s;pirit of wi&s;dom &amp; vnder&s;tanding, the &s;pirit of coun&s;ell and &s;trength, the &s;pirit of knowledge, and of the feare of the Lord. 2.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XLII.</NOTE>Behold my &s;eruant: I will &s;tay vpon him: mine elect in whom my &s;oule delighteth: I haue put my &s;pirit vpon him: hee &s;hall bring forth iudgment to the Gentiles. 1.</P>
<P>Hee &s;hall not crie, nor lift vp, nor cau&s;e his voyce to bee heard in the &s;treete. 2.</P>
<P>A brui&s;ed Reede &s;hall he not breake, and the &s;moking flaxe &s;hall hee not quench: hee &s;hall bring forth iudgme~t in truth. 3.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">L.</NOTE>The Lord God hath opened mine eare, and I was not rebel|lious,
<PB N="13" REF="59"> neither turned back. 5.</P>
<P>I gaue my back to the &s;mi|ters, and my cheekes to the nippers, I hid not my face from &s;hame and &s;pitting. 6.</P>
<P>Who will beleeue our re|port,<NOTE PLACE="marg">LIII.</NOTE> and to whom is the arme of the Lord reueiled? 1.</P>
<P>But he &s;hall grow vp before him as a branch, and as a roote out of drye ground: hee hath neither forme nor beauty: when wee &s;hall &s;ee him, there &s;hall bee no forme that wee &s;hould de&s;ire him. 2.</P>
<P>Hee is di&s;pi&s;ed and reiected of men: hee is a man full of &s;orrowes, and hath experience of infirmities: wee hid as it were our faces from him: hee was di&s;pi&s;ed, and wee e&s;temed him not. 3.</P>
<P>Surely hee hath borne our
<PB N="14" REF="60"> infirmities, and caried our &s;or|rowes: yet wee did iudge him as plagued, and &s;mitten of God, and humbled. 4.</P>
<P>But hee was wounded for our tran&s;gre&s;&s;ions, he was bro|ken for our iniquities: the cha&s;ti&s;ement of our peace was vpon him, and with his &s;tripes wee are healed. 5.</P>
<P>The Lord hath laid vpon him the iniquity of vs all. 6.</P>
<P>Hee was oppre&s;&s;ed, and hee was afflicted, yet did hee not open his mouth: hee is brought as a &s;heepe to the &s;laughter, and as a &s;heepe be|fore her &s;hearer is dumbe, &s;o he openeth not his mouth. 7.</P>
<P>Hee was taken out from the pri&s;on, and from iudgement: and who &s;hall declare his age? for hee was cut out of
<PB N="15" REF="60"> the land of the liuing: for the tran&s;gre&s;&s;ion of my people was hee plagued. 8.</P>
<P>And hee made his graue with the wicked and with the riche in his death, though hee had done no wickedne&s;&s;e, nei|ther was any deceite in his mouth. 9.</P>
<P>Yet the Lord would breake him, and make him &s;ubiect to infirmities: when he &s;hall make his &s;oule as an offering for &s;in, hee &s;hall &s;ee his &s;eed, and &s;hall prolong his dayes, and the will of the Lord &s;hall pro&s;per in his hands. 10.</P>
<P>Hee &s;hall &s;ee of the trauaile of his &s;oule, and &s;hall bee &s;ati&s;|fied: by his knowledge &s;hall my righteous &s;eruant iu&s;tifie many: for hee &s;hall beare their iniquities. 11.</P>
<PB N="16" REF="61">
<P>Therefore will I giue him a portion with the great, and he &s;hall deuide the &s;poile with the &s;trong, becau&s;e hee hath pow|red out his &s;oule vnto death: and hee was counted with the tran&s;gre&s;&s;ers, and hee bare the &s;inne of many, and prayed for the tre&s;pa&s;&s;ers. 12.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">LV.</NOTE>Incline your eares and come vnto mee: heare, and your &s;oule &s;hall liue, I will make an euerla&s;ting couenant with you, euen the &s;ure mercies of <HI>Da|uid.</HI> 3.</P>
<P>Behold, I gaue him for a witne&s;&s;e to the people, for a Prince and a mai&s;ter to the people. 4.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">LXI.</NOTE>The Spirit of the Lord is vpon mee, therefore hath the Lord anointed mee: hee hath &s;ent me to preach good tidings
<PB N="17" REF="61"> to the poore, to binde vp the broken-hearted, to preach li|berty to the captiues, and to them that are bound, the ope|ning of the pri&s;on. 1.</P>
<P>To preach the acceptable yeare of the Lord, and the day of vengeance of our God, to comfort all that mourne. 2.</P>
<P>To appoint vnto them that mourne in Zion, and to giue vnto them beautie for a&s;hes, the oyle of ioy for mourning, the garment of gladne&s;&s;e for the &s;pirit of heauine&s;&s;e, that they might bee called trees of righteou&s;ne&s;&s;e, the planting of the Lord, that he might be glo|rified. 3.</P>
<P>Behold,<NOTE PLACE="marg">LXII.</NOTE> the Lord hath pro|claimed vnto the end of the world: tell the daughter of <HI>Zi|on;</HI> Behold, thy Sauiour com|meth:
<PB N="18" REF="62"> behold his wages is with him, and his worke is be|fore him. 11.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Ieremiah. XXIII.</NOTE>Behold the dayes come &s;aith the Lord, that I will rai&s;e vnto <HI>Dauid</HI> a righteous branch, and a King &s;hall raigne, and pro&s;|per, and &s;hall execute iudge|ment, and iu&s;tice in the earth. 5</P>
<P>In his dayes <HI>Iudah</HI> &s;hall bee &s;aued, and <HI>I&s;rael</HI> &s;hall dwell &s;afely, and this is the Name whereby they &s;hall call him, The LORD our righteou&s;|ne&s;&s;e. 6.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXXIII.</NOTE>Behold, the dayes come &s;aith the Lord, that I will performe that good thing which I haue promi&s;ed vnto the hou&s;e of <HI>I&s;rael,</HI> and to the hou&s;e of <HI>Iu|dah.</HI> 14.</P>
<P>In tho&s;e dayes and at that time, will I cau&s;e the branche
<PB N="19" REF="62"> of righteou&s;ne&s;&s;e to growe vp vnto <HI>Dauid,</HI> and hee &s;hall exe|cute iudgment, and righteou&s;|ne&s;&s;e in the Land. 15.</P>
<P>I will helpe my &s;heepe,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Ezekiel. XXXIIII.</NOTE> and they &s;hall bee no more &s;poi|led, and I will iudge betweene &s;heepe and &s;heepe. 22.</P>
<P>And I will &s;et vp a &s;heap|heard ouer them, and hee &s;hall feed them, euen my &s;eruant <HI>Da|uid,</HI> hee &s;hall feed them, and he &s;hall be their &s;heapheard. 23.</P>
<P>And I the Lord will be their God, and my &s;eruant <HI>Dauid</HI> &s;hall bee the Prince among them. 24.</P>
<P>And I will rai&s;e vp for them a plant of renowne. 29.</P>
<P>And <HI>Dauid</HI> my &s;eruant &s;hall bee King ouer them,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XXXVII.</NOTE> and they all &s;hall haue one &s;heapheard. 24.</P>
<PB N="20" REF="63">
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Daniel. IX.</NOTE>Seuenty weekes are deter|mined vpon the people, and vp|on the holy Cittie, to fini&s;h the wickedne&s;&s;e, and to &s;eale vp the &s;innes, and to reconcile the in|iquity, and to bring in euerla|&s;ting righteou&s;ne&s;&s;e, and to &s;eale vp the vi&s;ion and Prophe|&s;ie, and to anoint the mo&s;t ho|ly. 24.</P>
<P>Know therefore and vnder|&s;tand, that from the going forth of the commandement to bring againe the people, and to build Ieru&s;alem, vnto <HI>Me&s;siah</HI> the Prince, &s;hall be &s;eauen weekes, and three-&s;core &amp; two weekes, and the &s;treete &s;hall bee built againe, and the wall, euen in a troublous time. 25.</P>
<P>And after three-&s;core and two weekes, &s;hall <HI>Me&s;siah</HI> bee &s;laine, &amp; &s;hall haue nothing. 26.</P>
<PB N="21" REF="63">
<P>Then &s;hall the children of <HI>Iudah,</HI><NOTE PLACE="marg">Ho&s;ea. I.</NOTE> and the children of <HI>I&s;rael</HI> bee gathered together, and ap|point them-&s;elues one head, and they &s;hall come vp out of the land: for great is the day of <HI>Izrael.</HI> 11.</P>
<P>In that day will I rai&s;e vp the Tabernacle of <HI>Dauid</HI> that is fallen downe,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Amos. IX.</NOTE> and clo&s;e vp the breaches thereof, and I will rai&s;e vp his ruines, and I will build it as in the dayes of old 11</P>
<P>But in the la&s;t dayes it &s;hall come to pa&s;&s;e,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Micah. IIII.</NOTE> that the moun|taine of the hou&s;e of the Lord &s;hall be prepared in the top of the mountaine, and it &s;hall bee exalted aboue the hills, and people &s;hall flow vnto it. 1.</P>
<P>And thou <HI>Bethlem Ephrath|ath</HI> art little to bee among the thou&s;ands of <HI>Iudah,</HI><NOTE PLACE="marg">V.</NOTE> yet out of
<PB N="22" REF="64"> thee &s;hall hee come forth vnto mee that &s;hall be ruler in I&s;rael: who&s;e goings forth haue been from the beginning and from euerla&s;ting. 2.</P>
<P>Therefore will hee giue him vp, vntill the time that &s;hee which &s;hall beare, &s;hal trauaile: then the remnant of their bre|thren &s;hall returne vnto the children of I&s;rael. 3.</P>
<P>And hee &s;hall &s;tand and feed in the &s;trength of the Lord, and in the Maie&s;ty of the Name of the Lord his God, and they &s;hall dwell &s;till: for now &s;hall hee be magnified vnto the ends of the world. 4.</P>
<P>And he &s;hall be our peace. 5.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Zechariah. III.</NOTE>Heare now O <HI>Ieho&s;hua</HI> the Prie&s;t, thou and thy fellowes that &s;it before thee: for they are mon&s;trous per&s;ons: but be|hold,
<PB N="23" REF="64"> I will bring forth the Branch my &s;eruant. 8.</P>
<P>For loe, the &s;tone that I haue laid before <HI>Ieho&s;hua:</HI> vpon the &s;tone &s;hall bee &s;eauen eyes: be|hold, I will cutte out the gra|uing thereof, &s;aith the Lord of ho&s;tes, and I will take away the iniquitie of this land in one day. 9.</P>
<P>Reioyce greatly,<NOTE PLACE="marg">IX.</NOTE> &ocirc; Daugh|ter of <HI>Zion:</HI> &s;howt for ioy, &ocirc; daughter <HI>Ieru&s;alem:</HI> behold, thy King commeth vnto thee: hee is iu&s;t and &s;aued him-&s;elfe, poore and riding vpon an A&s;&s;e, and vpon a Coult of the foale of an A&s;&s;e. 9.</P>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="part">
<PB N="24" REF="65">
<HEAD><HI>Of Chri&s;ts eternall</HI> God-head and Vnitie with the Father.</HEAD>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">I&s;aiah. IX.</NOTE>VNto vs a Child is borne, and vnto vs a Sonne is gi|uen: and the gouernment is vp|on his &s;houlder, and hee &s;hall call his name Wonderfull, Counceller, The mighty God, The euerla&s;ting Father, the Prince of Peace. 6.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XLIII.</NOTE>I, euen I am the Lord, and be|&s;ide me there is no Sauiour. 11.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XLIIII.</NOTE>Thus &s;aith the Lord the King of I&s;rael, and his redeemer the Lord of hoa&s;tes, I am the fir&s;t, and I am the la&s;t, and with-out me there is no God. 6.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg"><GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">eremiah. XXIII.</NOTE>Behold, the dayes come &s;aith the Lord, that I will rai&s;e vnto <HI>Dauid</HI> a righteous branch, and
<PB N="25" REF="65"> a King &s;hall reigne and pro&s;|per<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">, and &s;hall execute iudge|ment and iu&s;tice in the earth. 5.</P>
<P>In his dayes <HI>Iudah</HI> &s;hall bee &s;aued, and <HI>I&s;rael</HI> &s;hall dwell &s;afely, and this is the Name whereby they &s;hall call him, The LORD our righteou&s;|ne&s;&s;e. 6.</P>
<P>And thou <HI>Bethlehem Ephra|thah</HI> art little to be among the thou&s;and of <HI>Iudah,</HI><NOTE PLACE="marg">Micah. V.</NOTE> yet out of thee &s;hall hee come forth vnto mee that &s;hall be ruler in <HI>I&s;rael:</HI> who&s;e going forth haue beene from the beginning, and from euerla&s;ting. 2.</P>
<P>In the beginning was the word,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Iohn. I.</NOTE> and the word was with God, and that word was God. 1</P>
<P>The &s;ame was in the begin|ning with God. 2.</P>
<P>All things were made by it,
<PB N="26" REF="66"> and without it was made no|thing that was made. 3.</P>
<P>In it was life, and the life was the light of men. 4.</P>
<P>And the light &s;hineth in the darkne&s;&s;e, and the darkene&s;&s;e comprehended it not. 5.</P>
<P>Hee was in the world, and the world was made by him, &amp; the world knew him not. 10.</P>
<P>The word was made fle&s;h, and dwelt among vs (and wee &s;aw the glory thereof, as the glory of the onely begotten Sonne of the Father) full of grace and truth. 14.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Mathew. X.</NOTE>Hee that receiueth you, re|ceiueth mee: and he that recei|ueth mee, receiueth him that hath &s;ent me. 40.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XI.</NOTE>All things are giuen vnto mee of my Father: and no man knoweth the Sonne, but
<PB N="27" REF="66"> the Father: neither knoweth any man the Father, but the Sonne, and hee to whome the Sonne will reueile him. 27.</P>
<P>The Sonne can doe nothing of him-&s;elfe,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Iohn. V.</NOTE> &s;aue that he &s;eeth the Father do: for what&s;oeuer things he doth, the &s;ame things doth the Sonne al&s;o. 19.</P>
<P>For the Father loueth the Son, &amp; &s;heweth him all things, what&s;oeuer he him-&s;elf doth. 20</P>
<P>For likewi&s;e as the Father rai&s;eth vp the dead; and quick|neth them, &s;o the Sonne quick|neth whom he will. 21.</P>
<P>For the Father iudgeth no man, but hath committed all iudgment vnto the Sonne. 22.</P>
<P>Becau&s;e that all men &s;hould honour the Sonne, as they ho|nour the Father: he, that hono|reth not the Sonne, this &s;ame
<PB N="28" REF="67"> honoreth not the Father which hath &s;ent him. 23.</P>
<P>As the Father hath life in him-&s;elfe, &s;o likewi&s;e hath hee giuen to the Sonne to haue life in him-&s;elfe. 26.</P>
<P>And hath giuen him power al&s;o to execute iudgment, in that he is the Sonne of man. 27.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">VIII.</NOTE>If I al&s;o iudge, my iudgment is true: for I am not alone, but I &amp; the Father that &s;ent me. 16.</P>
<P>Yee neither know mee nor my Father, If yee had knowne mee, yee &s;hould haue knowne my Father al&s;o. 19.</P>
<P>Before <HI>Abraham</HI> was I am. 58</P>
<P>I and my Father are one. 30.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">X.</NOTE>If I do not the workes of my Father, beleeue me not. 37.</P>
<P>But if I do, then though yee beleeue not mee, yet beleeue the workes, that yee may know
<PB N="29" REF="67"> and beleeue, that the Father is in mee, and I in him. 38.</P>
<P>Hee that beleeueth in mee,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XII.</NOTE> beleeueth not in me, but in him that &s;ent mee. 44.</P>
<P>And hee that &s;eeth me, &s;eeth him that &s;ent me. 45.</P>
<P>Verily, verily, I &s;ay vnto you,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XIII.</NOTE> If I &s;end any, hee that recei|ueth him receiueth mee, and he that receiueth mee, receiueth him that &s;ent mee. 20.</P>
<P>No man commeth vnto the Father but by mee. 6.<NOTE PLACE="marg">XIIII.</NOTE></P>
<P>If yee had knowne mee, yee &s;hould haue knowne my Fa|ther al&s;o: and from hence|forth yee know him, and haue &s;eene him. 7.</P>
<P>Ie&s;us &s;aid vnto him, I haue beene &s;o long time with you, and ha&s;t thou not knowne mee, <HI>Philip?</HI> hee that hath &s;eene me,
<PB N="30" REF="68"> hath &s;eene my Father: how then &s;aye&s;t thou, &s;hew vs thy Father?</P>
<P>Beleeue&s;t thou not that I am in the Father, and the Father is in me? the words that I &s;peake vnto you I &s;peake not of my &s;elfe: but the Father that dwel|leth in me, he doth y^e works. 10.</P>
<P>Beleeue in mee, that I am in the Father, and the Father in mee: at the lea&s;t beleeue mee for the very workes &s;ake. 11.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XV.</NOTE>Hee that hateth mee hateth my Father al&s;o. 23.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XVI.</NOTE>All things that the Father hath are mine 15.</P>
<P>I am come out from the Fa|ther, and came into the world, Againe, I leaue the world, and go to the Father. 28.</P>
<P>I am not alone, for the Father is with me. 32.</P>
<PB N="31" REF="68">
<P>And now glorifie me thou Fa|ther, with thine own &s;elfe,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XVII.</NOTE> with the glory which I had with thee before the world was. 5.</P>
<P>Holy Father, keepe them in thy Name, euen them whom thou ha&s;t giuen mee, that they may be one, as wee are. 11.</P>
<P>That they all may be one, as thou O Father art in mee, and I in thee, euen that they may be al&s;o one in vs, 21.</P>
<P>The fir&s;t man is of the earth,<NOTE PLACE="marg">I. Corinth. XV.</NOTE> earthly: the &s;econd man is the Lord from heauen. 47.</P>
<P>Euen vnto me the lea&s;t of all Saints,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Ephe&s;ians. III.</NOTE> is this grace giuen that I &s;hould preach among the Gentiles, the vn&s;earchable ri|ches of Chri&s;t. 8.</P>
<P>And to make cleare vnto all men what the fellow&s;hip of the my&s;terie is, which from the
<PB N="32" REF="69"> beginning of the world hath bin hid in God, who hath crea|ted all things by Ie&s;us Chri&s;t. 9.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">IIII.</NOTE>Hee that de&s;cended, is euen the &s;ame that a&s;cended farre aboue all Heauens, that hee might fill all things. 10.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Philipians. II.</NOTE>Let the &s;ame minde bee in you, that was euen in Chri&s;t Ie&s;us. 5.</P>
<P>Who being in the forme of God, thought it no robbery to be equall with God. 6.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Colo&s;&s;ians. I</NOTE>Who is the image of the in|ui&s;ible God, the fir&s;t borne of euery creature. 15.</P>
<P>For by him were all things created which are in heauen, and which are on earth, things vi&s;ible and inui&s;ible: whether they bee Thrones or Domini|ons, or Principalities or Pow|ers, all things were created by
<PB N="33" REF="69"> him, and for him, 16.</P>
<P>And he is before all things, and in him all things con&s;i&s;t. 17</P>
<P>And hee is the head of the body of the Church: he is the beginning, and the fir&s;t borne of the dead, that in all things hee might haue the prehemi|nence. 18.</P>
<P>For it plea&s;ed the Father, that in him &s;hould all fulne&s;&s;e dwell, 19.</P>
<P>And by him to reconcile all things vnto him-&s;elfe, and to &s;et at peace through the blood of his cro&s;&s;e, both the things in earth, and the things in hea|uen, 20.</P>
<P>In whom are hid all the trea|&s;ures of wi&s;dome and know|ledge, 3.<NOTE PLACE="marg">II.</NOTE></P>
<P>For in him dwelleth al the ful|ne&s;&s;e of the God-head bodily. 9</P>
<PB N="34" REF="70">
<P>And yee are compleate in him, which is the head of all principality and power. 10.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">I: Timoth. V</NOTE>Keepe this commandement without &s;pot, and vnrebukable, vntill the appearing of our Lord Ie&s;us Chri&s;t. 14.</P>
<P>Which in due time hee &s;hall &s;hew, that is ble&s;&s;ed and Prince onely, the King of Kings, and Lord of Lords. 15.</P>
<P>Who onely hath immorta|lity, and dwelleth in the light y^t none can attaine vnto, whom neuer man &s;aw, nor can &s;ee, 16.</P>
<P>In the&s;e la&s;t dayes, hee hath &s;poken vnto vs by his Sonne,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Hebrewes. I.</NOTE> whom hee hath made heyre of all things, by whom hee al&s;o made the worlds. 2.</P>
<P>Who being the brightne&s;&s;e of the glory, and the ingraued forme of his per&s;on, and bear|ing
<PB N="35" REF="70"> vp all things by his mighty word, hath by him&s;elfe purged our &s;innes, and &s;itteth at the right hand of the Maie&s;tie in the highe&s;t places, 3.</P>
<P>That which was from the beginning,<NOTE PLACE="marg">I. Epi. Ioh.</NOTE> which wee haue heard, which we haue &s;een with the&s;e our eyes, which wee haue looked vpon, and the&s;e hands of ours haue handled of the word of life. 1.</P>
<P>(For the life appeared, and we haue &s;eene it, and beare wit|ne&s;&s;e, and &s;hew vnto you that eternall life, which was with the Father, and appeared vnto vs. 2.</P>
<P>Who&s;oeuer denyeth the Sonne,<NOTE PLACE="marg">II.</NOTE> the &s;ame hath not the father. 23.</P>
<P>There are three,<NOTE PLACE="marg">V.</NOTE> which beare record in heauen, the Father, the word, and the holy Gho&s;t:
<PB N="36" REF="71"> and the&s;e three are one. 7.</P>
<P>This is the record, that God hath giuen vs, eternall life, and this life is in his Sonne. 11.</P>
<P>He that hath the Sonne hath life: and hee that hath not the Sonne of God, hath not life. 12</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">II. Epi. Ioh.</NOTE>Who&s;oeuer tran&s;gre&s;&s;eth, and abideth not in the doctrine of Chri&s;t, hath not God. Hee that continueth in the doctrine of Chri&s;t, hee hath both the Father and the Sonne. 9.</P>
<P>I am <HI>Alpha</HI> and <HI>Omega,</HI> the beginning and the ending,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Reuelation, I.</NOTE> &s;aith the Lord, which is, and which was, and which is to come, euen the Almighty. 8.</P>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="part">
<PB N="37" REF="71">
<HEAD><HI>The Patterne of</HI> Prayer. Together with foure PASSIONS thereof, <HI>Dauid</HI> Greeuou&s;ly mour|ning and Confe&s;sing, Earne&s;tly reque&s;ting, Pa&s;sionatly deman|ding, and A&s;&s;uredly triumphing. <HI>OF PRAYER.</HI></HEAD>
<P>PRay for them which hurt you and per&s;ecute you. 44,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Mathew. V.</NOTE> When thou praye&s;t,<NOTE PLACE="marg">VI.</NOTE> bee not as the hypocrites: for they loue to &s;tand and pray in the Synagogues, and in the cor|ners of the &s;treetes, becau&s;e they would be &s;eene of men. 5.</P>
<P>But when thou praye&s;t, en|ter into thy chamber, and when
<PB N="38" REF="72"> thou ha&s;t &s;hut thy doore, pray vnto thy Father which is in &s;ecret, and thy Father which &s;eeth in &s;ecret, &s;hall reward thee openly, 6.</P>
<P>Al&s;o when yee pray, v&s;e no vaine repetitions as the heathe~: for they thinke to be heard for their much babbling. 7.</P>
<P>Bee yee not like them there|fore: for your Father knoweth whereof yee haue need before yee aske of him. 8.</P>
<P>After this maner therfore pray yee, Our Father which art in heauen, halowed be thy name. 9</P>
<P>Thy kingdome come, Thy will be done, euen in earth as it is in heauen. 10.</P>
<P>Giue vs this day our dayly bread. 11.</P>
<P>And forgiue vs our debts, as we al&s;o forgiue our debters. 12</P>
<PB N="39" REF="72">
<P>And lead vs not into temp|tation, but deliuer vs from euil: for thine is the kingdome, and the power and the glory, for euer, Amen. 13.</P>
<P>Aske, &amp; it &s;hall be giuen you:<NOTE PLACE="marg">VII.</NOTE> &s;eeke, and yee &s;hall find: knock, &amp; it &s;hall be opened vnto you 7</P>
<P>For who&s;oeuer asketh, recei|ueth: &amp; he that &s;eeketh findeth: and to him that knocketh, it &s;hall bee opened. 8.</P>
<P>Verely I &s;ay vnto you,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XVIII.</NOTE> that if two of you &s;hall agree in earth vpon any thing, what&s;oeuer they &s;hal de&s;ire, it &s;hal be giuen them of my father which is in heauen. 19.</P>
<P>For where two or three are gathered together in my name, ther am I in the mid&s;t of the~. 20</P>
<P>What&s;oeuer yee &s;hall aske in praier,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XXI.</NOTE> if ye beleeue ye &s;hall re|ceiue it. 22.</P>
<PB N="40" REF="73">
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXVI.</NOTE>Watch and pray, that yee enter not into temptation: for the &s;pirit indeed is ready, but the fle&s;h is weake. 41.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Marke. XI.</NOTE>When yee &s;hall &s;tand and pray, forgiue, If yee haue any thing again&s;t any man, that your Father al&s;o which is in heauen, may forgiue you your tre&s;pa&s;&s;es 25:</P>
<P>For if yee will not forgiue, your Father which is in heauen will not pardon you your tre&s;|pa&s;&s;es. 26.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Luke. XXI.</NOTE>Watch therefore and pray continualiy, that yee may bee counted worthy to e&s;cape all tho&s;e things that &s;hall come to pa&s;&s;e, and that ye may &s;tand be|fore the Sonne of man. 36.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Iohn. XV.</NOTE>If yee abide in mee, and my words abide in you, aske what yee will and it &s;hall bee done
<PB N="41" REF="73"> to you, 7.</P>
<P>I will &s;ee you againe,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XVI.</NOTE> and your hearts &s;hall reioyce, and your ioy &s;hall no man take from you. 22.</P>
<P>And in that day &s;hall ye aske mee nothing, verily, verily, I &s;ay vnto you, what&s;oeuer yee &s;hall aske the Father in my Name, he will giue it you. 23.</P>
<P>Hetherto yee haue asked nothing in my Name: aske, and yee &s;hall receiue, that your ioy may bee full. 24.</P>
<P>Likewi&s;e the Spirit al&s;o hel|peth our infirmities:<NOTE PLACE="marg">Romanes. VIII.</NOTE> for wee know not what to pray as wee ought: but the Spirit it &s;elfe maketh reque&s;t for vs with &s;ighes which cannot bee ex|pre&s;&s;ed. 26.<NOTE PLACE="marg">Ephe&s;ians. VI.</NOTE></P>
<P>Pray alwayes with all maner of prayer and &s;upplication in
<PB N="42" REF="74"> the Spirit: and watch therevn|to with all per&s;euerance and &s;upplication for all Saints. 18.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Philipians. IIII.</NOTE>Bee nothing carefull, but in all things let your reque&s;ts bee &s;hewed vnto God in prayer and &s;upplication, with giuing thankes. 6.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Colo&s;&s;ians. IIII.</NOTE>Continue in prayer, and watch in the &s;ame with thank&s;|giuing. 2.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">I. The&s;&s;alo. V. I. Timoth. II.</NOTE>Pray continually. 17.</P>
<P>I will therefore that the men pray, euery where, lifting vp pure hands without wrath or doubting. 8.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">I. Peter. IIII.</NOTE>Now the end of all things is at hand, Be ye therefore &s;ober, and watching in prayer. 7.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">I. Epi. Iohn. III.</NOTE>What&s;oeuer wee aske, wee receiue of him, becau&s;e wee keepe his commandements; and doe tho&s;e things that are
<PB N="43" REF="74"> plea&s;ing in his &s;ight. 22.</P>
<P>This is that a&s;&s;urance that we haue in him,<NOTE PLACE="marg">V.</NOTE> that if wee aske any thing according to his wil, hee heareth vs, 14.</P>
<P>And if wee know that hee heareth vs what&s;oeuer we aske, wee know that we haue the pe|titions that wee haue de&s;ired of him. 15.</P>
<DIV2 TYPE="section">
<HEAD>Dauid <HI>Greeuou&s;lie</HI> Mourning and Con|fe&s;sing.</HEAD>
<P>MIne eye is dimned for de&s;pight,<NOTE PLACE="marg">P&s;almes. VI.</NOTE> and &s;unke in becau&s;e of all mine ene|mies. 7.</P>
<P>I fainted in my mourning, I cau&s;e my bed euery night to &s;wimme, and water my couch with teares.</P>
<PB N="44" REF="75">
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXII.</NOTE>My God, my God, why ha&s;t thou for&s;aken mee? and art &s;o farre from mine health, &amp; from the words of my roaring. 1.</P>
<P>O my God, I crie by day, but thou heare&s;t not, and by night but haue no audience. 2.</P>
<P>I am a worme, and not a man: a &s;hame of men, and the con|tempt of the people. 6.</P>
<P>I am like water powred out, and all my bones are out of ioynt: mine heart is like waxe: it is molten in the mid&s;t of my bowels. 14.</P>
<P>My &s;trength is dried vp like a pot-&s;heard, and my tongue cleaueth to my Iawes, and thou ha&s;t brought mee vnto the du&s;t of death. 15.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXXI.</NOTE>Haue mercy vpon mee, O Lord: for I am in trouble: mine eye, my &s;oule, and my belly, are
<PB N="45" REF="75"> con&s;umed with griefe. 9.</P>
<P>For my life is wa&s;ted with heauine&s;&s;e, and my yeares with mourning: my &s;trength faileth for my paine, and my bones are con&s;umed. 10.</P>
<P>I am forgotten as a dead man out of minde: I am like a bro|ken ve&s;&s;ell. 12.</P>
<P>When I held my toung,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XXXII.</NOTE> my bones con&s;umed, or when I roared all the day. 3.</P>
<P>For thine hand is heauy vp|on mee day and night; and my moy&s;ture is turned into the drought of Summer. 4.</P>
<P>Thine arrowes haue light vpon mee,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XXXVIII.</NOTE> and thine hand lieth vpon mee. 2.</P>
<P>There is nothing &s;ound in my fle&s;h, becau&s;e of thine an|ger: neither is there re&s;t in my bones, becau&s;e of my &s;inne. 3.</P>
<PB N="46" REF="76">
<P>Mine iniquities are gone ouer mine head, &amp; as a waighty bur|den they are too heauy for me. 4</P>
<P>My wounds are putrified, and corrupt, becau&s;e of my foo|li&s;hne&s;&s;e. 5.</P>
<P>I'am bowed and crooked, very &s;ore: I go mourning all the day. 6.</P>
<P>My reines are full of bur|ning, and there is nothing &s;ound in my fle&s;h 7.</P>
<P>I am weakened and &s;ore bro|ken: I roare for the very griefe of mine heart. 8.</P>
<P>Mine heart panteth: my &s;trength faileth mee, and the light of mine eyes, euen they are not mine owne. 10.</P>
<P>My louers and my friends, &s;tand a&s;ide from my plague, &amp; my kin&s;men &s;tand a far off. 11.</P>
<P>Surely I am ready to halt,
<PB N="47" REF="76"> and my &s;orrow is euer before mee. 17.</P>
<P>Innumerable troubles haue compa&s;&s;ed me:<NOTE PLACE="marg">XL.</NOTE> &amp; my &s;ins haue taken &s;uch hold vpon me, that I am not able to looke vp: yea they are mo in number then the haires of mine head: therefore mine heart hath failed me. 12.</P>
<P>My teares haue beene my meat day and night,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XLII.</NOTE> while they daily &s;aid, where is thy God? 3.</P>
<P>Our &s;oule is beaten downe vnto the du&s;t,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XLIIII.</NOTE> our belly cleaueth vnto the ground. 25.</P>
<P>Mine heart trembleth with|in me,<NOTE PLACE="marg">LV.</NOTE> and the terrors of death are fallen vpon me. 4.</P>
<P>Feare and trembling are come vpon me, and an horrible feare hath couered me. 5.</P>
<P>The waters are entred euen to my &s;oule. 1.<NOTE PLACE="marg">LXIX.</NOTE></P>
<PB N="48" REF="77">
<P>I &s;tick fa&s;t in the deepe mire, where no &s;tay is: I am come into deepe waters, and the &s;treames runne ouer mee. 2.</P>
<P>I am weary of crying: my throate is drye; mine eyes faile whil&s;t I waite for my God. 3.</P>
<P>They that hate me without a cau&s;e, are moe then the haires of mine head. 4.</P>
<P>I am become a &s;tranger vnto my brethren, euen an alien vn|to my mothers &s;onnes. 8.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">LXXI.</NOTE>I am become as it were a mon&s;ter vnto many. 7.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">LXXXVIII</NOTE>My &s;oule is filled with euils, and my life draweth neere vnto the graue. 3</P>
<P>I am counted among them that go downe vnto the pit, &amp; am as a man without &s;trength. 4</P>
<P>Free among the dead, like the &s;laine lying in the graue, whom
<PB N="49" REF="77"> thou remembre&s;t no more. 5.</P>
<P>Thou ha&s;t laid mee in the lowe&s;t pit, in darkne&s;&s;e, and in the deepe. 6.</P>
<P>Thine indignation lieth vpon mee, and thou ha&s;t vexed mee with all thy waues. 7.</P>
<P>Thou ha&s;t put away mine ac|quaintance farre from me, and made mee to bee abhorred of them: I am &s;hut vp, and cannot get forth. 8.</P>
<P>Mine eye is &s;orrowfull through mine affliction. 9.</P>
<P>I am afflicted and at the point of death: from my youth I &s;uf|fer thy terrors, doubting of my life. 15.</P>
<P>Thine indignations go ouer me, and thy feare hath cut mee off. 16.</P>
<P>They came round about me daily like water, and compa&s;&s;ed
<PB N="50" REF="78"> me together. 17.</P>
<P>My louers and friends ha&s;t thou put away from mee, and mine acquaintance hid them|&s;elues. 18.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">CII.</NOTE>My dayes are con&s;umed like &s;moake, and my bones are burnt like an hearth. 3.</P>
<P>Mine heart is &s;mitten and wi|thereth like gra&s;&s;e, becau&s;e I forgat to eate my bread. 4.</P>
<P>For the voyce of my groning, my bones doe cleaue to my skinne. 5.</P>
<P>I am like a Pelican of the wil|derne&s;&s;e: I am like an Owle of the de&s;erts. 6.</P>
<P>I watch and am as a &s;parrow alone vpon the hou&s;e top. 7.</P>
<P>Mine enemies reuile me dai|ly, &amp; they that rage again&s;t me, haue &s;worne again&s;t me. 8.</P>
<P>Surely I haue eaten a&s;hes as
<PB N="51" REF="78"> bread, and mingled my drinke with weeping. 9.</P>
<P>Becau&s;e of thine indignation and thy wrath: for thou ha&s;t heaued mee vp, and ca&s;t mee downe. 10.</P>
<P>My dayes are like a &s;hadow that fadeth, and I am withered like gra&s;&s;e. 11.</P>
<P>I depart like the &s;hadow that declineth,<NOTE PLACE="marg">CIX.</NOTE> and am &s;haken off as the Gra&s;hopper. 23.</P>
<P>My knees are weake through fa&s;ting, and my fle&s;h hath lo&s;t all fatne&s;&s;e. 24.</P>
<P>My &s;oule melteth for heaui|ne&s;&s;e.<NOTE PLACE="marg">CXIX.</NOTE> 28.</P>
<P>I am like a bottle in the &s;moake. 83.</P>
<P>I am very &s;ore afflicted. 107.</P>
<P>My &s;oule is continually in mine hand. 109.</P>
<PB N="52" REF="79">
<P>My fle&s;h trembleth for feare of thee, and I am affraid of thy iudgments. 120.</P>
<P>I am &s;mall and di&s;pi&s;ed. 141.</P>
<P>Trouble and angui&s;h are come vpon me. 143.</P>
<P>I haue gone a&s;tray like a lo&s;t &s;heepe. 176.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">CXXXIX.</NOTE>Thou holde&s;t me &s;traight be|hinde and before, and laye&s;t thine hand vpon me. 5.</P>
<P>Thy knowledge is too won|derfull for me: it is &s;o high that I cannot attaine vnto it. 6.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="section">
<HEAD><HI>Dauid</HI> Earne&s;tly <HI>Reque&s;ting.</HI></HEAD>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">P&s;almes. III.</NOTE>O Lord ari&s;e.</P>
<P>Helpe me O my God. 7.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">IIII.</NOTE>Heare mee when I call, O God of my righteou&s;ne&s;&s;e:</P>
<P>Haue mercy vpon mee.</P>
<PB N="53" REF="79">
<P>Hearken vnto my prayer. 1.</P>
<P>Lord lift vp the light of thy countenance vpon vs. 6.</P>
<P>Heare my words O Lord,<NOTE PLACE="marg">V.</NOTE></P>
<P>Vnder&s;tand my meditation. 1</P>
<P>Hearken vnto the voyce of my cry. 2.</P>
<P>Heare my voyce in the mor|ning. 3.</P>
<P>Lead mee O Lord in thy righteou&s;ne&s;&s;e,</P>
<P>Make thy way plaine before my face. 8.</P>
<P>Let all them that tru&s;t in thee, reioyce and triumph for euer, 11.</P>
<P>O Lord rebuke mee not in thine anger,<NOTE PLACE="marg">VI.</NOTE></P>
<P>Neither cha&s;ti&s;e mee in thy wrath. 1.</P>
<P>Haue mercy vpon mee O Lord, for I am weake.</P>
<P>O Lord heale mee, for my
<PB N="54" REF="80"> bones are vexed. 2.</P>
<P>Returne O Lord deliuer my &s;oule.</P>
<P>Saue mee for thy mercies &s;ake. 4.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">VII.</NOTE>Saue mee from all that per|&s;ecute mee:</P>
<P>And deliuer me. 1.</P>
<P>Ari&s;e O Lord in thy wrath,</P>
<P>Lift vp thy &s;elfe again&s;t the rage of mine enemies. 6.</P>
<P>Iudge thou me O Lord ac|cording to my righteou&s;ne&s;&s;e, and according to mine inno|cencie that is in me. 8.</P>
<P>Oh, let the malice of the wicked come to an end. 9.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">IX.</NOTE>Haue mercy vpon me O Lord,</P>
<P>Con&s;ider my trouble, 13.</P>
<P>Vp Lord,</P>
<P>Let not man preuaile. 19.</P>
<P>Ari&s;e O Lord,</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">X.</NOTE>Lift vp thine hand,</P>
<PB N="55" REF="80">
<P>Forget not the poore. 12.</P>
<P>Breake thou the arme of the wicked, and malicious. 15.</P>
<P>Helpe Lord,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XII.</NOTE> for there is not a godly man left. 1.</P>
<P>Lighten mine eies,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XIII.</NOTE> that I &s;leep not in death. 3.</P>
<P>Oh giue &s;aluation vnto I&s;rael out of Zion. 7.<NOTE PLACE="marg">XIIII.</NOTE></P>
<P>Pre&s;erue mee O God,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XVI.</NOTE> for in thee doe I tru&s;t. 1.</P>
<P>Heare the right, O Lord,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XVII.</NOTE></P>
<P>Con&s;ider my cry,</P>
<P>Hearken vnto my prayer, of lippes vnfained. 1.</P>
<P>Let my &s;entence come forth from thy pre&s;ence.</P>
<P>Let thine eyes behold equi|tie. 2.</P>
<P>Stay my &s;teps in thy paths, 5.</P>
<P>Shew thy merueilous mer|cies, thou that art the Sa|uiour of them that tru&s;t in
<PB N="56" REF="81"> thee, from &s;uch as re&s;i&s;t thy right hand. 7.</P>
<P>Keepe mee as the Apple of thine eye.</P>
<P>Hide me vnder the &s;hadow of thy wings. 8.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XIX.</NOTE>Clean&s;e mee from &s;ecret faults. 12.</P>
<P>Keepe thy &s;eruant al&s;o from pre&s;umptuous &s;innes.</P>
<P>Let them not raigne ouer me 13.</P>
<P>Let the words of my mouth, and the meditation of my heart bee acceptable in thy &s;ight, O Lord my &s;trength, and my redeemer. 14.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXII.</NOTE>Bee not farre from mee, be|cau&s;e trouble is neere. 11.</P>
<P>Deliuer my &s;oule from the &s;word,</P>
<P>My de&s;olate &s;oule from the power of the dogge. 20.</P>
<PB N="57" REF="81">
<P>Saue mee from the Lyons mouth.</P>
<P>An&s;wer mee in &s;auing mee, from the hornes of the Vni|cornes. 21.</P>
<P>My God I tru&s;t in thee,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XXV.</NOTE> let mee not be confounded.</P>
<P>Let not my enemies reioyce ouer me. 2.</P>
<P>Shew me thy wayes, O Lord.</P>
<P>Teach me thy paths. 4.</P>
<P>Lead me forth in thy truth.</P>
<P>Teach mee. 5.</P>
<P>Remember O Lord thy ten|der mercies, and thy louing kindne&s;&s;e. 6.</P>
<P>Remember not the &s;innes of my youth.</P>
<P>Nor my rebellions. 7.</P>
<P>For thy names &s;ake O Lord, be merciful to my iniquity. 11.</P>
<P>Turne thy face vnto me.</P>
<P>Haue mercy vpon me. 16.</P>
<PB N="58" REF="82">
<P>Draw mee out of my trou|bles. 17.</P>
<P>Looke vpon mine affliction and my trauell.</P>
<P>Forgiue all my &s;innes. 18.</P>
<P>Behold mine enemies for they are many. 19.</P>
<P>Keepe my &s;oule,</P>
<P>Deliuer mee.</P>
<P>Let me not be confounded. 20</P>
<P>Let mine vprightne&s;&s;e and equitie pre&s;erue me. 21.</P>
<P>Deliuer <HI>I&s;rael,</HI> &ocirc; God out of all his troubles. 22.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXVI.</NOTE>Iudge mee, O Lord, for I haue walked in mine innocen|cie. 1.</P>
<P>Prooue mee O Lord,</P>
<P>Try mee.</P>
<P>Examine my reines and mine heart. 2.</P>
<P>Gather not my &s;oule with the &s;inners,</P>
<PB N="59" REF="82">
<P>Nor my life with the bloudy men. 9.</P>
<P>Hearken vnto my voyce,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XXVII.</NOTE> O Lord when I cry,</P>
<P>Haue mercy al&s;o vpon me,</P>
<P>Heare me. 7.</P>
<P>Hyde not therefore thy face from me,</P>
<P>Nor ca&s;t thy &s;eruant away in di&s;plea&s;ure.</P>
<P>Leaue me not,</P>
<P>Neither for&s;ake mee, O God of my &s;aluation. 9.</P>
<P>Teach me thy way O Lord,</P>
<P>Lead mee in a right path. 11.</P>
<P>Giue mee not vnto the lu&s;t of mine aduer&s;aries. 12.</P>
<P>Bee not deafe toward me. 1.<NOTE PLACE="marg">XXVIII.</NOTE></P>
<P>Heare the voyce of my peti|tions when I crye vnto thee, when I hold vp mine hands to|ward thine holy Oracle. 2.</P>
<PB N="60" REF="83">
<P>Draw me not away with the wicked, and with the workers of iniquity. 3.</P>
<P>Reward them according to their deeds. 4.</P>
<P>Saue thy people.</P>
<P>Ble&s;&s;e thy inheritance. 9.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXX.</NOTE>Heare O Lord and haue mercy vpon me:</P>
<P>Be thou my helper. 10.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXXI.</NOTE>Bow downe thine eare to me.</P>
<P>Make ha&s;t to deliuer me:</P>
<P>Be vnto me a &s;trong rock, and a hou&s;e of defence to &s;aue me. 2</P>
<P>Draw me out of the net that they haue laide priuily for mee. 4.</P>
<P>Haue mercy vpon mee O Lord, for I am in trouble. 9.</P>
<P>Deliuer mee from the hand of my enem&icirc;es.</P>
<P>And from them that per&s;e|cute me. 15.</P>
<PB N="61" REF="83">
<P>Make thy face to &s;hine vpon thy &s;eruant,</P>
<P>Saue mee through thy mer|cie. 16.</P>
<P>Let mee not bee confounded O Lord. 17.</P>
<P>Let the lying lips bee made dumbe, which cruelly, proudly and &s;pightfully &s;peake again&s;t the righteous. 18.</P>
<P>Plead thou my cau&s;e O Lord,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XXXV.</NOTE> with them that &s;triue with me.</P>
<P>Fight thou again&s;t them that fight again&s;t me. 1.</P>
<P>Lay hand vpon the &s;hield and buckler.</P>
<P>Stand vp for mine helpe. 2.</P>
<P>Bring out al&s;o the &s;peare.</P>
<P>Stop the way again&s;t them that per&s;ecute me.</P>
<P>Say vnto my &s;oule, I am thy &s;aluation. 3.</P>
<P>Let them bee confounded
<PB N="62" REF="84"> and put to &s;hame, that &s;eeke af|ter my &s;oule:</P>
<P>Let them be turned back, and brought to confu&s;ion, that i|magine mine hurt. 4.</P>
<P>Let them be as chaffe before the winde,</P>
<P>Let the Angell of the Lord &s;catter them. 5.</P>
<P>Let their way bee darke and &s;lippery,</P>
<P>Let the Angell of the Lord per&s;ecute them. 6.</P>
<P>Let de&s;truction come vpon him at vnawares,</P>
<P>Let his net that he hath laid priuily take him:</P>
<P>Let him fall into the &s;ame de|&s;truction. 8.</P>
<P>Deliuer my &s;oule from their tumult,</P>
<P>Euen my de&s;olate &s;oule from the Lyons. 17.</P>
<PB N="63" REF="84">
<P>Let not them that are mine enemies vniu&s;tly reioyce ouer mee.</P>
<P>Neither let them winke with the eye, that hate mee without a cau&s;e. 19.</P>
<P>Keepe not &s;ilence.</P>
<P>Bee not farre from mee, O Lord. 22.</P>
<P>Ari&s;e,</P>
<P>Wake to my iudgement: euen to my cau&s;e. 23.</P>
<P>Iudge me &ocirc; Lord my God ac|cording to thy righteou&s;nes. 24</P>
<P>Let them be confounded and put to &s;hame, together, that reioyce at mine hurt.</P>
<P>Let them bee clothed with confu&s;ion and &s;hame, that lift vp them&s;elues again&s;t mee. 26.</P>
<P>Let them be ioyfull and glad that loue my righteou&s;ne&s;&s;e. 27</P>
<P>Extend thy louing kindne&s;&s;e
<PB N="64" REF="85"> vnto them that know thee.<NOTE PLACE="marg">XXXVI.</NOTE> 10.</P>
<P>Let not the foote of pride come again&s;t mee.</P>
<P>Let not the hand of the wic|ked men mooue me. 11.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXXVIII.</NOTE>O Lord rebuke mee not in thine anger:</P>
<P>Neither cha&s;ti&s;e mee in thy wrath. 1.</P>
<P>For&s;ake me not O Lord,</P>
<P>Bee not thou farre from me my God. 21.</P>
<P>Ha&s;t thee to helpe me, O my Lord, my &s;aluation. 22.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXXIX.</NOTE>Lord let mee know my end, and the mea&s;ure of my dayes, what it is,</P>
<P>Let mee know how long I haue to liue. 4.</P>
<P>Deliuer mee from all my tran&s;gre&s;&s;ions:</P>
<P>Make mee not a rebuke to the fooli&s;h. 8.</P>
<PB N="65" REF="85">
<P>Take thy plague away from mee. 10.</P>
<P>Heare my prayer, O Lord,</P>
<P>Hearken vnto my crye.</P>
<P>Keepe not &s;ilence at my teares, 12.</P>
<P>Stay thine anger from me. 13</P>
<P>With-draw not thy tender mercy from me, O Lord.<NOTE PLACE="marg">XL.</NOTE></P>
<P>Let thy mercy and thy truth alway pre&s;erue mee. 11.</P>
<P>Let it plea&s;e thee O Lord to deliuer me,</P>
<P>Make ha&s;t O Lord to helpe mee. 13.</P>
<P>Let them be confounded and put to &s;hame together that &s;eeke my &s;oule to de&s;troy it.</P>
<P>Let them bee driuen back|ward, and put to rebuke that de&s;ire my hurt. 14.</P>
<P>Let them be de&s;troyed for a reward of their &s;hame, which
<PB N="66" REF="86"> &s;ay vnto mee, aha, aha, 15.</P>
<P>Let all them that &s;eeke thee, reioyce and bee glad &icirc;n thee:</P>
<P>Let them that loue thy &s;al|uation, &s;ay alwayes the Lord be prai&s;ed. 16.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XLI.</NOTE>Lord haue mercy vpon mee</P>
<P>Heale my &s;oule. 4.</P>
<P>O Lord haue mercy vpon me,</P>
<P>Rai&s;e me vp. 10.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XLIII.</NOTE>Iudge me O God,</P>
<P>Defend my cau&s;e, again&s;t the vnmercifull people:</P>
<P>Deliuer me from the deceit|full and wicked man. 1.</P>
<P>Send thy light and thy truth:</P>
<P>Let them lead mee vnto thy holy Mountaine, and to thy Tabernacles. 3.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XLIIII.</NOTE>Vp,</P>
<P>Awake,</P>
<P>Be not farre off for euer. 23.</P>
<PB N="67" REF="86">
<P>Ri&s;e vp for our &s;uccour,</P>
<P>Redeeme vs for thy mercies &s;ake, 26.</P>
<P>Let mount Zion reioyce,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XLVIII.</NOTE></P>
<P>And the daughters of <HI>Iudah</HI> bee glad. 11.</P>
<P>Compa&s;&s;e about Zion,</P>
<P>Goe round about it,</P>
<P>Tell the Towers thereof. 12.</P>
<P>Marke well the wall thereof,</P>
<P>Behold the tower. 13.</P>
<P>Haue mercy vpon mee O God,<NOTE PLACE="marg">LI.</NOTE> according to thy louing kindne&s;&s;e.</P>
<P>According to the multitude of thy compa&s;&s;ions, put away mine iniquities. 1.</P>
<P>Wa&s;h mee throughly from mine iniquitie,</P>
<P>Clean&s;e me from my &s;inne. 2</P>
<P>Purge me with Hy&s;op, and I &s;hall be cleane,</P>
<P>Wa&s;h mee and I &s;hall bee
<PB N="68" REF="87"> whiter then &s;now. 7.</P>
<P>Make mee to heare ioy and gladne&s;&s;e. 8.</P>
<P>Hide thy face from my &s;innes.</P>
<P>Put away all my iniquities. 9</P>
<P>Create in mee a cleane heart O God,</P>
<P>Renue a right &s;pirit within me. 10.</P>
<P>Ca&s;t mee not away from thy pre&s;ence,</P>
<P>Take not thy holy &s;pirit from mee. 11.</P>
<P>Re&s;tore to mee the ioy of thy &s;aluation,</P>
<P>Stabli&s;h mee with thy free Spirit. 12.</P>
<P>Deliuer mee from bloud O God. 14.</P>
<P>Open thou my lips &ocirc; Lord. 15</P>
<P>Bee fauourable vnto Zion for thy good plea&s;ure.</P>
<P>Build the walls of Ieru&s;ale~. 18</P>
<PB N="69" REF="87">
<P>Oh giue &s;aluation vnto I&s;ra|el out of Zion. 6.<NOTE PLACE="marg">LIII.</NOTE></P>
<P>Sane me &ocirc; God, by thy name,<NOTE PLACE="marg">LIIII.</NOTE></P>
<P>By thy power iudge me. 1.</P>
<P>O God heare my prayer.</P>
<P>Hearken vnto the words of my mouth. 2.</P>
<P>Heare my prayer, O God.<NOTE PLACE="marg">LV.</NOTE></P>
<P>Hide not thy &s;elfe from my &s;upplication. 1.</P>
<P>Hearken vnto me,</P>
<P>An&s;wer me. 2.</P>
<P>De&s;troy O Lord, and deuide their tongues. 9.</P>
<P>Let death &s;eaze vpon them,</P>
<P>Let them goe downe quick into the graue. 15.</P>
<P>Be mercifull to me o God,<NOTE PLACE="marg">LVI.</NOTE> for man would &s;wallow me vp. 1.</P>
<P>Put my teares into thy bottle. 8</P>
<P>Haue mercy vpon me O God,<NOTE PLACE="marg">LVII.</NOTE></P>
<P>Haue mercy vpon mee. 1.</P>
<P>Breake their teeth O God in<NOTE PLACE="marg">LVIII.</NOTE>
<PB N="70" REF="88"> their mouthes.</P>
<P>Breake the iawes of the young Lyons, O Lord. 6.</P>
<P>Let them melt like the wa|ters.</P>
<P>Let them pa&s;&s;e away, when he &s;hooteth his arrowes,</P>
<P>Let them be broken. 7.</P>
<P>Let him con&s;ume like a &s;naile that melteth,</P>
<P>And like the vntimely fruite of a woman that hath not &s;eene the Sunne. 8.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">LIX.</NOTE>O my God deliuer me from mine enemies:</P>
<P>Defend mee from them that ri&s;e vp again&s;t me. 1.</P>
<P>Deliuer mee from the wic|ked dooers,</P>
<P>And &s;aue me from the blou|dy men. 2.</P>
<P>O God of I&s;rael, awake to vi&s;ite all the Heathen,</P>
<PB N="71" REF="88">
<P>Bee not mercifull, vnto all that tran&s;gre&s;&s;e maliciou&s;|ly. 5.</P>
<P>Slay them not lea&s;t my peo|ple forget it,</P>
<P>But &s;catter them abroad by thy power:</P>
<P>Put them downe, O Lord our &s;hield. 11.</P>
<P>Let them bee taken in their pride. 12.</P>
<P>Con&s;ume them in thy wrath,</P>
<P>Con&s;ume them that they be no more:</P>
<P>Let them know that God ruleth in <HI>Iaacob.</HI> 13.</P>
<P>Turne againe vnto vs. 1.<NOTE PLACE="marg">LX.</NOTE></P>
<P>Helpe with thy right hand,</P>
<P>Heare mee. 5.</P>
<P>Giue vs helpe again&s;t trou|ble. 11.</P>
<P>Heare my cry, O God,<NOTE PLACE="marg">LXI.</NOTE></P>
<P>Giue eare vnto my prayer. 1.</P>
<PB N="72" REF="89">
<P>Bring mee vpon the rock that is higher then I. 2.<NOTE PLACE="marg">LXIIII.</NOTE></P>
<P>Heare my voyce O God, in my prayer.</P>
<P>Pre&s;erue my life from feare o&s; the enemy. 1.</P>
<P>Hide me from the con&s;pira|cie of the wicked,</P>
<P>And from the rage of the workers of iniquity.<NOTE PLACE="marg">LXVII.</NOTE> 2.</P>
<P>God bee mercifull vnto vs, and ble&s;&s;e vs, and cau&s;e his face to &s;hine among vs. 1.</P>
<P>Let the people bee glad and reioyce, 4.</P>
<P>Let all the people prai&s;e thee,<NOTE PLACE="marg">LXVIII.</NOTE> 5.</P>
<P>Stabli&s;h O God, that which thou ha&s;t wrought in vs, 28.</P>
<P>De&s;troy the company of the &s;peare-men,</P>
<P>And multitude of the migh|ty bulls, with the calues of the
<PB N="73" REF="89"> people, that tread vnder feete pieces of &s;iluer:</P>
<P>Scatter the people that de|light in warre. 30.</P>
<P>Saue mee, O God,<NOTE PLACE="marg">LXIX.</NOTE> for the waters are entred euen to my &s;oule. 1.</P>
<P>Let not them that tru&s;t in thee, O Lord God of ho&s;tes, be a&s;hamed for me:</P>
<P>Let not tho&s;e that &s;eeke thee be confounded through me. 6.</P>
<P>O God heare me in the truth of thy &s;aluation. 13.</P>
<P>Deliuer me out of the mire, that I &s;inck not:</P>
<P>Let mee bee deliuered from them that hate me.</P>
<P>And out of the deepe wa|ters. 14.</P>
<P>Let not the water-flood drowne mee,</P>
<P>Neither let the deepe &s;wal|low
<PB N="74" REF="90"> mee vp.</P>
<P>Let not the pitte &s;hut her mouth vpon me. 15.</P>
<P>Heare mee O Lord, for thy louing kindne&s;&s;e is good:</P>
<P>Turne vnto me, according to the multitude of thy tender mercies. 16.</P>
<P>Hide not thy face from thy &s;eruant,</P>
<P>Make ha&s;t, and heare me. 17.</P>
<P>Draw neere vnto my &s;oule, and redeeme it.</P>
<P>Deliuer me becau&s;e of mine enemies. 18.</P>
<P>Let their table bee a &s;nare before them,</P>
<P>And their pro&s;perity their ruine. 22.</P>
<P>Let their eyes bee blinded, that they &s;ee not:</P>
<P>And make their loynes al|way to tremble. 23.</P>
<PB N="75" REF="90">
<P>Powre out thine anger vp|on them,</P>
<P>Let thy wrathfull di&s;plea&s;ure take them. 24.</P>
<P>Let their habitation be void,</P>
<P>Let none dwell in their tents. 25.</P>
<P>Lay iniquity vpon their ini|quitie,</P>
<P>Let them not come into thy righteou&s;ne&s;&s;e. 27.</P>
<P>Let them bee put out of the booke of life,</P>
<P>Neither let them be written with the righteous. 28.</P>
<P>O God ha&s;t thee to deliuer me,<NOTE PLACE="marg">LXX.</NOTE></P>
<P>Make ha&s;t to helpe mee, O Lord. 1.</P>
<P>Let them be confounded &amp; put to &s;hame, that &s;eeke my &s;oule.</P>
<P>Let them bee turned back|ward, and put to rebuke that de&s;ire mine hurt. 2.</P>
<PB N="76" REF="91">
<P>Let them be turned back for a reward of their &s;hame, which &s;aid, aha, aha, 3.</P>
<P>O God make ha&s;t to mee,</P>
<P>O Lord make no tarrying. 5.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">LXXI.</NOTE>In thee O Lord I tru&s;t, let mee neuer be a&s;hamed. 1.</P>
<P>Re&s;cue mee and deliuer me, in thy righteou&s;ne&s;&s;e.</P>
<P>Incline thine eare vnto me,</P>
<P>Saue me. 2.</P>
<P>Bee thou my &s;trong rocke wherevnto I may alwayes re|&s;ort. 3.</P>
<P>Deliuer mee, O my God out of the hand of the wicked:</P>
<P>Out of the hand of the euill and cruell man. 4.</P>
<P>Let my mouth be filled with thy prai&s;e, and with thy glory euery day. 8.</P>
<P>Ca&s;t mee not off in the time of age.</P>
<PB N="77" REF="91">
<P>For&s;ake mee not when my &s;trength faileth. 9.</P>
<P>Go not far from me, O God:</P>
<P>My God, make ha&s;t to helpe me. 12.</P>
<P>Let them bee confounded, and con&s;umed, that are again&s;t my &s;oule:</P>
<P>Let them bee couered with reproofe and confu&s;ion that &s;eeke mine hurt. 13.</P>
<P>O God for&s;ake me not, vntill I haue declared thine arme vn|to this generation, and thy power to all them that &s;hall come. 18.</P>
<P>Giue thy iudgments to the King, O God,<NOTE PLACE="marg">LXXII.</NOTE></P>
<P>And thy righteou&s;ne&s;&s;e to the Kings &s;onne, 1.</P>
<P>Thinke vpon thy congrega|tion which thou ha&s;t po&s;&s;e&s;&s;ed of old.<NOTE PLACE="marg">LXXIIII</NOTE></P>
<PB N="78" REF="92">
<P>And on the rod of thine in|heritance, which thou ha&s;t re|deemed.</P>
<P>And on this mount Zion wherein thou ha&s;t dwelt. 2.</P>
<P>Lift vp thy &s;troakes that thou maye&s;t for euer de&s;troy euery enemy that doth euill to the Sanctuary. 3.</P>
<P>Giue not the &s;oule of thy Turtle-doue vnto the bea&s;t,</P>
<P>Forget not the congregati|on of thy poore for euer. 19.</P>
<P>Con&s;ider thy couenant. 20.</P>
<P>Oh let not the oppre&s;&s;ed re|turne a&s;hamed,</P>
<P>But let the poore and needy prai&s;e thy name. 21.</P>
<P>Ari&s;e O GOD, maintaine thine owne cau&s;e:</P>
<P>Remember thy dayly reproch by the fooli&s;h man. 22.</P>
<P>Forget not the voyce of
<PB N="79" REF="92"> thine enemies. 23.</P>
<P>Powre out thy wrath vpon the Heathen that haue not knowne thee:<NOTE PLACE="marg">LXXIX.</NOTE></P>
<P>And vpon the kingdoms that haue not knowne thy name. 6.</P>
<P>Remember not again&s;t vs the former iniquities,</P>
<P>But make ha&s;t, and let thy tender mercies preuent vs. 8.</P>
<P>Helpe vs O GOD of our &s;aluation, for the glory of thy name,</P>
<P>Deliuer vs,</P>
<P>Bee mercifull to our &s;innes for thy names &s;ake. 9.</P>
<P>Let the &s;ighing of the pri&s;o|ners come before thee.</P>
<P>According to thy mighty arme pre&s;erue the children of death. 11.</P>
<P>Render vnto our neighbours &s;eauen-&s;old into their bo&s;ome
<PB N="80" REF="93"> their reproch, wherewith they haue reproched thee, &ocirc; Lord. 12</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">LXXX.</NOTE>Heare O thou &s;heapheard of I&s;raell,</P>
<P>Shew thy brightne&s;&s;e, thou that &s;itte&s;t betweene the Che|rubins. 1.</P>
<P>Before <HI>Ephraim,</HI> and <HI>Benia|min,</HI> and <HI>Mana&s;&s;eth,</HI> &s;tirre vp thy &s;trength and come to helpe vs. 2.</P>
<P>Turne vs againe O God,</P>
<P>Cau&s;e thy face to &s;hine, that we may be &s;aued. 3.</P>
<P>Turne vs againe, O God of ho&s;ts,</P>
<P>Cau&s;e thy face to &s;hine, and wee &s;hall bee &s;aued. 7.</P>
<P>Returne we be&s;eech thee, O Lord God of ho&s;ts,</P>
<P>Looke downe from heauen, and behold &amp; vi&s;it this Vine. 14</P>
<P>And the Vineyard, that thy
<PB N="81" REF="93"> right hand hath planted.</P>
<P>And the young Vine that thou made&s;t &s;trong for thine owne &s;elfe. 15.</P>
<P>Let thine hand bee vpon the man of thy right hand.</P>
<P>And vpon the &s;onne of man, whom thou made&s;t &s;trong for thine owne &s;elfe. 17.</P>
<P>Keepe not thou &s;ilence,<NOTE PLACE="marg">LXXXIII.</NOTE> O God.</P>
<P>Bee not &s;till, and cea&s;e not O God. 1.</P>
<P>Make them, euen their Prin|ces, like <HI>Oreb,</HI> and like <HI>Zeeb,</HI></P>
<P>Yea all their Princes, like <HI>Zeba</HI> and <HI>Zalmuna.</HI> 11.</P>
<P>O my God make them like vnto a wheele,</P>
<P>And as the &s;tubble before the winde. 13.</P>
<P>As the fire burneth the for|re&s;t, and as the flame &s;etteth
<PB N="82" REF="94"> the mountaines on fire: &s;o per|&s;ecute the~ with thy tempe&s;t. 14</P>
<P>Make them affraide with thy &s;torme. 15.</P>
<P>Fill their faces with &s;hame, that they may &s;eeke thy name O Lord. 16.</P>
<P>Let them bee confounded, and troubled for euer:</P>
<P>Yea let them be put to &s;hame and peri&s;h. 17.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">LXXXV.</NOTE>Turne vs O God of our &s;al|uation,</P>
<P>Relea&s;e thine anger towards vs. 4.</P>
<P>Shew vs thy mercy, O Lord,</P>
<P>Grant vs thy &s;aluation. 7.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">LXXXVI.</NOTE>Incline thine eare, O Lord,</P>
<P>Heare mee, for I am poore and needy. 1.</P>
<P>Pre&s;erue thou my &s;oule, for I am mercifull:</P>
<P>My God, &s;aue thou thy &s;er|uant
<PB N="83" REF="94"> that tru&s;teth in thee. 2.</P>
<P>Be mercifull to mee, &ocirc; Lord: for I cry vpon thee continu|ally. 3.</P>
<P>Reioyce the &s;oule of thy &s;er|uant, for vnto thee O Lord doe I lift vp my &s;oule. 4.</P>
<P>Giue eare Lord vnto my praier,</P>
<P>Hearken to the voice of my &s;upplication. 6.</P>
<P>Teach me thy way, O Lord: and I will walke in thy truth,</P>
<P>Knit mine heart vnto thee, that I may feare thy name. 11.</P>
<P>Turne vnto mee,</P>
<P>Haue mercy vpon me:</P>
<P>Giue thy &s;trength vnto thy &s;eruant,</P>
<P>Saue the &s;onne of thine haind-maid. 16.</P>
<P>Shew a token of thy good|ne&s;&s;e towards me. 17.</P>
<PB N="84" REF="95">
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">LXXXVIII</NOTE>Let my prayer enter into thy pre&s;ence,</P>
<P>Incline thine eare vnto my crye. 2.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">LXXXIX</NOTE>Remember of what time I am. 47.</P>
<P>Remember, O Lord the re|buke of thy &s;eruants, which I beare in my bo&s;ome of all the mighty people. 50.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XC.</NOTE>Teach vs &s;o to number our dayes, that wee may apply our hearts vnto wi&s;dome. 12.</P>
<P>Returne O Lord,</P>
<P>Be pacified towards thy &s;er|uants. 13.</P>
<P>Fill vs with thy mercy in the morning. 14.</P>
<P>Comfort vs according to the dayes, that thou ha&s;t afflicted vs, and according to the yeares that we haue &s;eene euill. 15.</P>
<P>Let thy worke bee &s;eene to|wards
<PB N="85" REF="95"> thy &s;eruants, and their glory vpon their children. 16.</P>
<P>Let the beauty of the Lord our God be vpon vs,</P>
<P>Direct thou the worke of our hands vpon vs.</P>
<P>Euen direct the worke of our hands. 17.</P>
<P>O Lord God the auenger,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XCIIII.</NOTE> O God the auenger, &s;hew thy &s;elfe clearly. 1.</P>
<P>Exalt thy &s;elfe, O Iudge of the world,</P>
<P>Render a reward to the proud. 2.</P>
<P>O Lord heare my prayer,<NOTE PLACE="marg">CII.</NOTE></P>
<P>Let my cry come vnto thee. 1.</P>
<P>Hide not thy face from mee in the time of my trouble,</P>
<P>Incline thine eares vnto me.</P>
<P>When I call make ha&s;t to heare me. 2.</P>
<P>O my God, take me not away
<PB N="86" REF="96"> in the mid&s;t of my dayes. 24.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">CIIII.</NOTE>Let the &s;inners be con&s;umed out of the earth, and the wicked till there be no more. 35.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">CVI.</NOTE>Remember me, O Lord, with the fauour of thy people,</P>
<P>Vi&s;it me with thy &s;aluation. 4</P>
<P>Saue vs, O Lord our God,</P>
<P>Gather vs from among the Heathen, that wee may prai&s;e thine holy name, and glory in thy prai&s;e. 47.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">CVIII.</NOTE>Exalt thy &s;elfe O God, aboue the heauens,</P>
<P>Let thy glory be vpon all the earth. 5.</P>
<P>That thy beloued may bee deliuered, helpe with thy right hand and heare me. 6.</P>
<P>Giue vs helpe again&s;t trou|ble: for vaine is the helpe of man. 12.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">CIX.</NOTE>Hold not thy toung, O God
<PB N="87" REF="96"> of my prai&s;e, 1.</P>
<P>Set thou the wicked ouer him,</P>
<P>Let the aduer&s;ary &s;tand at his right hand. 6.</P>
<P>When he &s;hall be iudged, let him be condemned:</P>
<P>Let his prayer be turned in|to &s;inne. 7.</P>
<P>Let his dayes be few,</P>
<P>Let another take his charge. 8</P>
<P>Let his children bee father|le&s;&s;e, and his wife a widdow. 9.</P>
<P>Let his children be vagabonds and begge, and &s;eeke bread, comming out of their places de&s;troyed. 10.</P>
<P>Let the extortioner catch al that hee hath, Let the &s;tran|ger &s;poile his labour. 11</P>
<P>Let there be none to extend mercy vnto him,</P>
<P>Neither let there bee any to &s;hewe mercye vppon his
<PB N="88" REF="97"> fatherle&s;&s;e children. 12.</P>
<P>Let his po&s;terity be de&s;troyed,</P>
<P>In the generation following, let their name be put out. 13.</P>
<P>Let the iniquity of his fa|thers bee had in remembrance with the Lord:</P>
<P>Let not the &s;inne of his mo|ther be done away. 14.</P>
<P>But let them alway be before the Lord, that hee may cut off their memoriall from the earth. 15.</P>
<P>But thou, O Lord my God, deale with mee according to thy name:</P>
<P>Deliuer mee, for thy mercy is good. 21.</P>
<P>Helpe me, O Lord my God,</P>
<P>Saue mee according to thy mercy. 26.</P>
<P>Let mine aduer&s;aries be clo|thed with &s;hame,</P>
<PB N="89" REF="97">
<P>Let them couer them-&s;elues with their confu&s;ion as with a cloake. 29.</P>
<P>O Lord I pray thee &s;aue now.<NOTE PLACE="marg">CXVIII.</NOTE></P>
<P>O Lord I pray thee now giue pro&s;perity. 25.</P>
<P>For&s;ake me not ouer long.<NOTE PLACE="marg">CXIX.</NOTE> 8</P>
<P>Let me not wander from thy commandements. 10,</P>
<P>Teach me thy &s;tatutes. 12.</P>
<P>Be beneficiall to thy &s;eruant, that I may liue and keepe thy word. 17.</P>
<P>Open mine eyes that I may &s;ee the wonders of thy law. 18.</P>
<P>Hide not thy commande|ments from mee. 19.</P>
<P>Remooue from mee &s;hame and contempt. 22.</P>
<P>Quicken mee according to thy word. 25.</P>
<P>Make mee to vnder&s;tand the way of thy precepts. 27.</P>
<PB N="90" REF="98">
<P>Rai&s;e mee vp according to thy word. 28.</P>
<P>Take from mee the way of lying,</P>
<P>Grant mee graciou&s;ly thy law. 29.</P>
<P>Giue me vnder&s;tanding, and I will keepe thy law. 34.</P>
<P>Direct me in the path of thy commandements, for therein is my delight. 35.</P>
<P>Incline mine heart vnto thy te&s;timonies, and not to coue|tou&s;ne&s;&s;e. 36.</P>
<P>Turne away mine eyes from regarding vanitie:</P>
<P>Quicken mee in thy way. 37.</P>
<P>Stabli&s;h thy promi&s;e to thy &s;eruant. 38.</P>
<P>Take away my rebuke that I feare. 39.</P>
<P>Quicken mee in thy righte|ou&s;ne&s;&s;e. 40.</P>
<PB N="91" REF="98">
<P>Let thy louing kindne&s;&s;e come vnto me, O Lord, &amp; thy &s;aluati|on according to thy promi&s;e. 41</P>
<P>Take not the word of truth vtterly out of my mouth. 43.</P>
<P>Remember the promi&s;e made to thy &s;eruant, wherein thou ha&s;t cau&s;ed me to tru&s;t. 49.</P>
<P>Be mercifull vnto me, accor|ding to thy promi&s;e. 58.</P>
<P>Teach mee good iudgment and knowledge. 66.</P>
<P>Thine hands haue made me &amp; fa&s;hioned me: giue me vnder|&s;tanding therefore, that I may learne thy co~mandements. 73.</P>
<P>I pray thee that thy mercy may comfort me according to thy promi&s;e vnto thy &s;erua~t. 76</P>
<P>Let thy tender mercies come vnto me, that I may liue. 77.</P>
<P>Let the proud be a&s;hamed, for they haue dealt wickedly and
<PB N="92" REF="99"> fal&s;ly with me. 78.</P>
<P>Let &s;uch as feare thee, turne vnto mee, and they that know thy te&s;timonies. 79.</P>
<P>Let my heart be vpright in thy &s;tatutes, that I bee not a|&s;hamed, 80.</P>
<P>Quicken mee according to thy louing kindne&s;&s;e. 88.</P>
<P>I am thine, &s;aue me, 94.</P>
<P>O Lord quicken me accord|ing to thy word. 107.</P>
<P>O Lord I be&s;eech thee ac|cept the free offrings of my mouth,</P>
<P>Teach me thy iudgments. 108</P>
<P>Stabli&s;h me according to thy promi&s;e, that I may liue,</P>
<P>Di&s;apoint mee not of mine hope, 116.</P>
<P>Stay thou me, and I &s;hall be &s;afe. 117.</P>
<P>Leaue mee not to mine
<PB N="93" REF="99"> oppre&s;&s;ors. 121.</P>
<P>An&s;wer for thy &s;eruant in that which is good,</P>
<P>Let not the proud oppre&s;&s;e mee. 122.</P>
<P>Deale with thy &s;eruant ac|cording to thy mercy. 124.</P>
<P>I am thy &s;eruant, grant mee therefore vnder&s;tanding, that I may know thy te&s;timonies. 125.</P>
<P>Looke vpon me,</P>
<P>Be mercifull vnto me, as thou v&s;e&s;t to do vnto tho&s;e that loue thy name. 132.</P>
<P>Direct my &s;teps in thy word,</P>
<P>Let none iniquity haue do|minion ouer me. 133.</P>
<P>Deliuer me from the oppre&s;|&s;ion of men. 134.</P>
<P>Shew the light of thy coun|tenance vpon thy &s;eruant. 135.</P>
<P>I haue cried with my whole heart: heare mee O Lord, and
<PB N="94" REF="100"> I will keepe thy &s;tatutes. 145.</P>
<P>Saue me, and I will keepe thy te&s;timonies. 146.</P>
<P>Heare my voyce according to thy louing kindne&s;&s;e:</P>
<P>O Lord quicken me accord|ing to thy iudgment. 149.</P>
<P>Behold mine affliction,</P>
<P>Deliuer me. 153.</P>
<P>Plead my cau&s;e,</P>
<P>Deliuer me.</P>
<P>Quicken mee according to thy word. 154.</P>
<P>Quicken mee according to thy iudgments. 156.</P>
<P>Con&s;ider O Lord how I loue thy precepts:</P>
<P>Quicken mee according to thy louing kindne&s;&s;e. 159.</P>
<P>Let my complaint come be|fore thee O Lord,</P>
<P>Giue mee vnder&s;tanding ac|cording vnto thy word. 169.</P>
<PB N="95" REF="100">
<P>Let my &s;upplication come before thee,</P>
<P>Deliuer mee according to thy promi&s;e. 170.</P>
<P>Let thine hand helpe mee, for I haue cho&s;en thy precepts. 173.</P>
<P>Let my &s;oule liue, and it &s;hall prai&s;e thee, and thy iudgments &s;hall helpe me. 175.</P>
<P>I haue gone a&s;tray like a lo&s;t &s;heepe, &s;eeke thy &s;eruant, for I doe not forget thy commande|ment<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">. 176.</P>
<P>Deliuer my &s;oule,<NOTE PLACE="marg">CXX.</NOTE> O Lord from lying lips, and from a de|ceitfull toung. 2.</P>
<P>Doe well, O Lord,<NOTE PLACE="marg">CXXV.</NOTE> vnto tho&s;e that be good, and true in their hearts. 4.</P>
<P>Lord heare my voice,</P>
<P>Le thine eares attend to the voice of my prayers. 2.<NOTE PLACE="marg">CXXX.</NOTE></P>
<PB N="96" REF="101">
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">CXXXII</NOTE>Lord remember <HI>Dauid</HI> with all his affliction 1.</P>
<P>Ari&s;e O Lord to come vnto thy re&s;t, thou and the Arke of thy &s;trength. 8.</P>
<P>Let thy Prie&s;ts bee clothed with righteou&s;ne&s;&s;e,</P>
<P>Let thy Saints reioyce. 9.</P>
<P>For thy &s;eruant <HI>Dauids</HI> &s;ake, refu&s;e not the face of thine a|nointed. 10,</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">CXXXVIII</NOTE>For&s;ake not the workes of thine hands. 8.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">CXXXIX.</NOTE>Oh that thou woulde&s;t &s;lay, &ocirc; God, the wicked and bloody men, to whom I &s;ay; Depart yee from me. 19.</P>
<P>Trie mee O God, and know mine heart:</P>
<P>Prooue mee and know my thoughts. 23.</P>
<P>Con&s;ider if there be any way of wickedne&s;&s;e in mee,</P>
<PB N="97" REF="101">
<P>Lead mee in the way for e|uer. 24.</P>
<P>Deliuer mee O Lord,<NOTE PLACE="marg">CXL.</NOTE> from the euill man.</P>
<P>Pre&s;erue me from the cruell man. 1.</P>
<P>Keepe me O Lord, from the hands of the wicked,</P>
<P>Pre&s;erue me from the cruell man: which purpo&s;eth to cau&s;e my &s;teps to &s;lide. 4.</P>
<P>Heare O Lord, the voyce of my prayers. 6.</P>
<P>Let not the wicked haue his de&s;ire O Lord,</P>
<P>Performe not his wicked thought, lea&s;t they be proud. 8.</P>
<P>As for the chiefe of them that compa&s;&s;e me about, let the mi&s;|chiefe of their owne lips come vpon them. 9.</P>
<P>Let coales fall vpon them.</P>
<P>Let him ca&s;t them into the
<PB N="98" REF="102"> fire, and into the deep pits that they ri&s;e not. 10.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">CXLI.</NOTE>O Lord I call vpon thee, ha&s;t thee vnto me:</P>
<P>Heare my voyce, when I cry vnto thee. 1.</P>
<P>Let my prayer bee directed in thy &s;ight, as Incen&s;e,</P>
<P>And the lifting vp of mine hands as an euening &s;acrifice. 2</P>
<P>Set a watch, O Lord, before my mouth,</P>
<P>Keepe the doore of my lips. 3.</P>
<P>Incline not mine heart vnto euil, that I &s;hould commit wic|ked workes with men that worke iniquity,</P>
<P>Let me not eate of their de|licates. 4.</P>
<P>Let the righteous &s;mite me, for that is a benefit,</P>
<P>Let him reprooue mee, and it &s;hall bee a pretious oyle, that
<PB N="99" REF="102"> &s;hall not breake mine head, for within a while, I &s;hall euen pray in their mi&s;eries. 5.</P>
<P>In thee is my tru&s;t leaue not my &s;oule de&s;titute. 8.</P>
<P>Keepe mee from the &s;nare which they haue laid for me,</P>
<P>And from the grinnes of the workers of iniquity. 9.</P>
<P>Let the wicked fall into his nets together whiles I e&s;cape. 10.</P>
<P>Hearken vnto my crie,<NOTE PLACE="marg">CXLII.</NOTE> for I am brought very low,</P>
<P>Deliuer mee from my per&s;e|cuters, for they are too &s;trong for me. 6.</P>
<P>Bring my &s;oule out of pri&s;on, that I may prai&s;e thy name. 7.</P>
<P>Heare my prayer O Lord,<NOTE PLACE="marg">CXLIII.</NOTE></P>
<P>Hearken vnto my &s;uppli|cation,</P>
<P>An&s;wer me in thy truth, and in thy righteou&s;ne&s;&s;e, 1.</P>
<PB N="100" REF="103">
<P>Enter not into iudgment with thy &s;eruant: (for in thy &s;ight &s;hall none that liueth bee iu&s;ti|fied) 2.</P>
<P>Heare mee &s;peedily, O Lord, for my &s;pirit faileth,</P>
<P>Hide not thy face from mee, el&s;e I &s;hall bee like vnto them that go downe into the pit. 7.</P>
<P>Let mee heare thy louing kindne&s;&s;e in the morning, for in thee is my tru&s;t:</P>
<P>Shew mee the way that I &s;hould walke in, for I lift vp my &s;oule vnto thee. 8.</P>
<P>Deliuer mee, O Lord from mine enemies, for I hide mee with thee. 9.</P>
<P>Teach me to do thy will, for thou art my God:</P>
<P>Let thy good Spirit lead me vnto the land of righteou&s;|ne&s;&s;e. 10.</P>
<PB N="101" REF="103">
<P>Quicken me, O Lord, for thy names &s;ake,</P>
<P>And for thy righteou&s;ne&s;&s;e, bring my &s;oule out of trouble. 11.</P>
<P>For thy mercy &s;lay mine ene|mies,</P>
<P>De&s;troy all them that op|pre&s;&s;e my &s;oule, for I am thy &s;eruant, 12.</P>
<P>Bow thine heauens O Lord,<NOTE PLACE="marg">CXLIIII.</NOTE> and come downe,</P>
<P>Touch the Mountaines, and they &s;hall &s;moake. 5.</P>
<P>Ca&s;t forth the lightning, and &s;catter them,</P>
<P>Shoote out thine arrowes and con&s;ume them. 6.</P>
<P>Send thine hand from aboue.</P>
<P>Deliuer me, and take me out of the great waters, and from the hand of the &s;trangers. 7.</P>
<P>Re&s;cue me, and deliuer mee
<PB N="102" REF="104"> from the hand of &s;trangers, who&s;e mouth talketh vanity. 11</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="section">
<HEAD>Dauid <HI>Pa&s;sionatly</HI> demanding.</HEAD>
<P>VVHy &s;tande&s;t thou farre off,<NOTE PLACE="marg">P&s;almes. X.</NOTE> O Lord, and hide&s;t thy &s;elfe in due time, euen in affliction? 1.</P>
<P>Wherefore doth the wicked contemne God? 13.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XIII.</NOTE>How long wilt thou forget me, O Lord, for euer? how long wilt thou hide thy face from me? 1.</P>
<P>How long &s;hall I take coun|&s;ell with my &s;elfe, haui<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">g wea|rine&s;&s;e daily in mine heart? how long &s;hall mine enemy be exalted aboue me? 2.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XV.</NOTE>Lord, who &s;hall dwell in thy Tabernacle? who &s;hall re&s;t in
<PB N="103" REF="104"> thine holy mountaine? 1</P>
<P>When &s;hall I come &amp; appeare before the pre&s;ence of God? 2.<NOTE PLACE="marg">XLII.</NOTE> Why &s;leepe&s;t thou &ocirc; Lord? 23.<NOTE PLACE="marg">XLIIII.</NOTE></P>
<P>Wherefore hide&s;t thou thy face? and forgette&s;t our mi&s;e|ry and affliction. 24.</P>
<P>O God,<NOTE PLACE="marg">LXXIII.</NOTE> why ha&s;t thou put vs away for euer? why is thy wrath kindled again&s;t the &s;heepe of thy pa&s;ture? 1.</P>
<P>O God, how long &s;hall the aduer&s;ary reproach thee? &s;hall the enemy bla&s;pheame thy Name for euer? 10.</P>
<P>Why with-drawe&s;t thou thine hand, euen thy right hand. 11.</P>
<P>Will the Lord ab&s;ent him|&s;elfe for euer?<NOTE PLACE="marg">LXXVII.</NOTE> and will he &s;hew no more fauour? 7.</P>
<P>Is his mercy cleane gone for euer? doth his promi&s;e faile for euer-more?</P>
<PB N="104" REF="105">
<P>Hath God forgotten to bee mercifull? hath hee &s;hut vp his tender mercies in di&s;plea&s;ure? 9</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">LXXIX.</NOTE>Lord, how long wilt thou be angry, for euer? &s;hall thy iea|lou&s;ie burne like fire? 5.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">LXXX.</NOTE>O Lord God of ho&s;ts, how long wilt thou be angry again&s;t the prayer of thy people? 4.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">LXXXV.</NOTE>Wilt thou be angry with vs for euer? and wilt thou prolong thy wrath from one generation to another? 5.</P>
<P>Wilt thou not turne againe and quicken vs, that thy people may reioyce in thee? 6.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">LXXXVIII</NOTE>Wilt thou &s;hew a miracle to the dead? or &s;hall the dead ri&s;e and prai&s;e thee? 10.</P>
<P>Shall thy louing kindne&s;&s;e be declared in the graue? or thy faithfulne&s;&s;e in de&s;truction? 11.</P>
<P>Shall thy wondrous workes
<PB N="105" REF="105"> be knowne in the darke? and thy righteou&s;ne&s;&s;e in the land of obliuion? 12.</P>
<P>Lord why doe&s;t thou reiect my &s;oule, and hide&s;t thy face from mee? 14.</P>
<P>Lord,<NOTE PLACE="marg">LXXXIX.</NOTE> how long wilt thou hide thy &s;elfe, for euer? &s;hall thy wrath burne like fire? 46.</P>
<P>Lord, where are thy former mercies, which thou &s;ware&s;t vnto <HI>Dauid</HI> in thy truth? 49.</P>
<P>How long &s;hall the wicked,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XCIIII.</NOTE> how long &s;hall the wicked tri|umph? 3.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="section">
<HEAD><HI>Dauid</HI> a&s;&s;uredly <HI>Triumphing.</HI></HEAD>
<P>THou Lord art a buckler for me: my glory,<NOTE PLACE="marg">P&s;alme. III.</NOTE> and the lif|ter vp of mine head. 3.<NOTE PLACE="marg">V I.</NOTE></P>
<P>The Lord hath heard my
<PB N="106" REF="106"> petition, the Lord will receiue my prayer, 9.</P>
<P>All mine enemies &s;hall bee confounded and &s;ore vexed: they &s;hall be turned back, and put to &s;hame &s;uddenly. 10.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XVI.</NOTE>The Lord is the portion of mine inheritance, &amp; of my cup: thou &s;halt maintaine my lot. 5.</P>
<P>I haue &s;et the Lord alwaye<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> before mee: for hee is at my right hand, therfore I &s;hall not &s;lide. 1.</P>
<P>Wherefore my heart is glad, and my toung reioyceth: my fle&s;h al&s;o doth re&s;t in hope. 9.</P>
<P>For thou wilt not leaue my &s;oule in the graue: neither wilt thou &s;uffer thine holy one to &s;ee corruption. 10.</P>
<P>Thou wilt &s;hew me the path of life: in thy pre&s;ence is the fulne&s;&s;e of ioy: and at thy right
<PB N="107" REF="106"> hand there are plea&s;ures for euer-more. 11.</P>
<P>The Lord is my rock,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XVIII.</NOTE> and my fortre&s;&s;e, and he that deliuereth mee, my God and my &s;trength, in him will I tru&s;t, my &s;heild, the horne al&s;o of my &s;aluation, and my refuge. 2.</P>
<P>He hath not de&s;pi&s;ed nor ab|horred the affliction of the poore:<NOTE PLACE="marg">XXII.</NOTE> neither hath he hid his face from him, but when hee called vnto him, he heard. 24.</P>
<P>Though I &s;hould walke through the Valley of the &s;ha|dow of death,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XXIII.</NOTE> I will feare no euill, for thou art with me: thy rod &amp; thy &s;taf they co~fort me. 4</P>
<P>The Lord is my light and my &s;aluation, whom &s;hall I feare?<NOTE PLACE="marg">XXVII.</NOTE> the Lord is the &s;trength of my life, of whom &s;hal I be affraid? 1</P>
<P>Though my father and my
<PB N="108" REF="107"> mother &s;hould for&s;ake mee, yet the Lord will gather me vp. 10.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXVIII.</NOTE>The Lord is my &s;trength and my &s;hield: mine heart tru&s;ted in him, and I was helped: there|fore mine heart &s;hall reioyce, and with my &s;ong will I prai&s;e him. 7.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXXI.</NOTE>Though I &s;aid in mine ha&s;t, I am ca&s;t out of thy &s;ight, yet thou hearde&s;t the voice of my prayer, when I cryed vnto thee. 22.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXXVI.</NOTE>With thee is the Well of life, and in thy light &s;hall wee &s;ee light. 9.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXXVIII.</NOTE>On thee O Lord do I waite: thou wilt heare mee, my Lord, my God, 15,</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XL.</NOTE>Though I be poore and nee|dy, the Lord thinketh on mee: thou art mine helper and my deliuerer. 17.</P>
<PB N="109" REF="107">
<P>Why art thou ca&s;t downe,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XLII.</NOTE> my &s;oule? and why art thou di&s;quieted within me? waite on God, for I will yet giue him thankes: he is my pre&s;ent help and my God. 11.</P>
<P>God is our hope and &s;trength,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XLVI.</NOTE> and helpe in troubles, ready to be found. 1.</P>
<P>Therefore will not we feare though the earth bee mooued, and though the Mountaines fal into the mid&s;t of the &s;ea. 2.</P>
<P>Though the waters thereof rage, and bee troubled, and the Mountaines &s;hake at the &s;ur|ges of the &s;ame. 3.</P>
<P>God &s;hall deliuer my &s;oule from the power of the graue,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XLIX.</NOTE> for he will receiue me: 15.</P>
<P>I will call vnto God,<NOTE PLACE="marg">LV.</NOTE> and the Lord will &s;aue me. 16.</P>
<P>Euening and morning, and
<PB N="110" REF="108"> at noone will I pray, and make a noi&s;e, and hee will heare my voice. 17.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">LVI.</NOTE>I will reioyce in God, becau&s;e of his word, I tru&s;t in God, and will not feare what fle&s;h can do vnto me. 4.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">LIX.</NOTE>My mercifull God will pre|uent me: God will let mee &s;ee my de&s;ire vpon my enemies. 10</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">LXI.</NOTE>Thou ha&s;t been my hope, and a &s;trong tower again&s;t the ene|mie. 3.</P>
<P>I will dwell in thy Tabernacle for euer, &amp; my tru&s;t &s;hall be vn|der the couering of thy wings. 4</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">LXII.</NOTE>Yet my &s;oule keepeth &s;ilence vnto God: of him commeth my &s;aluation. 1.</P>
<P>Yet hee is my &s;trength, and and my &s;aluation, and my de|fence: therefore I &s;hall not much be mooued. 2.</P>
<PB N="111" REF="108">
<P>Yet my &s;oule keepe thou &s;i|lence vnto God: for mine hope is in him. 5.</P>
<P>Yet is he my &s;trength &amp; my &s;aluation, and my defence, ther|fore I &s;hall not be mooued. 6.</P>
<P>In God is my &s;aluation &amp; my glory, the rock of my &s;trength: in God is my tru&s;t. 7.</P>
<P>Thy louing kindne&s;&s;e is bet|ter then life:<NOTE PLACE="marg">LXIII.</NOTE> therefore my lips &s;hall prai&s;e thee. 3.</P>
<P>My &s;oule &s;hall be &s;atisfied as with marrow and fatne&s;&s;e, and my mouth &s;hal prai&s;e thee with ioyfull lips. 5.</P>
<P>Becau&s;e thou ha&s;t bin mine hel|per, therfore vnder the &s;hadow of thy wings will I reioyce. 7.</P>
<P>VVhen I am poore and in heauine&s;&s;e, thine helpe O God,<NOTE PLACE="marg">LXIX.</NOTE> &s;hall exalt me. 29.</P>
<P>Thou art mine hope,<NOTE PLACE="marg">LXXI.</NOTE> O Lord
<PB N="112" REF="109"> God, euen my tru&s;t from my youth. 5.</P>
<P>Thy righteou&s;ne&s;&s;e O God, I will exalt on high: for thou ha&s;t done great things: O God, who is like vnto thee 19.</P>
<P>Which ha&s;t &s;hewed mee great troubles and aduer&s;ities, but thou wilt returne and re|uiue me, and wilt come againe, and take me vp from the depth of the earth. 20.</P>
<P>Thou wilt increa&s;e mine ho|nour, and returne and comfort mee. 21.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">LXXIII.</NOTE>Thou ha&s;t holden me by my right hand. 23.</P>
<P>Thou wilt gu&icirc;de mee by thy coun&s;ell, and afterward receiue me to glory, 24.</P>
<P>Whom haue I in heauen but thee? and I haue de&s;ired none in the earth with thee. 25.</P>
<PB N="113" REF="109">
<P>My fle&s;h faileth, and mine heart al&s;o: but GOD is the &s;trength of mine heart, and my portion for euer. 26.</P>
<P>The Lord is my refuge,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XCIIII.</NOTE> and my GOD is the rocke of my hope. 22.</P>
<P>The Lord pre&s;erueth the &s;im|ple: I was in mi&s;ery,<NOTE PLACE="marg">CXVI.</NOTE> and hee &s;aued mee. 6.</P>
<P>Returne vnto thy re&s;t O my &s;oule, for the Lord hath beene beneficiall vnto thee. 7.</P>
<P>Becau&s;e thou ha&s;t deliuered my &s;oule from death, mine eies from teares, and my feete from falling, 8.</P>
<P>I &s;hall walke before the Lord in the land of the liuing. 9.</P>
<P>I called vpon the Lord in trouble,<NOTE PLACE="marg">CXVIII.</NOTE> and the Lord heard me, and &s;et me at large. 5.</P>
<P>The Lord is with me, there|fore
<PB N="114" REF="110"> I will not feare what man can doe vnto me. 6.</P>
<P>The Lord is with me among them that helpe me: therefore &s;hall I &s;ee my de&s;ire vpon mine enemies. 7.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">CXXXVIII</NOTE>Though I walke in the mid&s;t of trouble, yet wilt thou reuiue mee: thou wilt &s;tretch forth thine hand vpon the wrath of mine enemies, and thy right hand &s;hall &s;aue me. 7.</P>
<P>The Lord will performe his worke towards me. 8.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">CXLIIII.</NOTE>Hee is my goodne&s;&s;e and my fortre&s;&s;e, my tower and my de|liuerer, my &s;hield, and in him I tru&s;t. 2.</P>
</DIV2>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="part">
<PB N="115" REF="110">
<HEAD>Prayers heard in the <HI>Old Te&s;tament.</HI></HEAD>
<P><HI>ABraham</HI> beeing childle&s;&s;e,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Gene&s;is. XV</NOTE> prayeth vnto the Lord for a &s;onne: heard, granted. 4.</P>
<P><HI>Abraham</HI> prayeth vnto the Lord for <HI>I&s;mael:</HI> heard,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XVII.</NOTE> gran|ted. 20.</P>
<P><HI>Lot</HI> at the Angels command departing out of Sodom,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XIX.</NOTE> with his wife and two daughters, prayeth that he may bee &s;aued flying into Zoar: heard, gran|ted. 21.</P>
<P><HI>Abraham</HI> prayeth vnto God to heale <HI>Abimelech,</HI> his wife,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XX.</NOTE> and &s;eruants: heard, gran|ted. 17.</P>
<P><HI>Abrahams</HI> &s;eruant,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XXIIII.</NOTE> accord|ing to his oath, &s;eeking a wife for <HI>Izhak</HI> his Mai&s;ters &s;onne,
<PB N="116" REF="111"> prayeth vnto the Lord for pro&s;perous &s;ucce&s;&s;e: heard, granted. 15.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXV.</NOTE><HI>Izhak</HI> prayeth vnto the Lord, for his wife <HI>Rebekah,</HI> becau&s;e &s;hee was barren: heard, gran|ted. 21.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Exodus. II.</NOTE>The children of I&s;raell, &s;igh|ing vnder the bondage of new <HI>Pharaoh,</HI> cry vnto the Lord for helpe: heard, granted. 24.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">VIII.</NOTE><HI>Mo&s;es,</HI> at <HI>Pharoahs</HI> intreatie, prayeth vnto the Lord, to re|mooue the frogs which were &s;ent vpon him couering all the land of Aegypt: heard, gran|ted. 13.</P>
<P><HI>Mo&s;es</HI> at <HI>Pharoahs</HI> intreatie, prayeth vnto the Lord, to re|mooue the &s;warmes of flyes, which were &s;ent vpon him, his hou&s;es, and all the land of E|gipt: heard, granted. 31.</P>
<PB N="117" REF="111">
<P><HI>Mo&s;es</HI> at <HI>Pharoahs</HI> intreatie,<NOTE PLACE="marg">IX.</NOTE> prayeth vnto the Lord, to re|mooue the plague of thunder, haile, and lightning, from him, and the whole land of Egypt: heard, granted. 33.</P>
<P><HI>Mo&s;es</HI> at <HI>Pharoahs</HI> intreatie,<NOTE PLACE="marg">X.</NOTE> prayeth vnto the Lord to re|mooue the plague of gra&s;&s;e|hoppers: heard, granted 19.</P>
<P><HI>Mo&s;es</HI> prayeth vnto the Lord for the I&s;raelits,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XIIII.</NOTE> who murmure again&s;t him, becau&s;e of <HI>Pharoah</HI> and his army pur&s;uing them: heard, granted. 15.</P>
<P><HI>Mo&s;es,</HI><NOTE PLACE="marg">XV.</NOTE> the children of I&s;raell murmuring again&s;t him at <HI>Ma|rah</HI> in the wilderne&s;&s;e, becau&s;e of the bitter waters, cryeth vn|to the Lord for them: heard, granted. 25.</P>
<P><HI>Mo&s;es,</HI><NOTE PLACE="marg">XVII.</NOTE> the children of I&s;rael murmuring again&s;t him at <HI>Ri|phidim,</HI>
<PB N="118" REF="112"> becau&s;e there was no water for them to drinke, cry|eth vnto the Lord for them: heard, granted. 5.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXXII.</NOTE><HI>Mo&s;es</HI> beeing on the moun|taine with God, the Lord tel|ling him of I&s;raels idolatry, to his thinking minded to de&s;troy them, prayeth for them not|with&s;tanding: heard, granted. 14</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXXIII.</NOTE><HI>Mo&s;es</HI> praieth vnto the Lord, that his pre&s;ence may goe vp before rebellious I&s;rael: heard, granted. 17.</P>
<P><HI>Mo&s;es</HI> praieth vnto the Lord, that hee would &s;hew him his glory: heard, granted; &s;o farre as mortalitie might, &s;hould, or could behold. 19.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Numbers. XI.</NOTE>The Lord con&s;uming with fire, the out-mo&s;t part of the ho&s;t of the I&s;raelits: <HI>Mo&s;es</HI> prai|eth vnto the Lord, that the fire
<PB N="119" REF="112"> might cea&s;e: heard, granted. 2.</P>
<P>The children of I&s;rael, lu&s;ting after fle&s;h, and loathing Manna, murmure again&s;t <HI>Mo&s;es,</HI> who complaining vnto the Lord, de&s;ireth to be ea&s;ed of his bur|then: heard, granted. 16.</P>
<P><HI>Mo&s;es</HI> praieth vnto the Lord,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XII.</NOTE> to heale <HI>Miriam</HI> of her leprou|&s;ie: heard, granted. 14.</P>
<P><HI>Mo&s;es</HI> praieth vnto the Lord,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XIIII.</NOTE> for the I&s;raelites, who mur|muring again&s;t <HI>Aaron</HI> and him: crye further, to &s;tone <HI>Caleb</HI> and <HI>Io&s;hua:</HI> heard, granted. 20.</P>
<P><HI>Mo&s;es</HI> and <HI>Aaron,</HI><NOTE PLACE="marg">XX.</NOTE> the children of I&s;rael murmuring again&s;t them, at Miribah, prayeth vnto the Lord for them: heard, granted. 8.</P>
<P><HI>Mo&s;es</HI> prayeth vnto the Lord for a gouernour to goe in and out before the people: heard,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XXVII.</NOTE>
<PB N="120" REF="113"> granted. 18.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Io&s;hua. VII.</NOTE><HI>Io&s;hua</HI> prayeth for the chil|dren of I&s;rael, who had fled be|fore the men of <HI>Ai:</HI> heard, granted. 10.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">X.</NOTE><HI>Io&s;hua,</HI> and the people, fight|ing again&s;t their enemies: <HI>Io|&s;hua</HI> prayeth vnto the Lord, that the Sunne may &s;tand &s;till in Gibeon: and the Moone in the valley of Aialon, vntill they had auenged them-&s;elues vpon their enemie<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">: heard, granted. 3</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Iudges. III.</NOTE>The children of I&s;raell crie vnto the Lord for helpe, from vnder the bondage of <HI>Cu&s;han ri&s;hathaim,</HI> King of Aram-na|haraim: heard, granted. 9.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">VI.</NOTE>The children of I&s;raell crye vnto the Lord for helpe vnder the bondage of <HI>Midian:</HI> heard, granted. 8.</P>
<P><HI>Gedeon</HI> praieth vnto the Lord,
<PB N="121" REF="113"> which appeared vnto him vn|der the Oake at Ophrath: to &s;hew him a &s;igne that he talked with him: heard, granted, 21</P>
<P><HI>Gedeon</HI> praieth vnto the Lord, that in &s;igne of his promi&s;ed victory, the dew onely may re&s;t vpon his fleece of wooll, all the re&s;t of the ground about it be|ing dry: heard, granted. 38.</P>
<P><HI>Gedeon</HI> praieth vnto the Lord, that his fleece may be dry one|ly: dew being on all the ground about it: heard, granted. 40.</P>
<P>The children of I&s;rael,<NOTE PLACE="marg">X.</NOTE> being vnder the bondage of the Phi|li&s;tims, pray vnto the Lord: heard, granted. 16.</P>
<P><HI>Manoah</HI> prayeth vnto the Lord for the Angels returne,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XIII.</NOTE> which appeared vnto his wife: heard, granted. 9.</P>
<P><HI>Sam&s;on</HI> fore a thir&s;t,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XV.</NOTE> prayeth
<PB N="122" REF="114"> vnto the Lord to &s;end him &s;ome reliefe: heard, granted. 19.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XVI.</NOTE><HI>Sam&s;on</HI> praieth vnto the Lord for &s;trength to pull downe a hou&s;e where hee &s;at, among three thou&s;and Phili&s;times: heard, granted. 30.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">I. Samuel. I.</NOTE><HI>Hannah,</HI> the wife of <HI>Elkanah,</HI> prayeth vnto the Lord for a man-child: heard, granted. 19.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">VII.</NOTE><HI>Samuel</HI> crieth vnto the Lord to &s;aue the children of I&s;rael from the Phili&s;tims: heard, granted. 9</P>
<P>The children of I&s;rael, de|manding of <HI>Samuel</HI> a King to iudge and rule ouer them like vnto other nations, praieth vn|to the Lord for them: heard, granted. 7.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XII.</NOTE><HI>Samuel</HI> praieth vnto the Lord for thunder and raine: heard, granted. 18.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">II. Samuel. XVII.</NOTE><HI>Dauid</HI> hauing fled from his
<PB N="123" REF="114"> &s;onne <HI>Ab&s;alom,</HI> praieth vnto the Lord, to ouer-turne the good coun&s;ell of <HI>Achitophell:</HI> heard, granted. 14.</P>
<P><HI>Dauid</HI> confe&s;&s;ing his &s;in,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XXIIII.</NOTE> after that hee had cau&s;ed the people to bee numbred, prayeth vnto the Lord to &s;tay his puni&s;hing hand: heard, granted. 18.</P>
<P><HI>Salomo~</HI> hauing his wi&s;h granted vnto him of the Lord,<NOTE PLACE="marg">I. Kings. III.</NOTE> by night in a dreame at Gibeon, praieth for wi&s;dom: heard, granted. 11</P>
<P>After the fini&s;hing of the tem|ple,<NOTE PLACE="marg">IX.</NOTE> <HI>Salomon</HI> praieth vnto y^e lord for the people: heard, granted. 3</P>
<P>The man of God,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XIII.</NOTE> who by the Lords command prophecied a|gain&s;t the Altar, prayeth vnto the Lord for <HI>Ieroboam,</HI> who&s;e hand dried vp, &s;tretching it out to cau&s;e lay hold on the Pro|phet: heard, granted. 6.</P>
<PB N="124" REF="115">
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XVII.</NOTE><HI>Eliah</HI> prayeth that it may not raine on the earth, but accord|ing to his word: heard, gran|ted. 1.</P>
<P><HI>Eliah</HI> praieth vnto the Lord, to re&s;tore the widow of Zarep|hahs &s;onne, from death to life: heard, granted. 22.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XVIII.</NOTE><HI>Eliah</HI> contending again&s;t the Prie&s;ts of <HI>Baall,</HI> prayeth vnto the Lord, to &s;hew a miracle in &s;igne of the truth: heard, gran|ted. 38.</P>
<P><HI>Eliah</HI> prayeth vnto the Lord for raine: heard, granted, 45.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">II. Kings. I.</NOTE><HI>Eliah</HI> prayeth vnto the Lord for fire from heauen to deuour <HI>Ahaziahs</HI> fir&s;t captaine of fifty, with his men: heard, granted. 10</P>
<P><HI>Eliah</HI> prayeth vnto the Lord, for fire from heauen to de&s;troy <HI>Ahaziahs</HI> &s;econd Captaine of fifty, with his men: heard,
<PB N="125" REF="115"> granted. 12.</P>
<P><HI>Eliah</HI> praieth vnto the Lord,<NOTE PLACE="marg">IIII.</NOTE> to re&s;tore the widowes &s;onne from death to life: heard, gran|ted. 35.</P>
<P><HI>Eli&s;ha</HI> praieth vnto the Lord,<NOTE PLACE="marg">VI.</NOTE> his &s;eruant being affraid of the King of Arams ho&s;t, to open his eyes: heard, granted. 17.</P>
<P><HI>Eli&s;ha</HI> praieth vnto the Lord, to &s;mite the King of Arams ho&s;t with blindne&s;&s;e: heard, granted. 18.</P>
<P><HI>Eli&s;ha</HI> praieth vnto the Lord, to open their eyes againe: heard, granted. 20.</P>
<P><HI>Hezekiah</HI> oppre&s;&s;ed with feare of <HI>Senacheribs</HI> army,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XIX.</NOTE> and <HI>Rab|&s;haketh</HI> his bla&s;phemie before Ieru&s;alem, prayeth vnto the Lord for helpe: heard, gran|ted. 35.</P>
<P><HI>Hezekiah,</HI> &s;ick vnto the death.<NOTE PLACE="marg">XX.</NOTE>
<PB N="126" REF="116"> praieth vnto the Lord for help: heard, granted. 5.</P>
<P><HI>I&s;aiah,</HI> praieth vnto the Lord, that the &s;hadow of the Sunne, in the dyall of <HI>Ahaz,</HI> may bee brought back ten degrees, by the which it had gone downe: heard, granted. 11.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">I. Chron. IIII.</NOTE><HI>Iabez</HI> praieth vnto the Lord, to inlarge his coa&s;ts: heard, granted. 10.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">II. Chron. XIIII.</NOTE><HI>A&s;a,</HI> going out to fight again&s;t <HI>Zerah</HI> of Ethiopia, praieth vn|to the Lord for helpe: heard, granted. 12.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XVIII.</NOTE><HI>Ieho&s;haphat</HI> in great di&s;tre&s;&s;e, fighting with <HI>Achab</HI> King of I&s;raell, again&s;t the King of A|ram, cryeth vnto the Lord for helpe: heard, granted. 31.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XX.</NOTE><HI>Ieho&s;haphat</HI> inuaded by the children of Ammon, Moab, and mount Scir, prayeth vnto the
<PB N="127" REF="116"> Lord for helpe: heard, gran|ted. 15.</P>
<P><HI>Hezekiah,</HI><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXX.</NOTE> prayeth vnto the Lord, for a number of the peo|ple, who vnclean&s;ed had eate~ of the pa&s;&s;e-ouer: heard, gra~ted. 20</P>
<P><HI>Mana&s;&s;eh</HI> in captiuity,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XXXIII.</NOTE> and great di&s;tre&s;&s;e, humbling him|&s;elfe, praieth vnto the Lord for helpe: heard, granted. 13.</P>
<P><HI>Ezra</HI> and the people,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Ezra. VIII.</NOTE> returning from captiuity, pray vnto the Lord: heard, granted. 23.</P>
<P><HI>Iob</HI> praieth vnto God for his friends: heard, granted. 10.<NOTE PLACE="marg">Iob. XLII.</NOTE></P>
<P><HI>Daniel,</HI> with his fellows,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Daniel. II.</NOTE> pray vnto the Lord for the reuelati|on of <HI>Nebuchadnezars</HI> dreame: heard, granted. 19.</P>
<P><HI>Daniel,</HI><NOTE PLACE="marg">IX.</NOTE> praieth vnto the Lord for the returne of the people fro~ captiuity, heard granted. 21</P>
<P><HI>Ionah,</HI> praieth vnto the Lord,
<PB N="128" REF="117"> out of the fi&s;hes belly:<NOTE PLACE="marg">Ionah. II.</NOTE> heard, granted. 10,</P>
<P>It is to bee noted, that no peti|tion or prayer, according to his will, is reiected in the new: our ble&s;&s;ed Sauiour by the contrary, often-times comming and helping, vn|&s;ought, vnlooked for, as to vnbeleeuing <HI>Thomas,</HI> and others.</P>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of the feare of <HI>the Lord.</HI></HEAD>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Deuterono. VIII.</NOTE>THerefore thou &s;halt keepe the commandements of the Lord thy God, that thou maie&s;t walke in his wayes, and feare him. 6.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">X.</NOTE>And now I&s;rael what doth the Lord thy God require of
<PB N="129" REF="117"> thee, but to feare the Lord thy God, to walke in all his wayes, and to loue him, &amp; to &s;erue the Lord thy God with all thine heart, and with all thy &s;oule. 12.</P>
<P>Thou &s;halt feare the Lord thy God: thou &s;halt &s;erue him, and thou &s;halt cleaue vnto him, and &s;halt &s;weare by his name. 20.</P>
<P>Yee &s;hall walke after the Lord your God, and feare him,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XIII.</NOTE> and &s;hall keepe his commande|ments, and hearken vnto his voyce, and yee &s;hall &s;erue him, and cleaue vnto him. 4.</P>
<P>The feare of the Lord is cleane, and indureth for euer:<NOTE PLACE="marg">P&s;almes. XIX.</NOTE> the iudgments of the Lord are truth: they are righteous al|together. 9,</P>
<P>What man is he that feareth the Lord? him will he teach the
<PB N="130" REF="118"> way that hee &s;hall choo&s;e. 12.</P>
<P>The &s;ecret of the Lord is re|uealed to them that feare him: and his couenant to giue them vnder&s;tanding. 14.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXXI.</NOTE>How great is thy goodne&s;&s;e, which thou ha&s;t laide vp for them that feare thee, and done to them that tru&s;t in thee, euen before the &s;onnes of men. 19.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXXIII.</NOTE>Let all the earth feare the Lord, let all them that dwell in the world feare him. 8.</P>
<P>Behold, the eye of the Lord is vpon them that feare him, and vpon them that tru&s;t in his mercy. 18.</P>
<P>To deliuer their &s;oules from death, and to pre&s;erue them in famine. 19.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXXIIII.</NOTE>The Angel of the Lord pit|cheth round about them that feare him. 7.</P>
<PB N="131" REF="118">
<P>Feare the Lord, yee his Saints, for nothing wanteth to them that feare him. 9.</P>
<P>Surely his &s;aluation is neare to them that feare him. 9.<NOTE PLACE="marg">LXXXV.</NOTE></P>
<P>As a father hath compa&s;&s;ion on his children,<NOTE PLACE="marg">CIII.</NOTE> &s;o hath the Lord compa&s;&s;ion on them that feare him. 13.</P>
<P>The louing kindne&s;&s;e of the Lord indureth for euer and euer, vpon them that feare him, and his righteou&s;ne&s;&s;e vppon childrens children. 17.</P>
<P>The beginning of wi&s;dome is the feare of the Lord:<NOTE PLACE="marg">CXI.</NOTE> all they that ob&s;erue them haue good vnder&s;tanding, his prai&s;e endureth for euer. 10.</P>
<P>Hee will ble&s;&s;e them that feare the Lord,<NOTE PLACE="marg">CXV.</NOTE> both &s;mall and great. 13.</P>
<PB N="132" REF="119">
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">CXXVIII.</NOTE>Ble&s;&s;ed is euery one that feareth the Lord and walketh in his wayes. 1.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">CXLV.</NOTE>Hee will fulfill the de&s;ire of them that feare him: hee al&s;o will heare their crye, and will &s;aue them. 19.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">CXLVII.</NOTE>The Lord delighteth in them that feare him, and attend vp|on his mercy. 11.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Prouerbes. III.</NOTE>Bee not wi&s;e in thine owne eyes: but feare the Lord, and depart from euill. 7.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">VIII.</NOTE>The feare of the Lord is to hate euill. 13.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">IX.</NOTE>The beginning of wi&s;dome is the feare of the Lord, and the knowledge of holy things is vnder&s;tanding. 10.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">X.</NOTE>The feare of the Lord increa|&s;eth the dayes. 27.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XIIII.</NOTE>In the feare of the Lord is an a&s;&s;ured &s;trength, and his
<PB N="133" REF="119"> children &s;hall haue hope. 26.</P>
<P>The feare of the Lord is as a Well-&s;pring of life, to auoide the &s;nares of death. 27.</P>
<P>Better is a little with the feare of the Lord,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XV.</NOTE> then great trea&s;ure and trouble therewith. 16.</P>
<P>The feare of the Lord is the in&s;truction of wi&s;dome. 33.</P>
<P>By mercy and truth iniquity &s;hall bee forgiuen,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XVI.</NOTE> and by the feare of the Lord they depart from euill. 6.</P>
<P>The feare of the Lord lea|deth to life:<NOTE PLACE="marg">XIX.</NOTE> and hee that is fil|led there-with &s;hall continue, and &s;hall not bee vi&s;ited with euill. 23.</P>
<P>The reward of humility,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XXII.</NOTE> and the feare of God, is riches, and glory, and life. 4.</P>
<P>Let not thine heart be enui|ous again&s;t &s;inners:<NOTE PLACE="marg">XXIII.</NOTE> but let it
<PB N="134" REF="120"> bee in the feare of the Lord continually. 17.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXIIII.</NOTE>My &s;onne feare the Lord, and the King, and meddle not with them that are &s;editious. 21.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Eccle&s;ia&s;tes VIII.</NOTE>Though a &s;inner do euill an hundred times, and God pro|longeth his dayes, yet I know that it &s;hall be well with them that feare the Lord, and do re|uerence before him. 12.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XII.</NOTE>Let vs heare the end of all: Feare God and keepe his com|mandements: for this is the whole duty of man. 13.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Malachi. III.</NOTE>Then &s;pake they that feared the Lord, euery one to his neigh|bour, and the Lord hearkned and heard it, and a booke of re|membrance was written before him, for them that feared the Lord, and that thought vpon his name. 16.</P>
<PB N="135" REF="120">
<P>And they &s;hall be to me, &s;aith the Lord of ho&s;tes, in that day that I &s;hall do this, for a flock, and I will &s;pare them, as a man &s;pareth his owne &s;onne that &s;erueth him. 17.</P>
<P>Vnto you that feare my name &s;hall the Sunne of righteou&s;|ne&s;&s;e ari&s;e,<NOTE PLACE="marg">IIII.</NOTE> &amp; health &s;hall be vn|der his wings, and yee &s;hall go forth &amp; grow vp as fat calues. 2</P>
<P>And yee &s;hall tread down the wicked: for they &s;hall bee du&s;t vnder the &s;oles of your feet, in the day that I &s;hal do this, &s;aith the Lord of ho&s;tes. 3.</P>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of the Lords great <HI>care ouer the Poore.</HI></HEAD>
<P>THou &s;halt not e&s;teeme a poore man in his cau&s;e. 3.<NOTE PLACE="marg">Exodus. XXIII.</NOTE></P>
<P>Thou &s;halt not ouer-throw the right of thy poore in his &s;ute. 6.</P>
<PB N="136" REF="121">
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Deuterono. XXIIII.</NOTE>Furthermore, if it be a poore body, thou &s;halt not &s;leep with his pledge. 12.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">II. Samuel. XX<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">I.</NOTE>Thus thou wilt &s;aue the poore people: but thine eyes are vp|on the haughty to humble them. 28.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Iob. XXXVI.</NOTE>Hee deliuereth the poore in his affliction, and openeth their eare in trouble. 15.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">P&s;almes. IX.</NOTE>The Lord al&s;o will bee a re|fuge for the poore, a refuge in due time, euen in affliction. 9.</P>
<P>When hee maketh inqui&s;iti|on for blood, hee remembreth it, and forgetteth not the com|plaint of the poore. 12.</P>
<P>For the poore &s;hall not al|way be forgotten: the hope of the afflicted &s;hall not peri&s;h for euer. 18.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XII.</NOTE>Now for the oppre&s;&s;ion of the needy, and for the &s;ighes of
<PB N="137" REF="121"> the poore, I will vp, &s;aith the Lord, and wil &s;<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">t at liberty, him whome the wicked hath &s;na|red. 5.</P>
<P>He hath not de&s;pi&s;ed nor ab|horred the affliction of the poore:<NOTE PLACE="marg">XXII.</NOTE> neither hath he hid his face from him, but when hee called vnto him he heard. 24.</P>
<P>Ble&s;&s;ed is hee that iudgeth wi&s;ely of the poore:<NOTE PLACE="marg">XLI.</NOTE> the Lord &s;hall deliuer him in the time of trouble. 1.</P>
<P>The Lord heareth the poore,<NOTE PLACE="marg">LXIX.</NOTE> and de&s;pi&s;eth not his pri&s;o|ners. 33.</P>
<P>He rai&s;eth vp the poore out of mi&s;ery,<NOTE PLACE="marg">CVII.</NOTE> and maketh him fa|milies like a flock of &s;heepe. 41.</P>
<P>For he will &s;tand at the right hand of the poore,<NOTE PLACE="marg">CIX.</NOTE> to &s;aue him from them that would con|demne his &s;oule. 31.</P>
<PB N="138" REF="122">
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">CXIII.</NOTE>Hee rai&s;eth the needy out of the du&s;t, &amp; lifteth vp the poore out of the dung. 7.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Prouerbes. XIIII.</NOTE>Hee that hath mercy on the poore is ble&s;&s;ed. 21.</P>
<P>He that oppre&s;&s;eth the poore, reproueth him that made him: but hee honoureth him that hath mercy on the poore. 31.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XVII.</NOTE>He that mocketh the poore, reprocheth him that made him. 5.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXII.</NOTE>Robbe not the poore, becau&s;e he is poore, neither oppre&s;&s;e the afflicted in iudgment. 22.</P>
<P>For the Lord wil defend their cau&s;e, and &s;poile the &s;oule of tho&s;e that &s;poile them. 23.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXIX.</NOTE>A King that iudgeth the poore in truth, his throne &s;hall be e&s;tabli&s;hed for euer. 14.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">I&s;aiah. XXV</NOTE>Thou ha&s;t beene a &s;trength vnto the poore, euen a &s;trength
<PB N="139" REF="122"> to the needy in his trouble, a refuge again&s;t the tempe&s;t, a &s;hadow again&s;t the heate. 4.</P>
<P>When the poore and the nee|dy &s;eeke water,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XLI.</NOTE> and there is none, their toung faileth for thir&s;t: I the Lord will heare them: I the God of I&s;raell will not for&s;ake them. 17.</P>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of the Lords great <HI>care of the Fatherle&s;&s;e and Widowes.</HI></HEAD>
<P>YEe &s;hall not trouble any widdowe nor fatherle&s;&s;e child. 22.<NOTE PLACE="marg">Exodus. XXII.</NOTE></P>
<P>If thou vexe or trouble &s;uch, and &s;o he call and cry vnto me, I will &s;urely heare his cry. 23.</P>
<P>Thou &s;halt not peruert the right of the &s;tranger,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Deuterono. XXIIII.</NOTE> nor of the fatherle&s;&s;e, nor take a widowes
<PB N="140" REF="123"> raiment to pledge. 17.</P>
<P>When thou cutte&s;t downe thine harue&s;t in thy field, and ha&s;t forgotten a &s;heafe in the field, thou &s;halt not goe againe to fet it, but it &s;hall bee for the &s;tranger, for the fatherle&s;&s;e, and for the widow: that the Lord thy God may ble&s;&s;e thee in all the worke of thine hands. 19.</P>
<P>When thou beate&s;t thine Oliue tree, thou &s;halt not goe ouer the boughs againe, but it &s;hall be for the &s;tranger, for the fatherle&s;&s;e, &amp; for the widow. 20</P>
<P>When thou gathere&s;t thy Vineyard, thou &s;halt not ga|ther the Grapes cleane after thee, but they &s;hall bee for the &s;tranger, for the fatherle&s;&s;e, and for the widow. 21.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXVII.</NOTE>Cur&s;ed be he that hindereth the right of the &s;tranger, the
<PB N="141" REF="123"> fatherle&s;&s;e and the widow. 19.</P>
<P>The poore committeth him|&s;elfe vnto thee:<NOTE PLACE="marg">P&s;almes. X.</NOTE> for thou art the helper of the fatherle&s;&s;e. 14.</P>
<P>He is a father of the father|le&s;&s;e,<NOTE PLACE="marg">LXVIII,</NOTE> and a Iudge of the wid|dowes, euen God in his holy habitation. 9.</P>
<P>Doe right to the poore and fatherle&s;&s;e:<NOTE PLACE="marg">LXXXII.</NOTE> doe iu&s;tice to the poore and needy. 3.</P>
<P>Remooue not the ancient bounds,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Prouerbes. XXIII.</NOTE> and enter not into the fields of the fatherle&s;&s;e. 10.</P>
<P>For he that redeemeth them is mighty, he will defend their cau&s;e again&s;t thee 11.</P>
<P>Learne to doe well:<NOTE PLACE="marg">I&s;aiah. I.</NOTE> &s;eeke iudgment, relieue the oppre&s;|&s;ed, iudge the fatherle&s;&s;e, and defend the widow. 17.</P>
<P>Thy Princes are rebellious, and companions of theeues:
<PB N="142" REF="124"> euery one loueth gifts, and followeth after rewards: they iudge not the fatherle&s;&s;e, nei|ther doth the widowes cau&s;e come before them. 23.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">X.</NOTE>Woe vnto them that decree wicked decrees, and write grie|u<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">us things. 1.</P>
<P>To keepe back the poore from iudgement, &amp; to take away the iudgment of the poore of my people, that widowes may be their prey, and that they may &s;poile the fatherle&s;&s;e. 2.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg"><GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">eremiah. XXII.</NOTE>Thus &s;aith the Lord, execute yee iudgment and righteou&s;|ne&s;&s;e, and deliuer the oppre&s;&s;ed from the hand of the oppre&s;|&s;our, and vexe not the &s;tranger, the fatherle&s;&s;e, nor the widow. 3</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XLIX.</NOTE>Leaue thy fatherle&s;&s;e childre~, &amp; I will pre&s;erue them aliue, &amp; let thy widowes tru&s;t in me. 11.</P>
<PB N="143" REF="124">
<P>In thee the fatherle&s;&s;e find|eth mercy. 4.<NOTE PLACE="marg">Ho&s;ea. XIIII.</NOTE></P>
<P>Oppre&s;&s;e not the widow n<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">r the fatherle&s;&s;e, the &s;tranger,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Zechariah. VII.</NOTE> nor the poore, and let none of you imagine euill again&s;t his bro|ther in your heart. 10.</P>
<P>I will come neere to you to iudgment,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Malachi. III.</NOTE> and I will be a &s;wift witne&s;&s;e, again&s;t the &s;ooth-&s;ay|ers, and again&s;t the adulterers, and again&s;t fal&s;e &s;wearers, and again&s;t tho&s;e that wrongfully keep back the hirelings wages, and vexe the widow, and the fatherle&s;&s;e, and oppre&s;&s;e the &s;tranger, and feare not me, &s;aith the Lord of ho&s;tes. 5.</P>
<P>Pure religion and vndefiled be|fore God, euen the Father,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Iames. I.</NOTE> is this, to vi&s;it the fatherle&s;&s;e, and widowes in their aduet&s;ity, and to keepe him&s;elfe vn&s;potted of the world. 27.</P>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="part">
<PB N="144" REF="125">
<HEAD>Of Charitie or help|ing <HI>the Poore.</HI></HEAD>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Exodus. XXII.</NOTE>IF thou lend money to my people, that is to the poore with thee, thou &s;halt not bee as an v&s;urer vnto him: yee &s;hall not oppre&s;&s;e him with v&s;ury. 25</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Leuiticus. XXV.</NOTE>If thy brother be impoueri|&s;hed, and fallen in decay with thee, thou &s;halt releiue him, and as a &s;tranger and a &s;oiourner, &s;o &s;hall he liue with thee. 35.</P>
<P>Thou &s;halt take no v&s;ury of him, nor vantage: but thou &s;halt feare thy God, that thy brother may liue with thee. 36.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Deuterono. XV.</NOTE>Thou &s;halt not giue him thy money to v&s;ury, nor lend him thy victuals for increa&s;e. 37.</P>
<P>If one of thy brethren with thee be poore within any of thy
<PB N="145" REF="125"> gates in thy land, which the Lord thy GOD giueth thee, thou &s;halt not harden thine heart, nor &s;hut thine hand from thy poore brother. 7.</P>
<P>But thou &s;halt open thine hand vnto him, and &s;halt lend him &s;ufficient for his neede which he hath. 8.</P>
<P>Thou &s;halt giue him, and let it not grieue thine heart to giue vnto him: for becau&s;e of this, the Lord thy God &s;hall ble&s;&s;e thee in all thy workes, and in all that thou putte&s;t thine hand to. 10.</P>
<P>Becau&s;e there &s;hall bee euer &s;ome poore in the land, there|fore I command thee, &s;aying, thou &s;halt open thine hand vn|to thy brother, to thy needy, &amp; to thy poore in thy land. 11.<NOTE PLACE="marg">Prouerbes. XI.</NOTE></P>
<P>The liberall per&s;on &s;hall haue
<PB N="146" REF="126"> plenty: and hee that watereth &s;hall al&s;o haue raine. 25.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XIX.</NOTE>Hee that hath mercy vpon the poore, lendeth vnto the Lord: and the Lord will recom|pence him that which he hath giuen. 17.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXI.</NOTE>He that &s;toppeth his eare at the crying of the poore, he &s;hal al&s;o cry, and not be heard. 13.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXVIII.</NOTE>Hee that giueth vnto the poore, &s;hall not lacke: but hee that hideth his eyes, &s;hall haue many cur&s;es. 27.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">I&s;aiah. LVIII.</NOTE>Is not this the fa&s;ting that I haue cho&s;en, to loo&s;e the bands of wickedne&s;&s;e, to take off the heauie burdens, and to let the oppre&s;&s;ed go free, and that yee breake euery yoake? 6.</P>
<P>Is it not to deale thy bread to the hungry, &amp; that thou bring the poore that wander vnto
<PB N="147" REF="126"> thine hou&s;e? when thou &s;ee&s;t the naked, that thou couer him, and hide not thy &s;elfe from thine owne fle&s;h? 7.</P>
<P>Then &s;hall thy light breake foorth as the morning, and thy health &s;hall grow &s;peedily: thy righteou&s;ne&s;&s;e &s;hall goe before thee, and the glory of the Lord &s;hall imbrace thee. 8.</P>
<P>If thou powre out thy &s;oule to the hungry, and refre&s;h the troubled &s;oule: then &s;hall thy light &s;pring out in the darke|ne&s;&s;e, and thy darkne&s;&s;e &s;hall be as the noone day. 10.</P>
<P>And the Lord &s;hall guide thee continually, &amp; &s;ati&s;fie thy &s;oule in drought, and make fat thy bones: &amp; thou &s;halt be like a wa|tered garden, &amp; like a &s;pring of water, who&s;e waters faile not. 11</P>
<P>Giue to him that asketh,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Mathew. V</NOTE> and
<PB N="148" REF="127"> from him that would borrow of thee, turne not away. 42.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">X.</NOTE>Who&s;oeuer &s;hall giue vnto one of the&s;e little ones to drinke a cup of cold water one|ly, in the name of a di&s;ciple, ve|rely I &s;ay vnto you, he &s;hall not loo&s;e his reward. 42.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XVIII.</NOTE>Who-&s;o-euer &s;hall receiue &s;uch a little child in my Name, receiueth me. 5.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Actes. XX.</NOTE>I haue &s;hewed you all things, how that &s;o labouring, yee ought to &s;upport the weake, and to remember the words of the Lord IESVS, how that he &s;aid, It is a ble&s;&s;ed thing to giue, rather then to receiue. 35.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">II. Corinth. IX.</NOTE>This yet remember, that hee which &s;oweth &s;paringly, &s;hall reape al&s;o &s;paringly, and hee that &s;oweth liberally, &s;hall
<PB N="149" REF="127"> reape al&s;o liberally. 6.</P>
<P>As euery man wi&s;heth in his heart, &s;o let him giue, not grud|gingly, or of nece&s;&s;ity: for God loueth a cheerefull giuer. 7.</P>
<P>Hee that findeth &s;eed to the &s;ower, will mini&s;ter likewi&s;e bread for food, and multiply your &s;eed, and increa&s;e the fruits of your beneuolence. 10.</P>
<P>That on all parts yee may bee made rich vnto all liberali|ty, 11.</P>
<P>While wee haue therefore time,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Galathians. VI.</NOTE> let vs doe good vnto all men, but &s;pecially vnto them which are of the hou&s;hold of faith. 10.</P>
<P>To doe good, and to de&s;tri|bute forget not:<NOTE PLACE="marg">Hebrewes. XIII.</NOTE> for with &s;uch &s;acrifices God is plea&s;ed. 16,</P>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="part">
<PB N="150" REF="128">
<HEAD>Of the Sabbath.</HEAD>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Gene&s;is. II.</NOTE>IN the &s;euenth day God en|ded his worke which hee had made, and the &s;euenth day hee re&s;ted from all his worke which he had made. 2.</P>
<P>So God ble&s;&s;ed the &s;euenth day, and &s;anctified it, becau&s;e that in it he had re&s;ted from all his worke, which God had cre|ated and made. 3.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Exodus. XX</NOTE>Remember the Sabbath day to keepe it holy. 8.</P>
<P>Sixe dayes &s;halt thou labour, and doe all thy worke. 9.</P>
<P>But the &s;euenth day is the Sabbath of the Lord thy God: in it thou &s;halt not doe any worke, thou nor thy &s;onne, nor thy daughter, thy man-&s;eruant, nor thy maid, nor thy bea&s;t, nor
<PB N="151" REF="128"> thy &s;tranger that is within thy gates. 10.</P>
<P>For in &s;ixe dayes the Lord made the heauen and the earth, the &s;ea, and all that in them is, and re&s;ted the &s;euenth day: therefore the Lord ble&s;&s;ed the Sabbath day &amp; hallowed it. 11.</P>
<P>Keepe yee my Sabbath,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XXXI.</NOTE> for it is a &s;igne betweene me and you in your generations, that yee may know that I the Lord doe &s;anctifie you. 13.</P>
<P>Yee &s;hall therefore keepe the Sabbath: for it is holy vnto you: he that defileth it, &s;hall die the death: therefore who-&s;o|euer worketh therein, the &s;ame per&s;on &s;hall bee euen cut off from among his people. 14.</P>
<P>Sixe dayes &s;hall men worke, but in the &s;euenth day is the Sabbath of the holy re&s;t to
<PB N="152" REF="129"> the Lord: who&s;oeuer doth any worke in the Sabbath day, &s;hall dye the death. 15.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">I&s;aiah. LVI.</NOTE>Ble&s;&s;ed is the man that doth this, and the &s;onne of man which laieth hold on it: he that keepeth the Sabbath and pol|luteth it not, and keepeth his hand from dooing any euill. 2.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">LVIII.</NOTE>If thou turne away thy foote from the Sabbath, from doing thy will on mine holy day, and call the Sabbath a delight to con&s;ecrate it as glorious to the Lord, and &s;halt honour him, not dooing thine owne wayes, nor &s;eeking thine owne will, nor &s;peaking a vaine word. 13.</P>
<P>Then &s;halt thou delight in the Lord, and I will cau&s;e thee to mount vpon the high places of the earth, and feed thee with the heritage of Iaakob thy
<PB N="153" REF="129"> father: for the mouth of the Lord hath &s;poken it. 14.</P>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of Holyne&s;&s;e.</HEAD>
<P>YEe &s;hall bee holy,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Leuiticus. X<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">X.</NOTE> for I the Lord your God am holy. 2.</P>
<P>Sanctifie your &s;elues there|fore, and bee holy,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XX.</NOTE> for I am the Lord your God. 7.</P>
<P>Therefore &s;hall yee bee holy vnto mee: for I the Lord am holy. 26.</P>
<P>Seeing then wee haue the&s;e promi&s;es, dearly beloued,<NOTE PLACE="marg">II. Corinth. VII.</NOTE> let vs clean&s;e our &s;elues from all fil|thine&s;&s;e of the fle&s;h and &s;pirit, and grow vp vnto full holine&s;&s;e in the feare of God. 1.</P>
<P>For God hath not called vs vnto vncleanne&s;&s;e,<NOTE PLACE="marg">I. The&s;&s;alo. IIII.</NOTE> but vnto ho|lyne&s;&s;e. 7.</P>
<P>Follow peace with all men,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Hebrewes. XII.</NOTE>
<PB N="154" REF="130"> and holine&s;&s;e, without y^e which no man &s;hall &s;ee the Lord. 14.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">I. Peter. I.</NOTE>But as he which hath called you, is holy, &s;o bee yee holy in all manner of conuer&s;ation. 15.</P>
<P>Becau&s;e it is written; Bee yee holy, for I am holy. 16.</P>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of Humility.</HEAD>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Prouerbes. XV.</NOTE>BEfore honour goeth humi|litie. 33.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XVI.</NOTE>Better it is to bee of humble minde with the lowly, then to diuide the &s;poiles with the proud. 19.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XVIII.</NOTE>Before de&s;truction the heart of a man is haughty, and before glory goeth lowline&s;&s;e. 12.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXII.</NOTE>The reward of Humility, and the feare of God, is riches, and glory, and life. 4.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXIX.</NOTE>The pride of a man &s;hall bring
<PB N="155" REF="130"> him low: but the humble in &s;pi|rit &s;hall enioy glory. 23.</P>
<P>I will exalt the humble,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Ezekiell. XXI.</NOTE> and will aba&s;e him that is high. 26.</P>
<P>Hee hath &s;hewed thee,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Micah. VI.</NOTE> O man, what is good, and what the Lord requireth of thee: &s;urely to doe iu&s;tly, and to loue mercy, and to humble thy &s;elfe to walke with thy God. 8.</P>
<P>Who&s;oeuer will exalt,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Mathew. XXIII.</NOTE> him|&s;elfe, &s;hall be brought low: and who&s;oeuer will humble him|&s;elfe &s;hall be exalted. 12.</P>
<P>Fulfill my ioy,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Philipians. II.</NOTE> that yee be like minded, hauing the &s;ame loue, beeing of one accord, and of one iudgment. 2.</P>
<P>That nothing be done through contention or vain-glory: but that in meekene&s;&s;e of minde euery man e&s;teeme other bet|ter then him&s;elfe. 3.</P>
<PB N="156" REF="131">
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Colo&s;&s;ians. III.</NOTE>Now therefore as the elect of God holy and beloued, put on tender mercy, kindne&s;&s;e, hum|blene&s;&s;e of minde, meekne&s;&s;e, long-&s;uffering. 12.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Iames. IIII.</NOTE>Ca&s;t downe your &s;elues be|fore the Lord, and hee will lift you vp. 10.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">I. Peter. V.</NOTE>Deck your &s;elues inwardly in lowline&s;&s;e of mind: for God re&s;i&s;teth the proud, and giueth grace to the humble. 5.</P>
<P>Humble your &s;elues there|fore vnder the mighty hand of God, that hee may exalt you in due time. 6</P>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>VVho are Ble&s;&s;ed.</HEAD>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Iob. V.</NOTE>BLe&s;&s;ed is the man, whom God correcteth, therefore refu&s;e not thou the cha&s;ti&s;ing of the Almighty. 17.</P>
<PB N="157" REF="131">
<P>Ble&s;&s;ed is the man that doth not walke in the coun&s;ell of the wicked,<NOTE PLACE="marg">P&s;almes. I.</NOTE> nor &s;tand in the way of &s;inners, nor &s;it in the &s;eat of the &s;cornfull 1.</P>
<P>Ble&s;&s;ed is hee who&s;e wicked|ne&s;&s;e is forgiuen,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XXXII.</NOTE> and who&s;e &s;inne is couered. 1.</P>
<P>Ble&s;&s;ed is the man vnto whom the Lord imputeth not iniqui|ty, and in who&s;e &s;pirit there is no guile. 2.</P>
<P>Ble&s;&s;ed is that nation,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XXXIII.</NOTE> who&s;e God is the Lord; euen the peo|ple that he hath cho&s;en for his inheritance. 12.</P>
<P>Ble&s;&s;ed is the man that mak|eth the Lord his tru&s;t,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XL</NOTE> and re|gardeth not the proud, nor &s;uch as turne a&s;ide to lyes. 4.</P>
<P>Ble&s;&s;ed is hee that iudgeth wi&s;ely of the poore:<NOTE PLACE="marg">XLI.</NOTE> the Lord &s;hall deliuer him in the time
<PB N="158" REF="132"> of trouble. 1.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">LXV.</NOTE>Ble&s;&s;ed is hee whom thou choo&s;e&s;t, and cau&s;e&s;t to come to thee: hee &s;hall dwell in thy courts, and wee &s;hall bee &s;ati&s;|fied with the plea&s;ures of thine hou&s;e, euen of thine holy Tem|ple. 4.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">LXXX III.</NOTE>Ble&s;&s;ed are they that dwell in thine hou&s;e: they will euer prai&s;e thee. 4.</P>
<P>Ble&s;&s;ed is the man, who&s;e &s;trength is in thee, and in who&s;e heart are thy wayes. 5.</P>
<P>Ble&s;&s;ed is the man that tru|&s;teth in thee. 12.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">LXXXIX.</NOTE>Ble&s;&s;ed is the people that can reioyce in thee: they &s;hall walke in the light of thy coun|tenance, O Lord. 15.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XCIIII.</NOTE>Ble&s;&s;ed is the man, whom thou cha&s;ti&s;e&s;t O Lord, and teache&s;t him in thy Law. 12.</P>
<PB N="159" REF="132">
<P>Ble&s;&s;ed are they that keepe iudgment,<NOTE PLACE="marg">CVI.</NOTE> and doe righteou&s;|ne&s;&s;e at all times. 3.</P>
<P>Ble&s;&s;ed is the man that feareth the Lord,<NOTE PLACE="marg">CXII.</NOTE> and delighteth great|ly in his commandements. 1.</P>
<P>Ble&s;&s;ed be he that commeth in the Name of the Lord. 26.<NOTE PLACE="marg">CXVIII.</NOTE></P>
<P>Ble&s;&s;ed are tho&s;e that are vp|right in their way,<NOTE PLACE="marg">CXIX.</NOTE> and walke in the law of the Lord. 1.</P>
<P>Ble&s;&s;ed are they that keepe his te&s;timonies, and &s;eeke him with their whole heart. 2.</P>
<P>Ble&s;&s;ed is euery one that fea|reth the Lord,<NOTE PLACE="marg">CXXVIII.</NOTE> and walketh in his wayes. 1.</P>
<P>Ble&s;&s;ed is hee that hath the God of <HI>Iaakob</HI> for his helpe,<NOTE PLACE="marg">CXLVI.</NOTE> who&s;e hope is in the Lord his God. 5.</P>
<P>Ble&s;&s;ed is the man that find|eth wi&s;dome,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Prouerbes. III.</NOTE> and the man
<PB N="160" REF="133"> that getteth vnder&s;tanding. 13.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XIIII.</NOTE>The &s;inner de&s;pi&s;eth his neighbour: but hee that hath mercy on the poore is ble&s;&s;ed. 21.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXVIII.</NOTE>Ble&s;&s;ed is the man that fea|reth alway. 14.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">I&s;aiah. <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> XXXII.</NOTE>Ble&s;&s;ed are yee that &s;ow vp|on all waters, and driue thither the feete of the Oxe and the A&s;&s;e. 20.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">LVI.</NOTE>Ble&s;&s;ed is the man that doth this, and the Sonne of man which layeth hold on it: hee that keepeth the Sabbath and polluteth it not, &amp; keepeth his hand from doing any euill. 2.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Ieremiah. XVII.</NOTE>Ble&s;&s;ed be the man that tru|&s;teth in the Lord, and who&s;e hope the Lord is. 7.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Mathew. V</NOTE>Ble&s;&s;ed are the poore in &s;pi|rit: for theirs is the kingdome of heauen. 3.</P>
<PB N="161" REF="133">
<P>Ble&s;&s;ed are they that mourne: for they &s;hall be comforted, 4.</P>
<P>Ble&s;&s;ed are the meeke: for they &s;hall inherit the earth. 5.</P>
<P>Ble&s;&s;ed are they which hun|ger and thir&s;t for righteou&s;|ne&s;&s;e: for they &s;hall be filled. 6.</P>
<P>Ble&s;&s;ed are the mercifull: for they &s;hall obtaine mercy. 7.</P>
<P>Ble&s;&s;ed are the pure in heart: for they &s;hall &s;ee God. 8.</P>
<P>Ble&s;&s;ed are the peace-makers: for they &s;hall be called the chil|dren of God. 9.</P>
<P>Ble&s;&s;ed are they which &s;uffer per&s;ecution for righteou&s;ne&s;&s;e &s;ake: for theirs is the kingdom of heauen. 10.</P>
<P>Ble&s;&s;ed are yee when men re|uile you and per&s;ecute you, and &s;ay all manner of euill again&s;t you, for my &s;ake, fal&s;ly. 11.</P>
<P>Ble&s;&s;ed is hee that &s;hall not<NOTE PLACE="marg">XI.</NOTE>
<PB N="162" REF="134"> be offended in me. 6.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXIIII.</NOTE>Ble&s;&s;ed is that &s;eruant whom his mai&s;ter when he commeth, &s;hall find &s;o doing. 46.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Luke. XI.</NOTE>Ble&s;&s;ed are they that heare the word of God and keepe it. 28.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XII.</NOTE>Ble&s;&s;ed are tho&s;e &s;eruants, whom the Lord when he com|meth &s;hall find waking: Verily I &s;ay vnto you, hee will girde him&s;elfe about, and make them to &s;it downe at table, and will come foorth and &s;erue them 37.</P>
<P>If hee come in the &s;econd watch, or come in the third watch, and &s;hall find them &s;o, Ble&s;&s;ed are tho&s;e &s;eruants. 38.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Iohn. XX.</NOTE>Ble&s;&s;ed are they that haue not &s;eene &amp; haue beleeued. 29.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Romanes. XIIII.</NOTE>Ble&s;&s;ed is hee that condem|neth not him&s;elfe in that thing
<PB N="163" REF="134"> which hee alloweth. 22.</P>
<P>Ble&s;&s;ed is the man that endu|reth temptation:<NOTE PLACE="marg">Iames. I.</NOTE> for when hee is tryed, hee &s;hall receaue the crowne of life, which the Lord hath promi&s;ed to them that loue him. 12.</P>
<P>Who &s;o looketh in the per|fect law of liberty, and conti|nueth therein, he not beeing a forgetfull hearer, but a doer of the worke, &s;hall bee ble&s;&s;ed in his deede. 25.</P>
<P>Behold we count them ble&s;|&s;ed which endure. 11.<NOTE PLACE="marg">V.</NOTE></P>
<P>Ble&s;&s;ed are yee,<NOTE PLACE="marg">I. Peter. III.</NOTE> if you &s;uffer for righteou&s;ne&s;&s;e &s;ake. 14.</P>
<P>If yee bee railed vppon for the name of Chri&s;t,<NOTE PLACE="marg">IIII.</NOTE> ble&s;&s;ed are yee: for the &s;pirit of glory, and of God re&s;teth vppon you: which on their part is euill &s;po|ken of: but on your part is
<PB N="164" REF="135"> glorified. 14.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Reuelation. I.</NOTE>Ble&s;&s;ed is hee that readeth, and they that heare the words of this Prophecie, and keepe tho&s;e things which are written therin: for the time is at hand. 3</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XII. II.</NOTE>Then I heard a voyce from heauen, &s;aying vnto me, write, Ble&s;&s;ed are the dead which here-after die in the Lord, euen &s;o &s;aith the Spirit: for they re&s;t from their labours, and their workes follow them. 13.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XVI.</NOTE>Behold, I come as a theefe, Ble&s;&s;ed is he that watcheth and keepeth his garments, lea&s;t hee walke naked, and men &s;ee his filthine&s;&s;e. 15.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XIX.</NOTE>Ble&s;&s;ed are they which are called vnto the Lambes &s;up|per. 9.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XX.</NOTE>Ble&s;&s;ed and holy is hee that hath part in the fir&s;t re&s;urrecti|on:
<PB N="165" REF="135"> for on &s;uch the &s;econd death hath no power: but they &s;hall be the Prie&s;ts of God, and of Chri&s;t, and &s;hall reigne with him a thou&s;and yeere. 6.</P>
<P>Ble&s;&s;ed is he that keepeth the words of the Prophecie of this booke. 7.<NOTE PLACE="marg">XXII.</NOTE></P>
<P>Ble&s;&s;ed are they that doe his commandements, that their right may be in the tree of life, and may enter in through the gates into the Citty. 14.</P>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>VVoe vnto whom.</HEAD>
<P>VVOe to thee,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Eccle&s;ia&s;tes X.</NOTE> O land when thy King is a child, and thy Princes eate in the morning. 16.</P>
<P>Woe bee to the wicked,<NOTE PLACE="marg">I&s;aiah. III.</NOTE> it &s;hall be euill with him: for the reward of his hands &s;hall bee
<PB N="166" REF="136"> giuen him. 11.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">V.</NOTE>Woe vnto them that ioyne hou&s;e to hou&s;e, and lay field to field, till there be no place, that ye may be placed by your &s;elues in the midde&s;t of the earth. 8.</P>
<P>Woe vnto them that ri&s;e vp earely to follow drunkenne&s;&s;e, and to them that continue vn|till night, till the wine doe in|flame them. 11.</P>
<P>VVoe vnto them that draw iniquity with cords of vanity and &s;inne as with cart-rops. 18.</P>
<P>VVo vnto them that &s;peake good of euill, and euill of good, which put darkene&s;&s;e for light, and light for darkene&s;&s;e. 20.</P>
<P>VVoe vnto them that are wi&s;e in their owne eyes, &amp; pru|dent in their owne &s;ight. 21.</P>
<P>VVo vnto them that are migh|ty to drinke wine, and to them
<PB N="167" REF="136"> that are &s;trong to poure in &s;trong drinke. 22.</P>
<P>VVo vnto them that decree wicked decrees,<NOTE PLACE="marg">X.</NOTE> &amp; write gree|uous things. 1.</P>
<P>To keepe backe the poore from iudgement, and to take away the iudgme~t of the poore of my people, that widdowes may be their prey, &amp; that they may &s;poyle the fatherle&s;&s;e. 2.</P>
<P>VVo vnto them that &s;eeke deepe to hide their coun&s;aile from the Lord:<NOTE PLACE="marg">XXIX.</NOTE> for their works are in darkenes &amp; they, &s;ay who &s;eeth vs? &amp; who knoweth vs? 5.</P>
<P>VVo to the rebellious chil|dren, &s;aith the Lord,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XXX.</NOTE> that take councell, but not of me, and co|uer with a couering, but not by my &s;pirit, that they may lay &s;inne vppon &s;inne. 1:</P>
<P>VVoe vnto them that goe<NOTE PLACE="marg">XXXI.</NOTE>
<PB N="168" REF="137"> downe into Aegypt for helpe, and &s;tay vpon hor&s;es, and tru&s;t in Chariots, becau&s;e they are many, and in hor&s;-men becau&s;e they be very &s;trong: but they looke not vnto the holy one of I&s;rael, nor &s;eeke vnto the Lord. 1.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXXIII.</NOTE>Woe to thee that &s;poile&s;t, and wa&s;t not &s;poiled, and doe&s;t wickedly, and they did not wic|kedly again&s;t thee: when thou &s;halt cea&s;e to &s;poile, thou &s;halt bee &s;poiled: when thou &s;halt make an end of doing wicked|ly, they &s;hall doe wickedly a|gain&s;t thee. 1.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XLV.</NOTE>Woe bee vnto him that &s;tri|ueth with his maker, the pot-&s;heard with the pot-&s;heards of the earth: &s;hall the clay &s;ay to him that fa&s;hioneth it, what make&s;t thou? or thy worke, it
<PB N="169" REF="137"> hath none hands? 9.</P>
<P>Woe vnto him that &s;aith to his father, what ha&s;t thou be|gotten? or to his mother, what ha&s;t thou brought forth? 10.</P>
<P>Woe vnto him that buildeth his hou&s;e by vnrighteou&s;ne&s;&s;e,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Ieremiah. XXII.</NOTE> and his chambers without e|quity: he v&s;eth his neighbour without wages, and giueth him not for his worke. 13.</P>
<P>Woe bee vnto the Pa&s;tors that de&s;troy and &s;catter the &s;heepe of my pa&s;ture,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XXIII.</NOTE> &s;aith the Lord. 1.</P>
<P>Woe vnto the fooli&s;h Pro|phets,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Ezekiel. XIII.</NOTE> that follow their owne &s;pirit, and haue &s;eene nothing. 3</P>
<P>Woe vnto the women that &s;ow pillowes vnder all arme-holes, and make vailes vpon the head of euery one that &s;tand|eth vp to hunt &s;oules: will yee
<PB N="170" REF="138"> hunt the &s;oules of my people, and will yee giue life vnto the &s;oules that come vnto you? 18.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXIIII.</NOTE>VVo to the bloody citty, e|uen to the pot, who&s;e &s;cumme is therein, and who&s;e &s;cum is not gone out of it. 6.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXXIIII.</NOTE>VVo be vnto the Sheapherds of I&s;raell, that feed them&s;elues: &s;hould not the Sheapherds feed the flockes? 2.</P>
<P>Yee eate the fat, and ye cloth you with the wooll: yee kill them that are fed, but yee feed not the &s;heepe. 3.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Amos. VI.</NOTE>VVo to them that are at ea&s;e in Zion, and tru&s;t in the moun|taine of Samaria, which were famous at the beginning of the nations: and the hou&s;e of I&s;ra|ell came to them. 1.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Micah. II.</NOTE>VVo vnto them that imagin iniquity, and worke wicked|ne&s;&s;e
<PB N="171" REF="138"> vpon their beds: when the morning is light they prac|ti&s;e it, becau&s;e their hand hath power. 1.</P>
<P>VVo vnto him that buildeth a towne with blood,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Habakuc. II</NOTE> and erecteth a citty by iniquity. 12.</P>
<P>VVo vnto him that giueth his neighbour drinke. 15.</P>
<P>VVo vnto him that &s;aith to the wood awake, and to the dumbe-&s;tone ri&s;e vp, it &s;hall teach thee: behold it is layed ouer with gold and &s;iluer, and there is no breath in it. 19.</P>
<P>VVo to her that is filthy &amp; poluted to the robbing citty. 1.<NOTE PLACE="marg">Zephaniah. III.</NOTE></P>
<P>VVoe be vnto the world be|cau&s;e of offences:<NOTE PLACE="marg">Mathew. XVIII.</NOTE> for it mu&s;t needs bee that offences &s;hall come, but woe be to y^t man by whom the offence commeth. 7.<NOTE PLACE="marg">XXIII.</NOTE></P>
<P>VVo therefore be vnto you
<PB N="172" REF="139"> Sctibes and Phari&s;es, hypo|crites, becau&s;e yee &s;hut vp the kingdome of heauen before men: for yee your &s;elues goe not in, neither &s;uffer yee them that would enter to come in. 13</P>
<P>Woe bee vnto you, Scribes and Phari&s;es, hipocrites, for ye deuoure widowes hou&s;es, euen vnder a colour of long praiers: wherefore yee &s;hall receiue the greater damnation. 14.</P>
<P>Woe bee vnto you, Scribes and Phari&s;es, hypocrites: for ye compa&s;&s;e &s;ea and land to make one of your profe&s;&s;ion: and when hee is made, you make him two-fold more the child of hell, then you your &s;elues. 15.</P>
<P>Woe bee vnto you blind guides, which &s;ay, who&s;oeuer &s;weareth by the Temple, it is nothing: but who&s;oeuer &s;wea|reth
<PB N="173" REF="139"> by the gold of the Tem|ple, he offendeth. 16.</P>
<P>Woe be to you, Scribes and Phari&s;es, hypocrites: for yee tithe Mint and Anni&s;e, and Cummine, &amp; leaue the weigh|tier matters of the Law, as iudgment and mercy, and fide|lity: The&s;e ought yee to haue done, and not to haue left the other. 23.</P>
<P>Woe be to you Scribes and Phari&s;es, hypocrites: for yee make cleane the vtter-&s;ide of the cup and of the platter: but within they are full of bribery and exce&s;&s;e. 25.</P>
<P>Woe bee vnto you Scribes and Phari&s;es, hypocrites: for ye are like vnto whited tombes which appeare beautifull out|ward, but are within full of dead mens bones, and of all fil|thine&s;&s;e. 27.</P>
<PB N="174" REF="140">
<P>VVo bee vnto you Scribes and Phari&s;es, Hipocrites: for ye build the tombes of the Pro|phets, &amp; garni&s;h the &s;epulchers of the righteous. 29.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Luke. VI.</NOTE>Wo be to you that are rich: for you haue receaued your con&s;olation. 24.</P>
<P>VVo be to you that are full, for ye &s;hall hunger, woe bee to you that now laugh for ye &s;hall waile and weepe. 25.</P>
<P>VVo be to you when all men &s;peake well of you: for &s;o did their fathers to the fal&s;e Pro|phets. 26.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XI.</NOTE>VVoe bee to you Phari&s;es: for ye loue the vpermo&s;t &s;eats in the Sinagogues, and gree|tings in the markets. 43.</P>
<P>Wo be to you Scribes &amp; Pha|ri&s;es, Hipocrites: for ye are as graues which appeare not, &amp;
<PB N="175" REF="140"> the men that walke ouer them perceiue not. 44.</P>
<P>Woe bee to you al&s;o, yee in|terpreters of the Law: for yee lade men with burdens grei|uous to be borne, and yee your &s;elues touch not the burdens with one of your fingers. 46.</P>
<P>VVo be to you: for ye build the &s;epulchers of the Prophets, &amp; your Fathers killed them. 47.</P>
<P>Woe be to you, interpreters of the Law: for yee haue taken away the key of knowledge: ye entred not in your &s;elues, &amp; the~ that came in, ye forbad. 52.</P>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of Faith.</HEAD>
<P>THe iu&s;t &s;hall liue by his faith. 4.<NOTE PLACE="marg">Habakuc. II</NOTE></P>
<P>Verily I &s;ay vnto you,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Mathew. XVII.</NOTE> If yee haue faith is much as is
<PB N="176" REF="141"> a graine of Mu&s;tard-&s;eed, yee &s;hall &s;ay vnto this Mountaine, Remooue hence to yonder place, and it &s;hall remooue: and nothing &s;hall be vnpo&s;&s;ible vn|to you. 20.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXI.</NOTE>Verely I &s;ay vnto you, If yee haue faith and doubt not, yee &s;hall not onely doe that which I haue done to the Fig-tree, but al&s;o if yee &s;ay vnto this Moun|taine, Take thy &s;elfe away, and ca&s;t thy &s;elfe into the &s;ea, it &s;hal be done. 21.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Romanes. X.</NOTE>Faith is by hearing, and hea|ring by the word of God. 17.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XIIII.</NOTE>What&s;oeuer is not of faith is &s;inne. 23.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">II. Corinth. I. V. Galathians. III. Hebrewes. XI.</NOTE>By faith yee &s;tand, 24.</P>
<P>Wee walke by faith, and not by &s;ight. 7.</P>
<P>The Law is not of faith. 12.</P>
<P>Faith is the ground of things
<PB N="177" REF="141"> which are hoped for, and the euidence of things which are not &s;eene. 1.</P>
<P>Without faith it is impo&s;&s;i|ble to plea&s;e him: for hee that commeth to GOD, mu&s;t be|leeue that God is, and that hee is a rewarder of them that &s;eek him. 6.</P>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of Beleeuing, or <HI>Faith Working.</HI></HEAD>
<P>IF yee beleeue not,<NOTE PLACE="marg">I&s;aiah. VII.</NOTE> &s;urely yee &s;hall not bee &s;tabli&s;hed, 9.</P>
<P>What&s;oeuer yee &s;hall aske in prayer, If yee beleeue,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Mathew XXI.</NOTE> yee &s;hall receiue it. 22.</P>
<P>All things are po&s;&s;ible to him that beleeueth, 23.<NOTE PLACE="marg">Marke. IX.</NOTE></P>
<P>Hee that &s;hall beleeue,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XVI.</NOTE> and be baptized, &s;hall be &s;aued: but hee that will not beleeue, &s;hall
<PB N="178" REF="142"> be damned. 16.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Iohn. III.</NOTE>And as <HI>Mo&s;es</HI> lift vp the Ser|pent in the wilderne&s;&s;e, &s;o mu&s;t the Sonne of man be lift vp. 14.</P>
<P>That who&s;oeuer beleeueth in him, &s;hould not peri&s;h, but haue eternall life. 15.</P>
<P>For God &s;o loued the world, that he hath giue~ his onely be|gotten &s;onne, that who&s;oeuer beleeueth in him, &s;hould not pe|ri&s;h, but haue euerla&s;ting life. 16</P>
<P>He that beleeueth in him &s;hall not be condemned: but he that beleeueth not, is condemned already,<NOTE PLACE="marg"><GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word"> IX<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"></NOTE> becau&s;e hee beleeueth not in the name of the onely begotten Sonne of God. 18.</P>
<P>He that beleeueth in the Son, hath euerla&s;ting life, and hee that obeyeth not the Sonne, &s;hall not &s;ee life, but the wrath of God abideth on him. 36.</P>
<PB N="179" REF="142">
<P>Verily, verily, I &s;ay vnto you,<NOTE PLACE="marg">V.</NOTE> Hee that heareth my word, and beleeueth in him that &s;ent me, hath euerla&s;ting life, &amp; &s;hall not come into conde~natio~, but hath pa&s;&s;ed from death vnto life. 24,</P>
<P>I am the bread of life:<NOTE PLACE="marg">VI.</NOTE> he that commeth to me &s;hall not hun|ger, and hee that beleeueth in mee &s;hall neuer thir&s;t. 35.</P>
<P>This is the will of him that hath &s;ent mee, that euery man which &s;eeth the Sonne, and be|leeueth in him, &s;hould haue euerla&s;ting life: and I will rai&s;e him vp at the la&s;t day. 40.</P>
<P>Verily, verily, I &s;ay vnto you, He that beleeueth in mee, hath euerla&s;ting life. 47.</P>
<P>Hee that beleeueth in me,<NOTE PLACE="marg">VII.</NOTE> as &s;aith the Scripture, out of his belly &s;hall flow riuers of water of life. 38.</P>
<PB N="162" REF="143">
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XI.</NOTE>I am the re&s;urrection and the life: hee that beleeueth in me, though he were dead, yet &s;hall he liue. 25.</P>
<P>And who&s;oeuer liueth, and beleeueth in mee, &s;hall neuer dye, 26.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XII.</NOTE>I am come a light into the world, that who&s;oeuer belee|ueth in me, &s;hould not abide in darkene&s;&s;e. 46.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XIIII.</NOTE>Verily, verily, I &s;ay vnto you, Hee that beleeueth in mee, the workes that I doe he &s;hall doe al&s;o, and greater then the&s;e &s;hall he do: For I goe vnto my my Father. 12.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Romanes. X.</NOTE>If thou &s;halt confe&s;&s;e with thy mouth the Lord Ie&s;us, and &s;halt beleeue in thine heart that God rai&s;ed him vp from the dead, thou &s;halt be &s;aued. 9.</P>
<P>For with the heart man be|leeueth
<PB N="181" REF="143"> vnto righteou&s;ne&s;&s;e, and with the mouth man con|fe&s;&s;eth to &s;aluation. 10.</P>
<P>Who&s;oeuer beleeueth in him &s;hall not be a&s;hamed. 11.</P>
<P>If wee beleeue not,<NOTE PLACE="marg">II. Timoth. II.</NOTE> yet abid|eth he faithfull: hee cannot de|ny him&s;elfe. 13.</P>
<P>This is then his commande|ment,<NOTE PLACE="marg">I. Iohn. III.</NOTE> That wee beleeue in the Name of his Sonne IESVS Chri&s;t, and loue one another as he gaue commandement. 23</P>
<P>Who&s;oeuer beleeueth that Ie&s;us is the Chri&s;t,<NOTE PLACE="marg">V.</NOTE> is borne of God. 1.</P>
<P>Hee that beleeueth in the Sonne of God, hath the wit|ne&s;&s;e in him&s;elfe: hee that be|leeueth not God, hath made him a lyar, becau&s;e he beleeued not the record, that God wit|ne&s;&s;ed of his Sonne. 10.</P>
<PB N="182" REF="144">
<P>The&s;e things haue I written vnto you that beleeue in the name of the Sonne of God, that ye may know that ye haue eter|nall life, and that yee may be|leeue in the name of the Sonne of God. 13.</P>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of Hope.</HEAD>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Iob. VIII.</NOTE>THe hypocrites hope &s;hall peri&s;h. 13.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">P&s;almes. IX.</NOTE>The poore &s;hall not be alway forgotte~: the hope of the affli|cted &s;hall not peri&s;h for euer. 18</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXVII&punc;</NOTE>Hope in the Lord: be &s;trong, and hee &s;hall comfort thine heart, &amp; tru&s;t in the Lord. 14.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXXVII.</NOTE>Waite patiently vpon the Lord, and hope in him. 7.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XLVI.</NOTE>God is our hope and &s;trength and helpe in troubles, ready to be found, 1:</P>
<PB N="183" REF="144">
<P>The hope that is deferred is the fainting of the heart:<NOTE PLACE="marg">Prouerbes. XIII.</NOTE> but when the de&s;ire commeth, it is a tree of life. 12.</P>
<P>Let not thine heart be enui|ous again&s;t &s;inners:<NOTE PLACE="marg">XXIII.</NOTE> but let it be in the feare of the Lord conti|nually. 17.</P>
<P>For &s;urely there is an end, &amp; thy hope &s;hall not be cut off. 18</P>
<P>Ble&s;&s;ed be the man that tru|&s;teth in the Lord,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Ieremiah. XVII.</NOTE> and who&s;e hope the Lord is. 7.</P>
<P>The Lord will bee the hope of his people. 16.<NOTE PLACE="marg">Ioel. III.</NOTE></P>
<P>We are &s;aued by hope:<NOTE PLACE="marg">Romanes. VIII.</NOTE> but hope that is &s;eene is not hope: for how can a man hope for that which he &s;eeth? 24.</P>
<P>But if wee hope for that we &s;ee not, wee doe with patience abide for it. 25.</P>
<P>If in this life onely wee haue
<PB N="184" REF="145"> hope in Chri&s;t,<NOTE PLACE="marg">I. Corinth. XV.</NOTE> wee are of all men the mo&s;t mi&s;erable. 19.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Hebrewes. III.</NOTE>But Chri&s;t is as the Sonne ouer his owne hou&s;e, who&s;e hou&s;e we are, if we hold fa&s;t the confidence, and the reioycing of the hope vnto the end. 6.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">VI.</NOTE>We de&s;ire that euery one of you &s;hew the &s;ame diligence, to the full a&s;&s;urance of hope vn|to the end. 11.</P>
<P>God willing more aboun|dantly to &s;hew vnto the heires of promi&s;e, the &s;tablene&s;&s;e of his coun&s;ell, bound him&s;elfe by an oth. 17.</P>
<P>That by two immutable things, wherein it is vnpo&s;&s;ible that God &s;hould lye, we might haue &s;trong con&s;olation, which haue our refuge to hold fa&s;t the hope that is &s;et before vs. 18.</P>
<P>Which we haue as an anker
<PB N="185" REF="145"> of the &s;oule both &s;ure and &s;ted|fa&s;t, and it entreth into that which is within the vaile. 19.</P>
<P>Whether the fore-runner is for vs entred in, euen Ie&s;us that is made an high Prie&s;t for euer, after the order of <HI>Melchi-ze|dec.</HI> 20.</P>
<P>Let vs keepe the profe&s;&s;ion of our hope,<NOTE PLACE="marg">X.</NOTE> without waue|ring, (for hee is faithfull that promi&s;ed.) 23.</P>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of Loue.</HEAD>
<P>THou &s;halt loue the Lord thy GOD with all thine heart, and with all thy &s;oule,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Deuterono. VI.</NOTE> and with all thy might. 5.</P>
<P>And now I&s;raell,<NOTE PLACE="marg">X.</NOTE> what doth the Lord thy God require of thee, but to feare the Lord thy God, and to walke in all his
<PB N="186" REF="146"> wayes, and to loue him, and to &s;erue the Lord thy God with all thine heart, and with all thy &s;oule. 12.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XI.</NOTE>Therfore thou &s;halt loue the lord thy God, &amp; &s;halt keep that which hee commandeth to bee kept: that is, his ordinances, and his lawes, &amp; his comman|dements alway. 1.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Iudges. V.</NOTE>But they that loue him, &s;hall be as the Sunne when he ri&s;eth in his might. 31.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">P&s;almes. XXXI.</NOTE>Loue yee the Lord all his Saints: for the Lord pre&s;erueth the faithfull, and rewardeth aboundantly the proud doer. 23</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XCVII. CXLV.</NOTE>Ye y^t loue the Lord hate euil. 10</P>
<P>The Lord pre&s;erueth all them that loue him.<NOTE PLACE="marg">Prouerbes. X.</NOTE> 20.</P>
<P>Hatred &s;tirreth vp contenti|ons: but loue couereth all tre&s;|pa&s;&s;es. 12.</P>
<PB N="187" REF="146">
<P>Better is a dinner of greene herbes wher loue is,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XV.</NOTE> then a &s;tal|led Oxe &amp; hatred therewith. 17</P>
<P>Hee that couereth a tran&s;|gre&s;&s;ion &s;eeketh loue. 9.<NOTE PLACE="marg">XVII.</NOTE></P>
<P>A friend loueth at all times: and a brother is borne for ad|uer&s;ity. 17.</P>
<P>Loue is &s;trong as death. 6.<NOTE PLACE="marg">Canticles. VIII.</NOTE></P>
<P>Much water cannot quench loue, neither can the flouds drown it: If a man &s;hould giue all the &s;ub&s;tance of his hou&s;e for loue, they would greatly contemne it. 7.</P>
<P>Yea I haue loued thee with an euerla&s;ting loue,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Ieremiah. XXXI.</NOTE> therfore with mercy haue I drawne thee. 3.</P>
<P>Loue your enemies. 44.<NOTE PLACE="marg">Mathew. V.</NOTE></P>
<P>He that loueth father or mo|ther more then me,<NOTE PLACE="marg">X.</NOTE> is not wor|thy of me: and hee that loueth &s;onne or daughter more then
<PB N="188" REF="147"> me, is not worthy of me. 37.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Luke. VI.</NOTE>If yee loue them which loue you, what thankes &s;hall you haue? for euen the &s;inners loue tho&s;e that loue them. 32.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Iohn. III.</NOTE>God &s;o loued the world, that he hath giuen his onely begot|ten Sonne, that who&s;oeuer be|leeueth in him, &s;hould not pe|ri&s;h, but haue euerla&s;ting life. 16.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XIII.</NOTE>Hee loued his owne which were in the world, vnto the end he loued them. 1.</P>
<P>A new commandement giue I vnto you, that yee loue one another: as I haue loued you, that yee al&s;o loue one another. 34.</P>
<P>By this &s;hall all men know that yee are my di&s;ciples, If yee loue one another. 35.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XIIII.</NOTE>If yee loue mee, keepe my
<PB N="167" REF="147"> commandements. 15.</P>
<P>Hee that hath my comman|dements, and keepeth them, is he that loueth me: and he that loueth me &s;hall be loued of my Father: and I will loue him, and will &s;hew mine owne &s;elfe vnto him. 21.</P>
<P>If any man loue mee, he will keepe my word, and my Father will loue him, and we wil come vnto him, and will dwell with him. 23.</P>
<P>Hee that loueth me not, kee|peth not my words. 24.</P>
<P>As the Father hath loued me,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XV.</NOTE> &s;o haue I loued you: continue in my loue. 9.</P>
<P>If yee &s;hall keepe my com|mandements, yee &s;hall abide in my loue, as I haue kept my Fa|thers commandements, and abide in his loue. 10.</P>
<PB N="190" REF="148">
<P>This is my commandement, that yee loue one another, as I haue loued you. 12.</P>
<P>Greater loue then this hath no man, when any man be&s;tow|eth his life for his friends. 13.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XVI.</NOTE>For the Father him&s;elfe lo|ueth you, becau&s;e yee haue lo|ued me, and haue beleeued that I came out from God. 27.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XVII.</NOTE>I haue declared vnto them thy name, and will declare it, that the loue where-with thou ha&s;t loued me, may be in them, and I in them. 26.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Romanes. V</NOTE>God &s;etteth out his loue to|wards vs, &s;eeing that while wee were yet &s;inners Chri&s;t dyed for vs. 8.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">VIII.</NOTE>Al&s;o we know that all things worke togither for the be&s;t, vnto them that loue God, euen to them that are called of his
<PB N="191" REF="148"> purpo&s;e. 28.</P>
<P>Let loue be without di&s;&s;imu|lation. 9.<NOTE PLACE="marg">XII.</NOTE></P>
<P>Bee affectioned to loue one another with brotherly loue. 10</P>
<P>Owe nothing to any man,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XIII.</NOTE> but to loue one another: for hee that loueth another, hath ful|filled the Law. 8.</P>
<P>For this, Thou &s;halt not com|mit adultery, Thou &s;halt not kill; Thou &s;halt not &s;teale; Thou &s;halt not beare fal&s;e witne&s;&s;e; Thou &s;halt not couet, and if there be any other commande|ment, it is briefly comprehen|ded in this &s;aying, euen in this; Thou &s;halt loue thy neighbour as thy &s;elfe. 9.</P>
<P>Loue doth not euill to his neighbour&punc; therfore is loue the fulfilling of the Law. 10.</P>
<P>The things which eye hath
<PB N="192" REF="149"> not &s;eene,<NOTE PLACE="marg">I. Corinth. II.</NOTE> neither eare hath heard, neither came into mans heart, are, which God hath pre|pared for them that loue him. 9</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XIII.</NOTE>Though I &s;peake with the toungs of Men and Angels, &amp; haue not loue, I am as &s;oun|ding bra&s;&s;e, or a tinckling Sym|bal. 1.</P>
<P>And though I had the gift of Prophe&s;ie, and knew all &s;ecrets and all knowledge, yea if I had all faith, &s;o that I could remoue mountaines, and had not loue, I were nothing. 2.</P>
<P>And though I feed the poore with all my goods, and though I giue my body that I bee bur|ned, and haue not loue, it profi|teth me nothing. 3.</P>
<P>Loue &s;uffereth long: it is bountifull: loue enuieth not: loue doth not boa&s;t it &s;elfe: it
<PB N="193" REF="149"> is not puffed vp. 4.</P>
<P>It di&s;daineth not: it &s;eeketh not her owne things: it is not prouoked to anger: it thinketh not euill. 5.</P>
<P>It reioyceth not in iniquity: but reioyceth in the truth. 6.</P>
<P>It &s;uffereth all things: it be|leeueth all thing: it hopeth all things: it indureth all things. 7.</P>
<P>Loue doth neuer fall away, though that prophecyings bee aboli&s;hed, or the tongues cea&s;e, or knowledge vani&s;h away. 8.</P>
<P>Now abideth, faith, hope, and loue, euen the&s;e three: but the cheefe&s;t of the&s;e is loue. 13.</P>
<P>Follow after loue,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XIIII.</NOTE> and couet &s;pirituall gifts. 1.</P>
<P>Let all your thinges be done in loue. 14.<NOTE PLACE="marg">XVI.</NOTE></P>
<P>If any man loue not the Lord Ie&s;us Chri&s;t, let him bee had in
<PB N="194" REF="150"> execration, yea excomunicate to death. 22.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Galathians. IIII.</NOTE>It is a good thing to loue earne&s;tly alwayes in a good thing. 18.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">V.</NOTE>By loue &s;erue one another. 13</P>
<P>For all the law is fulfilled in one word, which is this, thou &s;halt loue thy neighbour as thy &s;elfe. 14.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Ephe&s;ians. V.</NOTE>Walke in loue, euen as Chri&s;t hath loued vs, and hath giuen him&s;elfe for vs, to bee an offe|ring and a &s;acrifice of a &s;weet &s;melling &s;auour to God. 2.</P>
<P>Husbands loue your wiues, eue~ as Chri&s;t loued the church and gaue him&s;elfe for it. 25.</P>
<P>So ought men to loue their wiues as their owne bodies: he that loueth his wife loueth him&s;elfe. 28.</P>
<P>Let euery one loue his wife
<PB N="195" REF="150"> euen as him&s;elfe, and let the wife &s;ee that &s;he feare her hus|band. 33.</P>
<P>Aboue all the&s;e things,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Colo&s;&s;ians. III.</NOTE> put on loue, which is the bond of perfectne&s;&s;e~. 14.</P>
<P>Husbands loue your wiues, and be not bitter vnto them. 19.</P>
<P>As touching brotherly loue,<NOTE PLACE="marg">I. The&s;&s;alo. IIII.</NOTE> ye neede not that I write vnto you: for ye are taught of God to loue one another. 9.</P>
<P>The end of the commande|ment is loue, out of a pure hart,<NOTE PLACE="marg">L Timoth. I.</NOTE> and of a good con&s;cience, and of faith vnfained. 5.</P>
<P>Let brotherly loue continue.<NOTE PLACE="marg">Hebrewes. XIII. I. Peter. I.</NOTE> 1</P>
<P>Loue one another with a pure heart feruently. 22.</P>
<P>Aboue all things haue ferue~t loue among you:<NOTE PLACE="marg">IIII.</NOTE> for loue coue|reth the multitude of &s;innes. 8.</P>
<P>Hee that keepeth his word,<NOTE PLACE="marg">I. Iohn. II.</NOTE>
<PB N="196" REF="151"> in him is the loue of God per|fect indeede: hereby we know that we are in him. 5.</P>
<P>He that loueth his brother, abideth in the light, and there is none occa&s;ion of euill in him. 10.</P>
<P>Loue not the world, neither the things that are in the world: If any man loue the world, the loue of the father is not in him. 15.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">III.</NOTE>Behold what loue the father hath &s;hewed on vs, that wee &s;hould be called the &s;onnes of God. 1.</P>
<P>In this are the children of God knowne, and the children of the deuill: who&s;oeuer doth not righteou&s;ne&s;&s;e, is not of God, neither he that loueth not his brother. 10.</P>
<P>For this is the me&s;&s;age, that
<PB N="183" REF="151"> ye heard from the beginning, that wee &s;hould loue one ano|ther. 11.</P>
<P>We know that we are tran|&s;lated from death vnto life, be|cau&s;e wee loue the Brethren: he that loueth not his brother, abideth in death. 14.</P>
<P>Hereby haue we perceaued loue, that he layed downe his life for vs. 16.</P>
<P>Let vs not loue in word, nei|ther in tongue onely, but in deed and in truth. 18.</P>
<P>This is then his commande|ment, that wee beleeue in the name of his &s;onne Ie&s;us Chri&s;t, and loue one another, as hee gaue commandement. 23.</P>
<P>Beloued,<NOTE PLACE="marg">IIII.</NOTE> let vs loue one ano|ther: for loue commeth of God, and euery one that loueth is borne of God, and knoweth
<PB N="198" REF="152"> God. 7.</P>
<P>Hee that loueth not, know|eth not God: for God is loue. 8.</P>
<P>In this apeared the loue of God towards vs, becau&s;e God &s;ent his onely begotten Sonne into the world, that wee might liue through him. 9.</P>
<P>Herein is loue, not that we loued God, but that hee loued vs and &s;ent his Sonne to bee a reconciliation for our &s;ins. 10.</P>
<P>Beloued if God &s;o loued vs, we ought al&s;o to loue one ano|ther. 11.</P>
<P>No man hath &s;eene God at any time, if wee loue one ano|ther, God dwelleth in vs, &amp; his loue is perfect in vs. 12.</P>
<P>And we haue known, and be|leeued the loue that God hath in vs. God is loue, and <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ee that dwelleth in loue dwelleth in God, and God in him. 16.</P>
<PB N="199" REF="152">
<P>Herein is the loue perfect in vs, that wee &s;hould haue bold|ne&s;&s;e in the day of iudgement: for as hee is, euen &s;o are we in this world. 17.</P>
<P>There is no feare in loue, but perfect loue ca&s;teth out feare: for feare hath painefull|ne&s;&s;e: and-hee that feareth, is not perfect in loue. 18.</P>
<P>Wee loue him becau&s;e hee loued vs fir&s;t. 19.</P>
<P>If any ma<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> &s;ay I loue God, &amp; hate hi<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> brother, he is a lyar: for how can he that loueth not his brother who~ he hath &s;eene, loue God whom hee hath not &s;eene? 20.</P>
<P>And this co~mandement haue we of him, that he which loueth God &s;hould loue his brother al&s;o. 21.</P>
<P>Who&s;oeuer beleeueth that Ie|&s;us
<PB N="200" REF="153"> is the Chri&s;t, is borne of God, and euery one that loueth him which begat, loueth him al&s;o which is begotten of him. 1</P>
<P>In this wee know that wee loue the children of God, when wee loue God, and keepe his commandem<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">nts. 2.</P>
<P>For this is the loue of God, that wee keepe his commande|ments: and his commande|ments are not grieuous. 3.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">II. Iohn.</NOTE>Now be&s;eech I thee Ladie, (not as writing a new comman|dement vnto the<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">, but that &s;ame which wee had from the begin|ing) that we loue one another. 5</P>
<P>And this is the loue, that we &s;hould walke after his com|mandements. 6.</P>
<P>Keepe your &s;elues in the loue of God,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Iude.</NOTE> looking for the mercy of our Lord Ie&s;us Chri&s;t, vnto
<PB N="201" REF="153"> eternall life. 21.</P>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of the Cro&s;&s;e <HI>Cha|&s;tening, and Suffering.</HI></HEAD>
<P>BEhold, ble&s;&s;ed is the man whom God correcteth, therefore refu&s;e not thou the cha&s;ti&s;ing of the Almighty. 1<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">.<NOTE PLACE="marg">Iob. V.</NOTE></P>
<P>For hee maketh the wound, and bindeth it vp: he &s;miteth &amp; his hands make whole. 18.</P>
<P>Ble&s;&s;ed is y^e man whom thou cha&s;ti&s;e&s;t, O Lord,<NOTE PLACE="marg">P&s;almes. XCIIII.</NOTE> and teache&s;t him in thy Law. 12.</P>
<P>That thou mai&s;t giue him re&s;t fro~ the daies of euil, whiles the pit is digged for the wicked. 13</P>
<P>My &s;onne refu&s;e not the cha|&s;tening of the Lord,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Prouerbes. III.</NOTE> neither be grieued with his correction. 11</P>
<P>For the Lord correcteth him whom he loueth, euen as the Father doth the child in who~ he
<PB N="202" REF="154"> delighteth 12.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Mathew. X.</NOTE>He that taketh not his Cro&s;&s;e and followeth after me, is not worthy of me. 31.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Luke. IX.</NOTE>If any man will come after mee, let him deny him&s;elfe, and take vp his Cro&s;&s;e dayly, and follow mee. 23.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XIIII.</NOTE>Who&s;oeuer beareth not his Cro&s;&s;e, and commeth after me, cannot bee my di&s;ciple. 27.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">I. Corinth. I.</NOTE>The preaching of the Cro&s;&s;e is to them that peri&s;h fooli&s;h|ne&s;&s;e: but vnto vs which are &s;a|ued, it is the power of God. 18.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XI.</NOTE>When wee are iudged, wee are cha&s;tened of the Lord, be|cau&s;e wee &s;hould not bee con|demned with the world. 32.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">II. Corinth. I.</NOTE>As the &s;ufferings of Chri&s;t ab und in vs, &s;o our con&s;olati|on aboundeth through Chri&s;t. 5.</P>
<PB N="203" REF="154">
<P>And our hope is &s;teedfa&s;t concerning you, in as much as we know, that as yee are parta|kers of the &s;ufferings, &s;o &s;hall ye be al&s;o of the con&s;olation. 7.</P>
<P><GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">r vnto you it is giuen for Chri&s;t,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Philipians. I</NOTE> that not onely ye &s;hould beleeue in him, but al&s;o &s;uffer for his &s;ake. 29.</P>
<P>If wee &s;uffer wee &s;hall al&s;o reign with him: if we deny him,<NOTE PLACE="marg">II. Timot. II</NOTE> hee al&s;o will deny vs. 12.</P>
<P>Whom the Lord loueth hee cha&s;teneth:<NOTE PLACE="marg">Hebrews. XII.</NOTE> and hee &s;courgeth euery &s;on that he receiueth. 6.</P>
<P>If ye endure cha&s;tening, God offereth him&s;elfe vnto you as vnto &s;onnes: for what &s;onne is it whom the Father cha&s;teneth not? 7.</P>
<P>If therefore yee bee without correction, whereof all are par|takers, then are yee ba&s;tards,
<PB N="204" REF="155"> and not &s;onnes. 8.</P>
<P>Moreouer wee haue had the fathers of our bodies, which corrected vs, and we gaue them reuerence: &s;hould we not much rather bee in &s;ubiection vnto the Father of &s;pirits, that wee might liue? 9.</P>
<P>For they, verily, for a few dayes cha&s;tened vs after their owne plea&s;ure: but hee cha&s;te|neth vs for our profit, that wee might bee partakers of his ho|line&s;&s;e. 10.</P>
<P>Now no cha&s;tninge for the pre&s;ent &s;eemeth to be ioyous, but grieuous: but afterward it bringeth the quiet fruite of righteou&s;nes vnto them which are thereby exerci&s;ed. 11.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">I. Peter. II.</NOTE>For this is thanke-worthy, if a man for con&s;cience toward God endure griefe, &s;uffering
<PB N="205" REF="155"> wrongfuly. 19.</P>
<P>For what prai&s;e is it, if when yee be buffeted for your faults, ye take it patiently? but and if you do well, yee &s;uffer wrong and take it patiently, this is acceptable to God. 20.</P>
<P>For hereunto yee are called: for Chri&s;t al&s;o &s;uffered for vs, leauing vs an en&s;ample, that ye &s;hould follow his &s;teps. 21.</P>
<P>But reioyce in as much as ye are partakers of Chri&s;ts &s;uf|ferings,<NOTE PLACE="marg">IIII.</NOTE> that when his glory &s;hall appeare, yee may be glad and reioyce. 13.</P>
<P>If any man &s;uffer as a Chri&s;ti|an, let him not be a&s;hamed: but let him glorify God in this be|halfe. 16.</P>
<P>Wherfore let them that &s;uf|fer according to the will of God, commit their &s;oules to
<PB N="206" REF="156"> him in well doing, as vnto a faithfull Creator. 19.</P>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of Afflictions.</HEAD>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">II. Chronic. XV.</NOTE>VVHo&s;oeuer returned in his afflictio~ to the Lord God of I&s;raell, and &s;ought him, hee was found of them. 4.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Iob. V.</NOTE>Mi&s;ery commeth not forth of the du&s;t, neither doth afflicti|on &s;pring out of the earth. 6.</P>
<P>But man is borne vnto trauel, as the &s;parkes fly vpward. 7.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXXVI.</NOTE>He maintaineth not the wic|ked, but hee giueth iudgement to the afflicted. 6.</P>
<P>Hee deliuereth the poore in his affliction, and openeth their eare in trouble. 15.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXXVII.</NOTE>It is the Almighty: wee can|not finde him out: hee is ex|cellent in power and iudg|ment,
<PB N="207" REF="156"> and abondant in iu&s;tice: hee afflicteth not. 23.</P>
<P>The Lord al&s;o will bee a re|fuge for the poore,<NOTE PLACE="marg">P&s;almes. IX.</NOTE> a refuge in due time, euen in affliction. 9.</P>
<P>He hath not de&s;pi&s;ed nor ab|horred the affliction of the poore:<NOTE PLACE="marg">XXII.</NOTE> neither hath hee hid his face from him, but when he cal|led vnto him hee heard. 24.</P>
<P>The Lord is neere vnto them that are of a contrite heart,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XXXIIII.</NOTE> and will &s;aue &s;uch as bee afflicted in &s;pirit. 18,</P>
<P>Before I was afflicted,<NOTE PLACE="marg">CXIX.</NOTE> I went a&s;tray: but now I keepe thy word. 67.</P>
<P>It is good for mee that I haue beene afflicted, that I may learne thy Statutes. 71.</P>
<P>I know O Lord that thy iudg|ments
<PB N="[2]08" REF="157"> are right: and that thou ha&s;t afflicted me iu&s;tly. 75.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Eccle&s;ia&s;tes VII.</NOTE>In the day of wealth be of good comfort, and in the day of affliction con&s;ider: God al|&s;o hath made this contrary to that, to the intent that man &s;hould find nothing after him. 16.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">I&s;aiah. XXX</NOTE>When the Lord hath giuen you the bread of aduer&s;ity, and the water of affliction, thy rain &s;hall be no more kept back, but thine eyes &s;hal &s;ee thy raine. 20.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XLVIII.</NOTE>For my name-&s;ake will I de|ferre my wrath, and for my pray&s;e will I refraine it from thee, that I cut thee not off. 9.</P>
<P>Behold I haue fined thee, but not as &s;iluer: I haue cho&s;en thee in the furnace of afflicti|on. 10.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XLIX.</NOTE>Reioyce O heauens, and bee
<PB N="209" REF="157"> ioyfull, O earth, bur&s;t forth in|to prai&s;e, O mountaines: for God hath comforted his peo|ple, and will haue mercy vpon his afflicted. 13.</P>
<P>The Lord will not for&s;ake for euer. 31.<NOTE PLACE="marg">Lamentati. III.</NOTE></P>
<P>But though hee &s;end afflicti|on, yet will hee haue compa&s;&s;i|on, according to the multitude of his mercies. 32.</P>
<P>For he doth not puni&s;h wil|lingly, nor afflict the children of men. 33.</P>
<P>I cried in mine affliction vn|to the Lord, and he heard mee:<NOTE PLACE="marg">Ionah. II.</NOTE> out of the belly of hell cryed I, and thou hearde&s;t my voice. 2.</P>
<P>What do yee imagine again&s;t the Lord:<NOTE PLACE="marg">Nahum. I.</NOTE> hee will make an vt|ter de&s;truction: affliction &s;hall not ri&s;e vp the &s;econd time. 9.</P>
<P>Though I haue afflicted thee,
<PB N="210" REF="158"> I will afflict thee no more. 12.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Zephaniah. III.</NOTE>After a certaine time will I gather the afflicted that were of thee, and them that bare the reproch for it. 18.</P>
<P>Behold, at that time I will bru&s;e all that afflict thee, and I will &s;aue her that halteth, and gather her that was ca&s;t out, &amp; I will get them prai&s;e &amp; &s;ame in all the lands of their &s;hame. 19.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Iohn. XVI.</NOTE>The&s;e things haue I &s;poken vnto you, that in me yee might haue peace: in the world yee &s;hall haue affliction, but bee of good comfort, I haue ouer|come the world. 33.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Romanes. VIII.</NOTE>I count that the afflictions of this pre&s;ent time are not wor|thy of the glory which &s;hall be &s;hewed vnto vs. 18.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">II. Corinth. IIII.</NOTE>Wee are afflicted on euery &s;ide, yet are not in di&s;tre&s;&s;e: in
<PB N="211" REF="158"> pouerty, but not ouer-come of pouerty. 8.</P>
<P>Wee are per&s;ecuted, but not for&s;aken: ca&s;t downe, but wee peri&s;h not. 9.</P>
<P>Therefore we faint not, but though our outward man pe|ri&s;h, yet the inward man is re|nued daily. 16.</P>
<P>For our light affliction which is but for a moment, cau&s;eth vnto vs a farre more excellent and an eternall weight of glo|ry. 17.</P>
<P>While we looke not on the things which are &s;eene, but on the things which are not &s;eene: for the things which are &s;eene, are temporall, but the things which are not &s;eene, are eter|nall. 18.</P>
<P>No man &s;hould bee mooued with the&s;e afflictions:<NOTE PLACE="marg">I. The&s;&s;alo. III.</NOTE> for yee
<PB N="212" REF="159"> your &s;elues know, that we are appointed there-vnto. 3.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">II. Timoth. II.</NOTE>Thou therefore &s;uffer afflic|tion as a good &s;ouldier of Ie|&s;us Chri&s;t. 3.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Hebrews. II.</NOTE>For it became him, for whom are all things, and by whom are all things, &s;eeing that hee brought many children vnto glory, that hee &s;hould con&s;e|crate the Prince of their &s;alua|tion thorow afflictions. 10.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Iames. IIII.</NOTE>Suffer afflictons, and &s;orrow yee, and weepe&punc; let your laugh|ter be turned into mourning, &amp; your ioy into heauine&s;&s;e. 9.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">V.</NOTE>Is any among you afflicted? Let him pray: is any mery? let him &s;ing. 13.</P>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="part">
<PB N="213" REF="159">
<HEAD>Of Tru&s;ting, or <HI>wai|ting on the Lord.</HI></HEAD>
<P>Loe, though hee &s;lay me,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Iob. XIII.</NOTE> yet will I tru&s;t in him, and I will reprooue my wayes in his &s;ight. 15.</P>
<P>They that know thy Name,<NOTE PLACE="marg">P&s;almes. IX.</NOTE> will tru&s;t in thee: for thou, Lord ha&s;t not failed them that &s;eeke thee. 10.</P>
<P>The Lord is my &s;trength and my &s;hield:<NOTE PLACE="marg">XXVIII.</NOTE> mine heart tru&s;ted in him, and I was helped: there|fore mine heart &s;hall reioyce, and with my &s;ong will I prai&s;e him. 7.</P>
<P>How great is thy goodne&s;&s;e,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XXXI.</NOTE> which thou ha&s;t laide vp for them that feare thee, and done to them that tru&s;t in thee, euen before the &s;onnes of men. 19.</P>
<PB N="214" REF="160">
<P>All yee that tru&s;t in the Lord, be &s;trong, and he &s;hall e&s;tabli&s;h your heart. 24.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXXII.</NOTE>Many &s;orrowes &s;hall come to the wicked: but he that tru|&s;teth in the Lord, mercy &s;hall compa&s;&s;e him. 10.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXXIIII.</NOTE>Ta&s;te ye &amp; &s;ee how gratious the Lord is; ble&s;&s;ed is the man that tru&s;teth in him. 8.</P>
<P>The Lord redeemeth the &s;oules of his &s;eruants, and none that tru&s;t in him &s;hal peri&s;h. 22</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXXVII.</NOTE>Tru&s;t thou in the Lord, and doe good, dwell in the land, and thou &s;halt be fed a&s;&s;uredly. 3.</P>
<P>Commit thy way vnto the Lord, and tru&s;t in him, and hee &s;hall bring it to pa&s;&s;e. 5.</P>
<P>Waite patiently vpon the Lord, and hope in him. 7:</P>
<P>For euill dooers &s;hall be cut off, and they that waite vpon
<PB N="215" REF="160"> the Lord, they &s;hall inherite the land. 9.</P>
<P>Waite thou on the Lord, and keepe his way, and he &s;hall exalt thee, that thou &s;halt inhe|rite the land: when the wicked men &s;hall peri&s;h, thou &s;halt &s;ee. 34.</P>
<P>Ble&s;&s;ed is the man that mak|eth the Lord his tru&s;t,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XL.</NOTE> and re|gardeth not the proud, nor &s;uch as turne a&s;ide to lies. 4.</P>
<P>Yee that feare the Lord,<NOTE PLACE="marg">CXV.</NOTE> tru&s;t in the Lord: for hee is their helpe and their &s;hield. 11.</P>
<P>They that tru&s;t in the Lord,<NOTE PLACE="marg">CXXV.</NOTE> &s;hall be as mount Zion, which cannot bee remooued, but re|maineth for euer. 1.</P>
<P>Tru&s;t in the Lord with all thine heart,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Prouerbes. III.</NOTE> and leane not vnto thine owne wi&s;dome. 5.<NOTE PLACE="marg">XVI.</NOTE></P>
<P>Hee that is wi&s;e in his
<PB N="216" REF="161"> bu&s;ine&s;&s;e, &s;hall finde good: and he that tru&s;teth in the Lord, he is ble&s;&s;ed. 20.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XX.</NOTE>Say not thou, I will recom|pence euill: but wait vpon the Lord, and he &s;hall &s;aue thee. 22.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXVIII.</NOTE>Hee that is of a proud heart, &s;tirreth vp &s;trife: but hee that tru&s;teth in the Lord, &s;hall bee fat. 25.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXX.</NOTE>Euery word of God is pure: he is a &s;hield to tho&s;e that tru&s;t in him. 5.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">I&s;aiah. XXVI.</NOTE>By an a&s;&s;ured purpo&s;e wilt thou pre&s;erue perfect peace, becau&s;e they tru&s;ted in thee. 3.</P>
<P>Tru&s;t in the Lord for euer&punc; for in the Lord God is &s;trength for euermore. 4.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXX.</NOTE>Yet therefore will the Lord wart, that hee may haue mercy vpon you, and therefore will he be exalted, that hee may haue
<PB N="217" REF="161"> compa&s;&s;ion vpon you: for the Lord is the God of iudgment. Ble&s;&s;ed are all they that waite for him. 18.</P>
<P>They that waite vpon the Lord,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XL.</NOTE> &s;hal renue their &s;trength: they &s;hall lift vp the wings as the Eagles: they &s;hall run and not bee weary, and they &s;hall walke and not faint. 31.</P>
<P>Who is among you that fea|reth the Lord?<NOTE PLACE="marg">L.</NOTE> let him heare the voice of his &s;eruant: he that walketh in darkne&s;&s;e, and hath no light, let him tru&s;t in the name of the Lord, and &s;tay vp|on his God. 10.</P>
<P>Hee that tru&s;teth in me,<NOTE PLACE="marg">LVII.</NOTE> &s;hall inherit the land, and &s;hall po&s;|&s;e&s;&s;e mine holy mountaine. 13.</P>
<P>Thus &s;aith the Lord,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Ieremiah. XVII.</NOTE> Cur&s;ed bee the man that tru&s;teth in man, and maketh fle&s;h his arme,
<PB N="218" REF="162"> and with-draweth his heart from the Lord. 5.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XLXIX.</NOTE>Leaue thy farherle&s;&s;e chil|dren, and I will pre&s;erue them aliue, and let thy widowes tru&s;t in me. 11.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Lamentati. III.</NOTE>The Lord is good vnto them that tru&s;t in him, and to the &s;oule that &s;eeketh him. 25.</P>
<P>It is good both to tru&s;t and to waite for the &s;aluation of the Lord. 26.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Nahum. I.</NOTE>The Lord is good, and as a &s;trong hold in the day of trou|ble, and hee knoweth them that tru&s;t in him. 7.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg"><GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">. Peter. I.</NOTE>Wherefore, gird vp the loynes of your mind, be &s;ober, and tru&s;t perfectly on the grace that is brought vnto you, by the reuelation of Ie&s;us Chri&s;t. 13.</P>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="part">
<PB N="219" REF="162">
<HEAD>Of Tentations.</HEAD>
<P>YEE are they which haue continued with mee in my tentations. 28.<NOTE PLACE="marg">Luke. XXII.</NOTE></P>
<P>Therefore I appoint vnto you a kingdome, as my Father hath appointed to me. 29.</P>
<P>There hath no tentation ta|ken you,<NOTE PLACE="marg">I. Corinth. X</NOTE> but &s;uch as appertai|neth to man: and God is faith|full which will not &s;uffer you to bee tempted aboue that you bee able, but will euen giue the i&s;&s;ue with the tentation, that ye may be able to beare it. 13.</P>
<P>In that hee &s;uffered,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Hebrews. II.</NOTE> and was tempted, hee is able to &s;uccour them that are tempted. 18.</P>
<P>We haue not an high Prie&s;t,<NOTE PLACE="marg">IIII.</NOTE> which cannot be touched with the feeling of our infirmities,
<PB N="220" REF="163"> but was in all things tempted in like &s;ort, yet without &s;in. 15.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Iames. I.</NOTE>My brethren count it excee|ding ioy, when yee fall into di|uers tentations. 2.</P>
<P>Knowing that the trying of your faith bringeth forth pa|tience. 3.</P>
<P>Ble&s;&s;ed is the man that endu|reth tentation: for when he is tryed, hee &s;hall receiue the crowne of life, which the Lord hath promi&s;ed to them that loue him. 12.</P>
<P>Let no man &s;ay when hee is tempted, I am tempted of God: for God cannot bee tempted with euill, neither tempteth he any man. 13.</P>
<P>But euery man is tempted, when he is drawne away by his owne concupi&s;cence, and is in|ti&s;ed. 14.</P>
<PB N="221" REF="163">
<P>Re&s;i&s;t the deuill,<NOTE PLACE="marg">IIII.</NOTE> and hee will flye from you. 7.</P>
<P>The Lord knoweth to deli|uer the godly out of tentation,<NOTE PLACE="marg">II. Peter. II.</NOTE> and to re&s;erue the vniu&s;t vnto the day of iudgment to be pu|ni&s;hed. 9.</P>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of Patience.</HEAD>
<P>VVAite patiently vpon the Lord, and hope in him, 7.<NOTE PLACE="marg">P&s;almes. XXXVII.</NOTE></P>
<P>I waited patiently for the Lord, and he inclined vnto me,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XL.</NOTE> and heard my cry. 1.</P>
<P>The patient abiding of the righteous &s;hall be gladne&s;&s;e.<NOTE PLACE="marg">Prouerbes. X.</NOTE> 28</P>
<P>By your patience po&s;&s;e&s;&s;e your &s;oules. 19.<NOTE PLACE="marg">Luke. XXI.</NOTE></P>
<P>Let your patient minde bee knowne vnto all men,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Philipians. IIII.</NOTE> the Lord is at hand. 5.</P>
<P>Be patient toward all men.<NOTE PLACE="marg">I. The&s;&s;al. V</NOTE> 14</P>
<PB N="222" REF="164">
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Hebrewes. X.</NOTE>Ca&s;t not away therefore your confidence, which hath great recompence of reward. 35.</P>
<P>For yee haue need of pati|ence, that after yee haue done the will of God, yee might re|ceiue the promi&s;e. 36.</P>
<P>For yet a very little while, and hee that &s;hall come, will come, and will not tarry. 37.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Iames. I.</NOTE>Let patience haue her perfect worke, that yee may be perfect and intire lacking, nothing. 4.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">V.</NOTE>Bee patient therefore bre|thren, vnto the comming of the Lord. Behold the husbandman waiteth for the pretious fruite of the earth, &amp; hath long pati|ence for it, vntill he receiue the former, and the latter raine. 7.</P>
<P>Be yee al&s;o patient therefore, and &s;ettle your hearts: for the comming of the Lord draweth neere. 8.</P>
<PB N="223" REF="164">
<P>Take my brethren, the Pro|phets for an en&s;ample of &s;uffe|ring aduer&s;ity, and of long pa|tience, which haue &s;poken in the name of the Lord. 10.</P>
<P>Behold, we count them ble&s;|&s;ed which endure, yee haue heard of the patience of <HI>Iob,</HI> &amp; haue known what end the Lord made. For the Lord is very pi|tifull and mercifull. 11.</P>
<P>What prai&s;e is it,<NOTE PLACE="marg">I. Peter. II.</NOTE> if when yee be buffeted for your faults, yee take it patiently? but &amp; if when yee doe well, yee &s;uffer wrong and take it patiently, this is ac|ceptable to God. 20.</P>
<P>Becau&s;e thou ha&s;t kept the word of my patience,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Reuelation. III.</NOTE> therfore will I will deliuer thee from the houre of tentation, which will come vpon all the world, to try them that dwel vpon the earth. 10.</P>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="part">
<PB N="224" REF="165">
<HEAD>Of Per&s;euerance.</HEAD>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Mathew. X.</NOTE>HE that endureth to the end, he &s;hall be &s;aued. 22.</P>
<P>Let vs not therefore be wea|ry of well-doing:<NOTE PLACE="marg">Galathians. VI.</NOTE> for in due time we &s;hall reape, if we faint not. 9.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Hebrewes. III.</NOTE>Wee are made pertakers of Chri&s;t, if wee keepe &s;ure vnto the end the beginning, where|with we are vpholden. 14.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">X.</NOTE>Now the iu&s;t &s;hall liue by faith: but if any with-draw him-&s;elfe, my &s;oule &s;hall haue no plea&s;ure in him. 38.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Reuelation. II.</NOTE>To him that ouer-cometh, will I giue to eate of the tree of life, which is in the mid&s;t of the Paradi&s;e of God. 7.</P>
<P>Bee thou faithfull vnto the death, and I will giue thee the
<PB N="225" REF="165"> crowne of life. 10.</P>
<P>Hee that ouer-commeth, &s;hall not be hurt of the &s;econd death. 11.</P>
<P>To him that ouer-commeth, will I giue to eate of the <HI>Manna</HI> that is hid, and will giue him a white &s;tone, and in the &s;tone a new name written, which no man knoweth &s;auing hee that receiueth it. 17.</P>
<P>He that ouer-commeth, and keepeth my workes vnto the end, to him will I giue power ouer nations. 26.</P>
<P>And he &s;hall rule them with a rod of yron: and as the ve&s;&s;els of a potter, &s;hall they bee bro|ken. 27.</P>
<P>Euen as I receiued of my Father, &s;o will I giue him the morning &s;tarre. 28.</P>
<P>He that ouer-commeth,<NOTE PLACE="marg">III.</NOTE> &s;hall
<PB N="226" REF="166"> be clothed in white aray, and I will not put out his name out of the booke of life, but I will confe&s;&s;e his name before my Father, &amp; before his Angels. 5.</P>
<P>Him that ouer-commeth will I make a pillar in the Temple of my God, and he &s;hall goe no more out: and I will write vp|on him the name of my God, and the name of the Citty of my God, which is the new Ie|ru&s;alem, which commeth down out of heauen from my God, and I will write vpon him my new name. 12.</P>
<P>To him that ouer-commeth, will I grant to &s;it with me in my throne, eue~ as I ouer came, &amp; &s;it with my father in his throne. 21</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXI.</NOTE>He that ouer-comweth &s;hall inherit all things, and I will bee his God, &amp; he &s;hall be my &s;on. 7</P>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="part">
<PB N="227" REF="166">
<HEAD>Comforts in general.</HEAD>
<P>SIng prai&s;es vnto the Lord,<NOTE PLACE="marg">P&s;almes. XXX.</NOTE> yee his Saints, and giue thankes before the remem|brance of his holine&s;&s;e. 4.</P>
<P>For he endureth but a while in his anger: but in his fauour is life: weeping may abide at euening, but ioy commeth in the morning. 5.</P>
<P>The righteous cry,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XXXIIII.</NOTE> &amp; the Lord heareth them, and deliuereth them out of al their troubles. 17</P>
<P>Great are the troubles of the righteous, but the Lord deliue|reth him out of them all. 19.</P>
<P>Call vpon mee in the day of trouble: &s;o will I deliuer thee,<NOTE PLACE="marg">L.</NOTE> and thou &s;halt glorifie mee. 15.</P>
<P>The &s;acrifices of God are a contrite &s;pirit:<NOTE PLACE="marg">LI.</NOTE> a contrite and
<PB N="228" REF="167"> broken heart, O God thou wilt not de&s;pi&s;e. 17.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">LV.</NOTE>Ca&s;t thy burden vpon the Lord, and hee &s;hall nouri&s;h thee: hee will not &s;uffer the righteous to fall for euer. 22.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">CXXVI.</NOTE>They that &s;ow in teares &s;hall reape in ioy. 5.</P>
<P>They went weeping, and ca|ried precious &s;eed: but they &s;hall returne with ioy, &amp; bring their &s;heaues. 6.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">CXLV.</NOTE>The Lord vpholdeth all that fall, and lifteth vp all, that are ready to fall. 14.</P>
<P>The Lord is neere vnto all that call vpon him: yea to all that call vpon him in truth. 18.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">CXLVII.</NOTE>Hee healeth tho&s;e that are broken in heart, and bindeth vp their &s;ores.<NOTE PLACE="marg">I&s;aiah. XXVII.XL.</NOTE> 3.</P>
<P>Anger is not in me. 4.</P>
<P>He giueth &s;trength vnto him
<PB N="229" REF="167"> that fainteth: and vnto him that hath no &s;trength he increa|&s;eth power. 29.</P>
<P>But now thus &s;aith the Lord that created thee, O <HI>Iaakob,</HI><NOTE PLACE="marg">XLIII.</NOTE> and he that formed thee O I&s;raell, feare not: for I haue redeemed thee: I haue called thee by thy name thou art mine. 1.</P>
<P>When thou pa&s;&s;e&s;t through the waters, I will be with thee, and through the floods, that they doe not ouer-flow thee. When thou walke&s;t through the very fire, thou &s;halt not bee burnt, neither &s;hall the flame kindle vpon thee. 2.</P>
<P>I, euen I, am hee that putteth away thine iniquities for mine owne &s;ake, and will not remem|ber thy &s;innes. 25.</P>
<P>Looke vnto me, and yee &s;hall bee &s;aued:<NOTE PLACE="marg">XLV.</NOTE> all the ends of the
<PB N="230" REF="168"> earth &s;hall bee &s;aued: for I am God, &amp; there is none other. 22.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XLIX.</NOTE>Can a woman forget her childe, and not haue compa&s;&s;i|on on the &s;onne of her wombe? though they &s;hould forget, yet will I not forget thee. 15.</P>
<P>Behold, I haue grauen thee vpon the palme of mine hands: thy walls are euer in my &s;ight. 16.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">LIIII.</NOTE>He that made thee, is thine hu&s;band, (who&s;e Name is the Lord of ho&s;tes) and thy redee|mer the holy one of I&s;raell &s;hall be called the God of the whole world. 5.</P>
<P>For a litle while haue I for|&s;aken thee, but with great com+pa&s;&s;ion will I gather thee. 7.</P>
<P>For a moment in mine anger, I hid my face from thee for a little &s;ea&s;on, but with euerla|&s;ting
<PB N="231" REF="168"> mercy haue I had com|pa&s;&s;ion on thee, &s;aith the Lord thy redeemer. 8.</P>
<P>The mountaines &s;hall re|mooue, and the hills &s;hall fall downe: but my mercy &s;hall not depart from thee, neither &s;hall the couenant of my peace fall away, &s;aith the Lord that hath compa&s;&s;ion on thee. 10.</P>
<P>Hoe, euery one that thir&s;teth,<NOTE PLACE="marg">LV.</NOTE> come yee to the waters, and ye that haue no &s;iluer, come, buy and eate: come I &s;ay, buy wine and milke without &s;iluer, and without money. 1.</P>
<P>I dwell in the high and holy place,<NOTE PLACE="marg">LVII.</NOTE> with him al&s;o that is of a contrite and humble &s;pirit to reuiue the &s;pirit of the hum|ble, and to giue life to them that are of a contrite heart. 15.<NOTE PLACE="marg">LXIII.</NOTE></P>
<P>In all their troubles hee was
<PB N="232" REF="169"> troubled. 9.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">LXV.</NOTE>Yea before they call, I will an&s;wer, and whiles they &s;peake, I will heare. 24.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">LXVI.</NOTE>To him will I looke, euen to him that is poore, and of a con|trite &s;pirit, and trembleth at my words. 2.</P>
<P>As one whom his mother comforteth, &s;o will I comfort you, and yee &s;hall bee comfor|ted in Ieru&s;alem. 13.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Ieremiah. III.</NOTE>But thou ha&s;t plaied the har|lot with many louers: yet turne againe to me &s;aith the Lord. 1.</P>
<P>O yee di&s;obedient children, returne, and I will heale your rebellions. 22.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XVIII.</NOTE>If this nation, again&s;t whom I haue pronounced, turne from their wickedne&s;&s;e, I will repent of the plague that I thought to bring vpon them. 8.</P>
<PB N="233" REF="169">
<P>And I will clean&s;e them from all their iniquity,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XXXIII.</NOTE> whereby they haue &s;inned again&s;t mee: yea I will pardon all their iniquities, whereby they haue &s;inned a|gain&s;t mee: and whereby they haue rebelled again&s;t me. 8.</P>
<P>The Lord will not for&s;ake for euer. 31.<NOTE PLACE="marg">Lamentati. III. Ezekiel. XVIII.</NOTE></P>
<P>If the wicked will returne from all his &s;innes that he hath committed, and keepe all my &s;tatutes, and doe that which is lawfull and right, he &s;hall &s;ure|ly liue, and &s;hall not dye. 21.</P>
<P>All his tran&s;gre&s;&s;ions that he hath committed, they &s;hall not be mentioned vnto him, but in his righteou&s;ne&s;&s;e that he hath done he &s;hall liue. 22.</P>
<P>Haue I any de&s;ire that the wicked &s;hould dye, &s;aith the Lord God? or &s;hall he not liue,
<PB N="234" REF="170"> if he returne fro~ his wayes? 23.</P>
<P>Ca&s;t away from you all your tran&s;gre&s;&s;ions, wherby ye haue tran&s;gre&s;&s;ed, &amp; make you a new heart and a new &s;pirit: for why will ye die, O hou&s;e of I&s;rael. 31</P>
<P>For I de&s;ire not the death of him that dieth &s;aith the Lord: cau&s;e therefore one another to returne, and liue yee. 32.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXXIII.</NOTE>As I liue &s;aith the Lord God, I de&s;ire not the death of the wicked, but that the wicked turne from his way and liue, turne you, turne you, from your euill wayes, for why will yee die? O ye hou&s;e of I&s;rael. 11 At the beginning of thy &s;uppli|cations the co~mandeme~t came forth,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Daniel. IX.</NOTE> &amp; I am come to &s;hew thee for thou art greatly beloued. 23</P>
<P>Feare not <HI>Daniel:</HI> for from the fir&s;t day that thou dide&s;t &s;et
<PB N="235" REF="170"> thine heart to vnder&s;tand, and to humble thy &s;elfe before thy God, thy words were heard, &amp; I am come for thy words. 12.</P>
<P>I will not execute the fierce|ne&s;&s;e of my wrath:<NOTE PLACE="marg">Ho&s;ea. XI.</NOTE> I will not returne to de&s;troy <HI>Ephraim:</HI> for I am God and not man. 9.</P>
<P>Who&s;oeuer &s;hall call on the Name of the Lord &s;hall be &s;a|ued. 32.<NOTE PLACE="marg">Ioel. II.</NOTE></P>
<P>But y^e third &s;hal be left therin. 8.<NOTE PLACE="marg">Zechariah. XIII.</NOTE></P>
<P>And I will bring that third part thorow the fire, and will fine them as the &s;iluer is fined, and will trie them as gold is tried: they &s;hal cal on my name and I will heare them, I will &s;ay, it is my people, and they &s;hall &s;ay, the Lord is my God. 9.</P>
<P>I am the Lord I change not. 6.<NOTE PLACE="marg">Malachy. III.</NOTE></P>
<P>They &s;hall be to me &s;aith the Lord of ho&s;tes in that day that I
<PB N="236" REF="171"> &s;hall doe this, for a flock, and I will &s;pare them, as a man &s;pa|reth his owne &s;onne that &s;er|ueth him. 17.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Mathew. IX.</NOTE>I am not come to call the righteous, but the &s;inners to re|pentance. 13.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">X.</NOTE>All the haires of your head are numbred. 30.</P>
<P>Who&s;oeuer therefore &s;hall confe&s;&s;e mee before men, him will I confe&s;&s;e al&s;o before my Father which is in heauen. 32.</P>
<P>He that will &s;aue his life &s;hall lo&s;e it, and he that lo&s;eth his life for my &s;ake, &s;hall &s;aue it. 39.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XI.</NOTE>From the time of <HI>Iohn Bap|tist</HI> hitherto, the kingdome of heauen &s;uffereth violence, and the violent take it by force. 12.</P>
<P>Come vnto mee, all yee that are weary and laden, and I will ea&s;e you. 28.</P>
<PB N="237" REF="171">
<P>Take my yoake on you, and learne of mee, that I am meeke and lowly in heart: and yee &s;hall find re&s;t vnto your &s;oules. 29.</P>
<P>For my yoake is ea&s;ie, and my burden light, 30.</P>
<P>Who&s;oeuer &s;hall doe my Fa|thers will which is in heauen,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XII.</NOTE> the &s;ame is my brother, and &s;i|&s;ter, and mother. 50.</P>
<P>So is it not the will of your Father which is in heauen,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XVIII.</NOTE> that one of the&s;e little ones &s;hould peri&s;h. 14.</P>
<P>Who&s;oeuer &s;hall for&s;ake hou|&s;es, or brethren, or &s;i&s;ters,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XIX.</NOTE> or father, or mother, or wife, or children, or lands, for my names &s;ake, he &s;hall receiue a hundred fold more, and &s;hall inherite euer-la&s;ting life. 29.</P>
<P>The &s;onne of man is not come<NOTE PLACE="marg">Luke. IX.</NOTE>
<PB N="238" REF="172"> to de&s;troy mens liues, but to &s;aue them. 56.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XII.</NOTE>Feare not little flock, for it is your Fathers plea&s;ure, to giue you the kingdome. 32.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XV.</NOTE>I &s;ay vnto you, that likewi&s;e ioy &s;hall bee in heauen for one &s;inner that co~uerteth, more the~ for ninty &amp; nine iu&s;t me~, which need none amendment of life. 7</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XIX.</NOTE>The &s;onne of man is come to &s;eeke, and to &s;aue that which was lo&s;t. 10.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Iohn. III.</NOTE>God &s;ent not his Sonne into the world, that hee &s;hould con|demn the world, but y^t the world thorow him might be &s;aued 17.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">VI.</NOTE>All that the Father giueth mee, &s;hall come to me: and him that commeth to mee, I ca&s;t not away. 37.</P>
<P>He that eateth my fle&s;h, and drinketh my blood, dwelleth in
<PB N="239" REF="172"> me, and I in him. 56.</P>
<P>He that eateth mee, euen he &s;hall liue by me, 57.</P>
<P>He that eateth of this bread, &s;hall liue for euer. 58.</P>
<P>I am the light of the world:<NOTE PLACE="marg">VIII.</NOTE> he that followeth mee &s;hall not walke in darkne&s;&s;e, but &s;hall haue the light of life. 12.</P>
<P>I am the doore,<NOTE PLACE="marg">X.</NOTE> by me if any man enter in, he &s;hall be &s;aued, and &s;hall go in, and goe out, and finde pa&s;ture. 9.</P>
<P>The theefe commeth not, but for to &s;teale, and to kill, and to de&s;troy: I am come that they might haue life, and haue it in aboundance. 10.</P>
<P>My &s;heep heare my voice, &amp; I know the~, &amp; they follow me. 27</P>
<P>And I giue vnto them eternal life, and they &s;hal neuer peri&s;h, neither &s;hall any pluck them
<PB N="240" REF="173"> out of mine hand. 28.</P>
<P>My Father which gaue them me, is greater then all, and none is able to take them out of my Fathers hand. 29.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XII.</NOTE>If any man &s;erue me, let him follow mee: for where I am, there &s;hall al&s;o my &s;eruant be: and if any man &s;erue mee, him will my Father honour. 26.</P>
<P>I came not to iudge the world, but to &s;aue the world. 47.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XIIII.</NOTE>In my Fathers hou&s;e are ma|ny dwelling places: if it were not &s;o, I would haue told you: I goe to prepare a place for you. 2.</P>
<P>And though I goe to prepare a place for you, I will come againe and receiue you vnto my &s;elfe, that where I am there may yee bee al&s;o. 3.</P>
<P>I will not leaue you comfort|le&s;&s;e&punc;
<PB N="241" REF="173"> but I will come to you. 18</P>
<P>Yet a little while, and the world &s;hall &s;ee mee no more, but yee &s;hall &s;ee mee: becau&s;e I liue, yee &s;hall liue al&s;o. 19.</P>
<P>This is life eternall,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XVII.</NOTE> that they know thee to be the onely very God, and whom thou ha&s;t &s;ent Ie&s;us Chri&s;t. 3.</P>
<P>I pray for them: I pray not for the world, but for them which thou ha&s;t giuen mee, for they are thine. 9.</P>
<P>And all mine are thine, and thine are mine, and I am glori|fied in them. 10.</P>
<P>And for their &s;akes &s;anctifie I my &s;elfe, that they al&s;o may bee &s;anctified thorow the truth. 19.</P>
<P>I pray not for the&s;e alone, but for them al&s;o which &s;hall be|leeue in me, thorow their word 20.</P>
<PB N="242" REF="174">
<P>Father, I will that they which thou ha&s;t giuen mee, bee with mee euen where I am, that they may behold my glory, which thou ha&s;t giuen mee: for thou loued&s;t me before the foundati|on of the world. 24.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XX.</NOTE>Ie&s;us &s;aith vnto her; Touch me not, for I am not yet a&s;cen|ded to my Father, but go to my brethren, and &s;ay vnto them; I a&s;cend vnto my Father, and to your Father, and to my God, and your God. 17.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Romanes. VIII.</NOTE>There is no condemnation to them that are in Chri&s;t Ie|&s;us, which walke not after the fle&s;h, but after the Spirit. 1.</P>
<P>As many as are led by the Spirit of God, they are the &s;onnes of God. 14.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XI.</NOTE>The gifts and calling of God are without repentance. 29.</P>
<PB N="243" REF="174">
<P>The fir&s;t man <HI>Adam</HI> was made a liuing &s;oule:<NOTE PLACE="marg">I. Corinth. XV.</NOTE> and the la&s;t <HI>Adam</HI> was made a quicke|ning Spirit 45.</P>
<P>Hee hath made him to bee &s;inne for vs,<NOTE PLACE="marg">II. Corinth. V.</NOTE> which knew no &s;inne, that wee &s;hould be made the righteou&s;ne&s;&s;e of God in him. 21.</P>
<P>Yee know the grace of our Lord Ie&s;us Chri&s;t,<NOTE PLACE="marg">VIII.</NOTE> that hee be|ing rich, for your &s;akes became poore, that yee thorow his po|uerty might be made rich. 9.</P>
<P>If there bee fir&s;t a willing minde, it is accepted according to that a man hath, and not according to that hee hath not. 12.</P>
<P>Hee &s;aid vnto me;<NOTE PLACE="marg">XII.</NOTE> My grace is &s;ufficient for thee: for my power is made perfect thorow weakne&s;&s;e. 9.</P>
<PB N="244" REF="175">
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XIII.</NOTE>Though hee was crucified concerning his infirmitie, yet liueth he thorow the power of God. And wee no doubt are weake in him: but we &s;hall liue with him, thorow the power of God toward you. 4.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Galathians. III.</NOTE>Chri&s;t hath redeemed vs from the cur&s;&s;e of the law, when hee was made a cur&s;e for vs. 13.</P>
<P>Ye are all the &s;onnes of G<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">d by faith in Chri&s;t Ie&s;us. 26.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Ephe&s;ians. II.</NOTE>Now in Chri&s;t Ie&s;us, yee which once were farre off, are made neere by the bloud of Chri&s;t. 13.</P>
<P>For hee is our peace, which hath made of both one, &amp; hath broken the &s;top of the partiti|on wall. 14.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Colo&s;&s;ians. II.</NOTE>And yee which were dead in &s;innes, and in the vncircumci&s;i|on of your fle&s;h, hath he quick|ned
<PB N="245" REF="175"> togither with him, forgi|uing you all your tre&s;pa&s;&s;es. 13.</P>
<P>And putting out the hand|writing of ordi<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ances that was again&s;t vs, which was contrary to vs, hee euen tooke it out of the way, and fa&s;tened it vpon the cro&s;&s;e. 14.</P>
<P>And hath &s;poiled the Prin|cipalities and powers, and hath made a &s;hew of them openly, and hath triumphed ouer them in the &s;ame cro&s;&s;e. 15.</P>
<P>This is a true &s;aying,<NOTE PLACE="marg">I. Timoth. I</NOTE> and by all meanes worthy to be recei|ued, that Chri&s;t Ie&s;us came in|to the world to &s;aue &s;inners. 15.</P>
<P>Bodily exerci&s;e profiteth lit|tle:<NOTE PLACE="marg">IIII.</NOTE> but godline&s;&s;e is profitable vnto all things, which hath the promi&s;e of the life pre&s;ent, and of that, that is to come. 8.</P>
<P>Godline&s;&s;e is great gaine,<NOTE PLACE="marg">VI.</NOTE> if a
<PB N="246" REF="176"> man bee content with that hee hath. 6.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">II. Timoth. IIII.</NOTE>Hence-forth is &s;aid vp for mee the crowne of righteou&s;|ne&s;&s;e, which the Lord the righ|teous Iudge &s;hall giue mee at that day: and not to me onely, but vnto all them al&s;o that loue his appearing. 8.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Hebrewes. II.</NOTE>Hee that &s;anctifieth, and they which are &s;anctified are all of one; wherefore he is not a&s;ha|med to call them brethren. 11.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">IIII.</NOTE>There remaineth therefore a re&s;t to the people of God. 9.</P>
<P>For hee that is entred into his re&s;t, hath al&s;o cea&s;ed from his owne workes, as God did from his. 10.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XII.</NOTE>For yee are not come vnto the mount that might bee tou|ched, nor vnto burning fire, nor to blackne&s;&s;e, and darkene&s;&s;e,
<PB N="247" REF="176"> and tempe&s;t. 18.</P>
<P>Neither vnto the &s;ound of a trumpet, &amp; the voice of words, which they that heard it, excu|&s;ed them&s;elues, that the word &s;hould not bee &s;poken to them any more. 19.</P>
<P>But yee are come vnto the mount Sion, and to the City of the liuing God, the cele&s;tiall Ieru&s;alem, and to the company of innumerable Angels. 22.</P>
<P>And to the congregation of the fir&s;t borne, which are writ|ten in heauen, and to God the Iudge of all, and to the Spirits of iu&s;t and perfect men. 23.</P>
<P>And to Ie&s;us the mediator of the New Te&s;tament, and to the bloud of &s;prinkling, that &s;peaketh better things then that of <HI>Abel.</HI> 24.</P>
<P>Let your conuer&s;ation be with|out<NOTE PLACE="marg">XIII.</NOTE>
<PB N="248" REF="177"> couetou&s;ne&s;&s;e, and be con|tent with tho&s;e things that you haue: for hee hath &s;aid, I will not faile thee, neither for&s;ake thee. 5.</P>
<P>So that wee may boldly &s;ay, the Lord is my helper, neither will I feare what man can doe vnto me. 6.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">I. Peter. V.</NOTE>Ca&s;t all your care on him, for hee careth for you. 7.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">II. Peter. III</NOTE>The Lord is not &s;lack con|cerning his promi&s;e (as &s;ome men count &s;lackne&s;&s;e) but is pa|tient towards vs, and would haue no man to peri&s;h, but would all men to come to re|pentance. 9.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">I. Iohn. I.</NOTE>If we acknowledge our &s;ins, he is faithful and iu&s;t to forgiue vs our &s;innes, and to clean&s;e vs from all vnrighteou&s;ne&s;&s;e. 9.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">II.</NOTE>My babes, the&s;e things write
<PB N="249" REF="177"> I vnto you, that yee &s;inne not: and if any man &s;inne, wee haue an aduocate with the Father, Ie&s;us Chri&s;t the iu&s;t. 1.</P>
<P>And he is the reconciliation for our &s;innes: and not for ours onely, but al&s;o for the &s;innes of the whole world. 2.</P>
<P>And yee know that he appea|red,<NOTE PLACE="marg">III.</NOTE> that hee might take away our &s;innes, and in him is no &s;inne. 5.</P>
<P>For this purpo&s;e appeared the Sonne of God, that hee might loo&s;e the workes of the diuell. 8.</P>
<P>If our heart condemne vs, God is greater then our heart, and knoweth all things. 20.</P>
<P>Hee that keepeth his com|mandements, dwelleth in him, and he in him: and hereby wee know that hee abideth in vs,
<PB N="250" REF="178"> euen by that Spirit which hee hath giuen vs. 24.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">IIII.</NOTE>Who&s;oeuer confe&s;&s;eth that Ie&s;us is the Sonne of God, in him dwelleth God, and hee in God. 15.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Reuelation. XXI.</NOTE>It is done: I am <HI>Alpha</HI> and <HI>Omega,</HI> the beginning and the end. I will giue to him that is a thir&s;t, of the Well of the water of life freely, 6.</P>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>That the Lord is <HI>Mercifull.</HI></HEAD>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Exodus. XXII.XXXIIII.</NOTE>I Am Mercifull. 27.</P>
<P>So the Lord pa&s;&s;ed before his face, and cried, the Lord, the Lord, &s;trong, mercifull, &amp; gra|tious, &s;low to anger, and aboun|dant in goodne&s;&s;e and truth. 6.</P>
<P>Re&s;eruing mercy for thou|&s;ands, forgiuing iniquitie, and
<PB N="251" REF="178"> tran&s;gre&s;&s;ion, and &s;inne. 7.</P>
<P>(The Lord thy God is a mer|cifull God) hee will not for&s;ake thee, neither de&s;troy thee,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Deuteron. IIII.</NOTE> nor forget y^e couena~t of thy fathers which he &s;ware vnto them. 31.</P>
<P>The Lord your God is gra|lous and mercifull,<NOTE PLACE="marg">II. Chronic. XXX.</NOTE> and will not turne away his face from you, if yee conuert vnto him. 9.</P>
<P>Thy mercy O Lord reacheth vnto the heauens,<NOTE PLACE="marg">P&s;almes. XXXVI.</NOTE> and thy faith|fulne&s;&s;e vnto the clowds. 5.</P>
<P>How excellent is thy mercy, O God? therefore the children of men tru&s;t vnder the &s;hadow of thy wings. 7.</P>
<P>Thou Lord,<NOTE PLACE="marg">LXXXVI.</NOTE> art good and merciful, and of great kindne&s;&s;e vnto all them that call vpon thee. 5.</P>
<P>Thou, &ocirc; Lord, art a pittiful God and mercifull, &s;low to anger, &amp;
<PB N="252" REF="179"> great in kindne&s;&s;e and truth. 15</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">C.</NOTE>The Lord is good, his mercy is euerla&s;ting, and his truth is from generation to generati|on. 5.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">CIII.</NOTE>The Lord is full of compa&s;|&s;ion and mercy, &s;low to ango- and of great kindne&s;&s;e. 8.</P>
<P>For as high as the heauen is aboue the earth, &s;o great is his mercy toward them that feare him. 11.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">CXVI.</NOTE>The Lord is mercifull and righteous, and our God is full of compa&s;&s;ion. 5.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">CXXX.</NOTE>If thou, O Lord, &s;traitly mar|ke&s;t iniquities, O Lord, who &s;hall &s;tand? 3.</P>
<P>But mercy is with thee, that thou maie&s;t be feared. 4</P>
<P>Let I&s;rael waite on the Lord, for with the Lord is mercy, and with him is great redemptio~. 7.</P>
<PB N="253" REF="179">
<P>Prai&s;e yee the Lord becau&s;e he is good:<NOTE PLACE="marg">CXXXVI.</NOTE> for his mercy en|dureth for euer. 1.</P>
<P>The Lord is gratious and mercifull, &s;low to anger,<NOTE PLACE="marg">CXLV.</NOTE> and of great mercy. 8.</P>
<P>The Lord is good to all, and his mercies are ouer all his workes. 9.</P>
<P>Hee that hideth his &s;innes,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Prou<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">rbes. XXVII.</NOTE> &s;hall not pro&s;per: but hee that confe&s;&s;eth and for&s;aketh them, &s;hall haue mercy. 13.</P>
<P>Surely a people &s;hall dwell in Zion, and in Ieru&s;alem:<NOTE PLACE="marg">I&s;aiah. XXX</NOTE> thou &s;halt weepe no more: hee will certainely haue mercy vpon thee at the voyce of thy crye: when hee heareth thee, he will an&s;wer thee. 19.</P>
<P>Reioyce, O heauens,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XLIX.</NOTE> and bee ioyfull, O earth, bur&s;t forth into prai&s;e, O mountaines: for God
<PB N="254" REF="180"> hath comforted his people, and will haue mercy vpon his afflicted. 13.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">LV.</NOTE>Let the wicked for&s;ake his wayes, and the vnrighteous his owne imaginations, &amp; returne vnto the Lord, and he will haue mercy vpon him: and to our God, for hee is very ready to forgiue. 7.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Ieremiah. III.</NOTE>Goe and crie the&s;e words toward the North, &amp; &s;ay, thou di&s;obedient I&s;rael, returne &s;aith the Lord, and I will not let my wrath fall vpon you: for I am merciful, &s;aith the Lord, &amp; I wil not alway keepe mine anger. 12</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXXI.</NOTE>I haue loued thee with an euerla&s;ting loue, therfore with mercy I haue drawne thee. 3.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Ho&s;ea. II.</NOTE>I will &s;ow her vnto mee in the earth, and I will haue mer|cie vpon her that was not pi|tied,
<PB N="255" REF="180"> &amp; I wil &s;ay to them which were not my people, Thou art my people, and they &s;hall &s;ay, Thou art my God. 23.</P>
<P>Rent your heart and not your clothes:<NOTE PLACE="marg">Ioel. II.</NOTE> and turne vnto the Lord your God: for hee is gracious and mercifull, &s;low to anger, and of great kindne&s;&s;e,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Ionah. 4 2.</NOTE> and repenteth him of the euill. 13.</P>
<P>Who is a God like vnto thee that taketh away iniquitie,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Micah. VII.</NOTE> and pa&s;&s;eth by the tran&s;gre&s;&s;ion of the remnant of his heritage? hee retaineth not his wrath for euer, becau&s;e mercy plea|&s;eth him. 18.</P>
<P>Bee yee therefore merci|full,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Luke. VI.</NOTE> as your Father al&s;o is mer|cifull. 36.</P>
<P>God hath &s;hut vp all in vn|beliefe,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Romanes. XI.</NOTE> that hee might haue
<PB N="256" REF="181"> mercy on all. 32.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Ephe&s;ians. II.</NOTE>God which is rich in mercy, through his great loue where|with he loued vs, 4.</P>
<P>Euen when we were dead by &s;innes, hath quickned vs togi|ther in Chri&s;t, by who&s;e grace yee are &s;aued. 5.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Iames. II.</NOTE>There &s;hall bee iudgement mercile&s;&s;e to him that &s;heweth no mercy, and mercy reioiceth again&s;t iudgment. 13.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">V.</NOTE>The Lord is very pittifull and mercifull. 11.</P>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of Death.</HEAD>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">II. Samuel. XIIII.</NOTE>VVE mu&s;t needs dye, and wee are as water &s;pilt on the ground, which cannot be gathered vp againe: neither doth God &s;pare any per&s;on, yet doth hee appoint meanes, not
<PB N="257" REF="181"> to ca&s;t out from him, him that is expelled. 14.</P>
<P>What man liueth,<NOTE PLACE="marg">P&s;almes. LXXX.X.</NOTE> and &s;hall not &s;ee death? &s;hall hee deliuer his &s;oule from the hand of the graue. 48.</P>
<P>Pretious in the &s;ight of the Lord is the death of his Saints.<NOTE PLACE="marg">CXVI.</NOTE> 15.</P>
<P>A good name is better then a good ointment,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Eccle&s;i. VII.</NOTE> and the day of death, then the day that one is borne. 3.</P>
<P>Hee will de&s;troy death for euer and the Lord God will wipe away the teares from all faces,<NOTE PLACE="marg">I&s;aiah. XXV</NOTE> and the rebuke of his people will hee take away out of all the earth: for the Lord hath &s;poken it. 8.</P>
<P>Weepe not for the dead,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Ieremiah. XXII.</NOTE> and bee not mooued for them, but weepe for him that goeth out:
<PB N="258" REF="182"> for hee &s;hall returne no more, nor &s;ee his natiue countrey. 10.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Ezekiel. XXIIII.</NOTE>Cea&s;e from &s;ighing: make no mourning for the dead; and binde the tire of thine head vp|on thee, and put on thy &s;hooes vpon thy feete, and couer not thy lippes. 17.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Ho&s;ea. XIII.</NOTE>I will redeeme them from the power of the graue: I will deliuer them from death: O death, I will bee thy death: O graue, I wil be thy de&s;tructio~. 14</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Iohn. VIII.</NOTE>Verily, verily, I &s;ay vnto you, if a man keepe my word, hee &s;hall neuer &s;ee death. 51.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XI.</NOTE>I am the re&s;urrection and the life: hee that beleeueth in mee, though he were dead, yet &s;hall he liue. 25.</P>
<P>And who&s;oeuer liueth, &amp; be|leeueth in me, &s;hal neuer die. 26</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XII.</NOTE>Except the wheate corne fall
<PB N="259" REF="182"> into the ground &amp; dye, it bideth alone: but if it dye, it bringeth forth much fruite. 24.</P>
<P>If when we were enemies we were reconciled to God by the death of his Sonne,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Romanes. V.</NOTE> much more being reconciled, wee &s;hall bee &s;aued by his life. 10.</P>
<P>For if by the offence of one, death reigned through one, much more &s;hal they which re|ceiue the aboundance of grace, and of the gift of righteou&s;|ne&s;&s;e, reigne in life through one, that is Ie&s;us Chri&s;t. 17.</P>
<P>If wee bee grafted with him to the &s;imilitude of his death,<NOTE PLACE="marg">VI.</NOTE> euen &s;o &s;hall we be to the &s;imi|litude of his re&s;urrection. 5.</P>
<P>If the Spirit of him that rai|&s;ed vp Ie&s;us from the dead,<NOTE PLACE="marg">VIII.</NOTE> dwell in you, hee that rai&s;ed vp Chri&s;t from the dead, &s;hall al&s;o
<PB N="260" REF="183"> quicken your mortall bodies, becau&s;e that his Spirit dwel|leth in you. 11.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XIIII.</NOTE>Whether wee liue, wee liue vnto the Lord, or whether wee dye, wee dye vnto the Lord: whether wee liue therefore, or dye, we are the Lords. 8.</P>
<P>For Chri&s;t therefore dyed, and ro&s;e againe, and reuiued, that he might be Lord both of the dead and the quick. 9.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">I. Corinth. XV.</NOTE>That which thou &s;owe&s;t is not quickned, except it dye. 36.</P>
<P>This corruptible mu&s;t put on incorruption: and this mortall mu&s;t put on immortalitie. 53.</P>
<P>So when this corruptible, hath put on incorruption, and this mortall hath put on immorta|litie, then &s;hall bee brought to pa&s;&s;e the &s;aying that is written, Death is &s;wallowed vp into
<PB N="261" REF="183"> victorie. 54.</P>
<P>O Death, where is thy &s;ting? O graue, where is thy victorie? 55.</P>
<P>We know that if our earthly hou&s;e of this Tabernacle be de|&s;troyed,<NOTE PLACE="marg">II. Corinth. V.</NOTE> we haue a building gi|uen of God, that is an hou&s;e not made with hands, but eter|nall in the heauens. 1.</P>
<P>Awake thou that &s;leepe&s;t,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Ephe&s;ians. V.</NOTE> and &s;tand vp from the dead, and Chri&s;t &s;hall giue thee light. 14.</P>
<P>Yee are dead,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Colo&s;&s;ians. III.</NOTE> and your life is hid with Chri&s;t in God. 3.</P>
<P>Be partaker of the afflictions of the Go&s;pell,<NOTE PLACE="marg">II. Timoth. I.</NOTE> according to the power of God. 8.</P>
<P>Who hath &s;aued vs and cal|led vs, with an holy calling, not according to our workes, but according to his owne purpo&s;e and grace, which was giuen to
<PB N="262" REF="184"> vs through Chri&s;t Ie&s;us before the world was. 9.</P>
<P>But is now made manife&s;t by the appearing of our Sauiour Ie&s;us Chri&s;t, who hath aboli|li&s;hed death, and hath brought life and immortalitie vnto light through the Go&s;pel. 10.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">II.</NOTE>If we be dead with him, wee al&s;o &s;hall liue with him. 11.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Hebrewes. II.</NOTE>We &s;ee Ie&s;us crowned with glory and honour, which was made a little inferiour to the Angels, through the &s;uffering of death, that by Gods grace he might ta&s;te death for all men. 9.</P>
<P>For as much then as the chil|dren were partakers of fle&s;h &amp; bloud, he al&s;o him&s;elfe likewi&s;e tooke part with them, that hee might de&s;troy through death, him that had the power of death, that is the deuill. 14.</P>
<PB N="263" REF="184">
<P>And that hee might deliuer all them, which for feare of death were all their life-time &s;ubiect to bondage. 15.</P>
<P>For this cau&s;e is He the Media|tour of the new Te&s;tament,<NOTE PLACE="marg">IX.</NOTE> that through death which was for the redemption of the tran&s;|gre&s;&s;ions that were in the for|mer Te&s;tame~t they which were called, might receiue the pro|mi&s;e of eternall inheritance. 15.</P>
<P>It is appointed vnto men that they &s;hall once dye, and after that commeth iudgment. 27.</P>
<P>Feare not,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Reuelation. I.</NOTE> I am the fir&s;t and the la&s;t. 17.</P>
<P>And am aliue, but I was dead, and behold, I am aliue for euer|more, <HI>Amen:</HI> and I haue the keyes of hell and death. 18.</P>
<P>He that ouer-commeth,<NOTE PLACE="marg">II.</NOTE> &s;hall not be hurt of the &s;econd death. 11.</P>
<PB N="264" REF="185">
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XIIII.</NOTE>Then I heard a voyce from heauen, &s;aying vnto mee, write, Ble&s;&s;ed are the dead which hereafter die in the Lord. Euen &s;o &s;aith the Spirit: for they re&s;t from their labours, &amp; their workes follow them. 13.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XX.</NOTE>Ble&s;&s;ed and holy is hee, that hath part in the fir&s;t re&s;urrecti|on: for on &s;uch the &s;econd death hath no power: but they &s;hall be the Prie&s;ts of God, and of Chri&s;t, and &s;hall raigne with him a thou&s;and yeere. 6.</P>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of Chri&s;ts &s;econd <HI>comming to Iudgment.</HI></HEAD>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Mathew. XIII.</NOTE>THe Sonne of man &s;hall &s;end forth his Angels, and they &s;hall gather out of his king|dome all things that offend, &amp; them which do iniquitie. 41.</P>
<PB N="265" REF="185">
<P>The Angels &s;hall goe forth, and &s;euer the bad from among the iu&s;t. 49.</P>
<P>The Sonne of man &s;hall come in the glory of his Father with his Angels,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XVI.</NOTE> and then &s;hall hee giue to euery man according to his deeds. 27.</P>
<P>For as the lightning commeth out of the Ea&s;t,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XXIIII.</NOTE> and &s;hineth in|to the We&s;t, &s;o &s;hall al&s;o the comming of the Sonne of man be. 27.</P>
<P>And immediatly after the tri|bulations of tho&s;e dayes, &s;hall the Sunne bee darkned, and the Moone &s;hall not giue her light, and the &s;tarres &s;hall fall from heauen, and the powers of hea|uen &s;hall be &s;haken. 29.</P>
<P>And then &s;hall appeare the &s;igne of the Sonne of man in heauen: and then &s;hall all the
<PB N="266" REF="186"> kindreds of the earth mourne, &amp; they &s;hall &s;ee the &s;on of man come in the clowds of heauen with power &amp; great glory. 30.</P>
<P>And he &s;hall &s;end his Angels with a great &s;ound of a trum|pet, and they &s;hall gather togi|ther his elect, from the foure winds, and from the one end of the heauen to the other. 31.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXV.</NOTE>When the Sonne of man com|meth in his glory, and all the holy Angels with him, then &s;hall he &s;it vpon the throne of his glory. 31.</P>
<P>And before him &s;hall be ga|thered all nations, and hee &s;hall &s;eparate them one fro~ an other, as a &s;hepheard &s;eparateth the &s;heepe from the goates. 32.</P>
<P>And hee &s;hall &s;et the &s;heepe on his right hand, &amp; the goates on the left hand. 33.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Actes. I.</NOTE>And while they looked &s;ted|fa&s;tly
<PB N="267" REF="186"> towards heauen as hee went, behold, two men &s;tood by them in white apparell. 10.</P>
<P>Which al&s;o &s;aid, Yee men of Galile, why &s;tand yee gazing into heauen? This Ie&s;us which is taken vp from you into hea|uen, &s;hall &s;o come, as yee haue &s;eene him goe into heauen. 11.</P>
<P>For the Lord him-&s;elfe &s;hall de&s;cend from heauen with a &s;howte,<NOTE PLACE="marg">I. The&s;&s;alo. IIII.</NOTE> and with the voice of the Arch-angell, and with the trumpet of God: and the dead in Chri&s;t &s;hall ri&s;e fir&s;t. 16.</P>
<P>Then &s;hall we which liue and remaine, bee caught vp with the~ al&s;o in the clowds, to meet the Lord in the ayre: &amp; &s;o &s;hall we euer be with the Lord. 17.</P>
<P>Chri&s;t was once offeted to take away the &s;innes of many,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Hebrewes. IX.</NOTE> &amp; vnto them that looke for him
<PB N="268" REF="187"> &s;hall hee appeare the &s;econd time without &s;inne vnto &s;alua|tion. 28.</P>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of the Re&s;urrection <HI>of the body.</HI></HEAD>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Exodus. III.</NOTE>I Am the God of thy Father, the God of <HI>Abraham,</HI> the God of <HI>Izhak,</HI> and the God of <HI>Iaakob.</HI> 6.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Iob. XIIII.</NOTE>If a man dye, &s;hall hee liue a|gaine? all the dayes of mine appointed time will I wait, till my changing &s;hall come. 14.</P>
<P>Thou &s;halt call mee, and I will an&s;wer thee: thou loue&s;t the worke of thine owne hands. 15.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XIX.</NOTE>I am &s;ure that my redeemer liueth, and hee &s;hall &s;tand the la&s;t on the earth. 25.</P>
<P>And though after my skin,
<PB N="269" REF="187"> wormes de&s;troy this body, yet &s;hall I &s;ee God in my fle&s;h. 26.</P>
<P>Whom I my &s;elfe &s;hall &s;ee, and mine eyes &s;hall behold, and none other for me. 27.</P>
<P>Thou wilt not leaue my &s;oule in the graue:<NOTE PLACE="marg">P&s;almes. XVI.</NOTE> neither wilt thou &s;uffer thine holy one to &s;ee corruption. 10.</P>
<P>Thou wilt &s;hew me the path of life: in thy pre&s;ence is the fulne&s;&s;e of ioy: and at thy right hand there are plea&s;ures for euer-more. 11.</P>
<P>God &s;hall deliuer my &s;oule from the power of the graue:<NOTE PLACE="marg">XLIX.</NOTE> for he will receiue me. 15.<NOTE PLACE="marg">Daniel. XII.</NOTE></P>
<P>At that time thy people &s;hall bee deliuered, euery one that &s;hall bee found written in the booke. 1.</P>
<P>And many of them that &s;leep in the du&s;t of the earth, &s;hall
<PB N="270" REF="188"> awake, &s;ome to euerla&s;ting life, and &s;ome to &s;hame and perpe|tuall contempt. 2.</P>
<P>But go thou thy way till the end bee, for thou &s;halt re&s;t, and &s;tand vp in thy lot at the end of the dayes. 13.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Marke. XII.</NOTE>As touching the dead, that they &s;hall ri&s;e againe, haue yee not read in the booke of <HI>Mo&s;es,</HI> how in the bu&s;h God &s;pake vn|to him, &s;aying, I am the God of <HI>Abraham,</HI> and the God of <HI>I&s;aac,</HI> and the God of <HI>Iaakob.</HI> 20.</P>
<P>Hee is not the God of the dead, but the God of the liuing. 27.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Iohn. V.</NOTE>The houre &s;hall come in the which all that are in their graues &s;hall heare his voice. 28</P>
<P>And they &s;hall come forth that haue done good, vnto the re&s;urrectio~ of life: but they that
<PB N="271" REF="188"> haue done euill, vnto the re&s;ur|rection of condemnation. 29.</P>
<P>This is the Fathers wil which hath &s;ent me,<NOTE PLACE="marg">VI.</NOTE> that of all which he hath giuen me, I &s;hould lo&s;e nothing, but &s;hould rai&s;e it vp againe at the la&s;t day. 39.</P>
<P>And this is the will of him that hath &s;ent mee, that euery man which &s;eeth the Sonne, &amp; beleeueth in him, &s;hould haue euerla&s;ting life: and I will rai&s;e him vp at the la&s;t day. 40.</P>
<P>No man can come to me, ex|cept the Father which hath &s;ent me draw him: &amp; I wil rai&s;e him vp at the la&s;t day. 44.</P>
<P>Who&s;oeuer eateth my fle&s;h, and drinketh my bloud, hath eternall life, and I will rai&s;e him vp at the la&s;t day, 54.</P>
<P>God hath al&s;o rai&s;ed vp the Lord,<NOTE PLACE="marg">I. Corinth. VI.</NOTE> &amp; &s;hall rai&s;e vs vp by his power. 14.</P>
<PB N="272" REF="189">
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XV.</NOTE>Now is Chri&s;t ri&s;en from the dead, and was made the fir&s;t fruites of them that &s;lept. 20.</P>
<P>For &s;ince by man came death, by man came al&s;o the re&s;ur|rection of the dead. 21.</P>
<P>For as in <HI>Adam</HI> all dye, euen &s;o in Chri&s;t, &s;hall all bee made aliue. 22.</P>
<P>The body is &s;owne in cor|ruption, and is rai&s;ed in incor|ruption. 42.</P>
<P>It is &s;owne in di&s;honour, and is rai&s;ed in glory, it is &s;owen in weakne&s;&s;e, and is rai&s;ed in power. 43.</P>
<P>It is &s;owne a naturall body, &amp; is rai&s;ed a &s;pirituall body. 44.</P>
<P>As we haue borne the image of the earthly, &s;o &s;hall we beare the image of the heauenly. 49.</P>
<P>For the trumpet &s;hall blow, and the dead &s;hall be rai&s;ed vp
<PB N="273" REF="189"> incorruptible. 52.</P>
<P>We mu&s;t all appeare before the iudgment &s;eate of Chri&s;t,<NOTE PLACE="marg">II. Corinth. V.</NOTE> that euery man may receiue the thinges which are done in his body according to that hee hath done, whether it be good or euill. 10.</P>
<P>When Chri&s;t which is our life, &s;hall appeare,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Colo&s;&s;ians. III.</NOTE> then &s;hall ye al&s;o appeare with him in glo|ry. 4</P>
<P>I would not bretheren haue you ignorant concerning them which are a &s;leepe,<NOTE PLACE="marg">I. The&s;&s;alo. IIII.</NOTE> that yee &s;or|row not, euen as other which haue no hope. 13.</P>
<P>For if wee beleeue that Ie&s;us is dead, and is ri&s;en, euen &s;o them which &s;leepe in Ie&s;us, wil God bring with him. 14.</P>
<P>For this &s;ay we vnto you by the word of the Lord, that we
<PB N="274" REF="190"> which liue &amp; ate remaining in the comming of the Lord, &s;hall not preuent the~ which &s;leep. 15</P>
<P>For the Lord him&s;elfe &s;hall de&s;cend from heauen with a &s;houte, and with the voyce of the Archangell, and with the Trumpet of God: and the dead in Chri&s;t &s;hall ri&s;e fir&s;t. 16.</P>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="part">
<HEAD><HI>Of Glorification.</HI> in the life to come.</HEAD>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Iudges. V.</NOTE>THey that loue him, &s;halbe as the Sunne when he ri|&s;eth in his might. 31.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Daniel. XII.</NOTE>They that be wi&s;e &s;hall &s;hine as the brightne&s;&s;e of the firma|ment: and they that turne ma|ny to righteou&s;ne&s;&s;e, &s;hal &s;hine as the &s;tarres for euer &amp; euer. 3</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Mathew. XIII.</NOTE>Then &s;hal the iu&s;t men &s;hine as the Sun in the kingdome of
<PB N="275" REF="190"> their Father. 43.</P>
<P>They which &s;halbe counted worthy to inioy that world,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Luke. XX.</NOTE> &amp; the re&s;urrectio~ from the dead, neither mary wiues, neither are married. 35.</P>
<P>For they can die no more, for as much as they are equall vnto the Angels, and are the Sons of God, &s;ince they are the children of the re&s;urrection. 36</P>
<P>I count that the afflictions of this pre&s;ent time are not wor|thy of the glory which &s;halbee &s;hewed vnto vs. 18.<NOTE PLACE="marg">Romanes. VIII.</NOTE></P>
<P>The things which eye hath not &s;eene,<NOTE PLACE="marg">I. Corinth. II.</NOTE> neither eare hath heard, neither came it into ma~s heart, are, which God hath pre|pared for them that loue him. 9</P>
<P>Now we &s;ee through a gla&s;&s;e darkely:<NOTE PLACE="marg">XIII.</NOTE> but then &s;hall we &s;ee face to face. Now I knowe
<PB N="276" REF="191"> in part: but then &s;hall I know, euen as I am knowne. 12.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">II. Corinth. IIII.</NOTE>For our light affliction which is but for a moment, cau&s;eth vnto vs a farre more excellent and an eternall weight of glo|ry. 17.</P>
<P>While we looke not on the things that are &s;eene, but on the things which are not &s;eene. 18.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Philippians. III.</NOTE>Our conuer&s;ation is in hea|uen, from whence al&s;o we look for the Sauiour, euen the Lord Ie&s;us Chri&s;t, 20.</P>
<P>Who &s;hall change our vile body, that it may be fa&s;hioned like vnto his glorious body, ac|cording to the working, wher|by he is able euen to &s;ubdue all things vnto him&s;elfe. 21.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">I. Iohn. III.</NOTE>Dearly beloued, now are we the &s;onnes of God, but yet it doth not appeare what we &s;hal
<PB N="277" REF="191"> be: and we know that when he &s;hall appeare, wee &s;hall be like him: for we &s;hall &s;ee him as he is. 2.</P>
<P>The&s;e are they which came out of great tribulation,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Reuelation. VII.</NOTE> and haue wa&s;hed their long robes, and haue made their long robes white, in the blood of the lambe. 14.</P>
<P>Therfore are they in the pre|&s;ence of the throne of God, &amp; &s;erue him day and night in his temple, &amp; he that &s;itteth on the throne wil dwell among the~. 15</P>
<P>They &s;hall hunger no more, neither thir&s;t any more, nei|ther &s;hall the Sunne light on them, neither any heate. 16.</P>
<P>For the Lambe which is in the mide&s;t of the throne, &s;hall gouerne them, &amp; &s;hall lead the~ vnto the liuely fountaines of
<PB N="278" REF="192"> waters, and God &s;hall wipe a|way all teares from their eyes. 17.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXII.</NOTE>There &s;halbe no more cur&s;&s;e, but the throne of God, and of the Lambe &s;hall bee in it, and his &s;eruants &s;hall &s;erue him. 3.</P>
<P>And they &s;hall &s;ee his face, and his name &s;hall bee in their foreheads. 4.</P>
<P>And there &s;hall be no night there, and they need no can|dle, neither light of the Sunne, for the LORD GOD giueth them light, &amp; they &s;hall reigne for euermore. 5.</P>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>That God is true and <HI>Faithfull of his promi&s;e.</HI></HEAD>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Numbers. XXIII.</NOTE>GOd is not as man, that hee &s;hould lye, neither as the
<PB N="279" REF="192"> &s;onne of man, that he &s;hould repent: hath he &s;aid, and &s;hall hee not do it? and hath he &s;po|ken and &s;hall hee not accom|pli&s;h it? 19.</P>
<P>The Lord thy God,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Deuterono. VII.</NOTE> hee is God, the faithfull God, which keepeth couenant &amp; mercy vn|to them that loue him &amp; keepe his commandements, euen to a thou&s;and generations. 9.</P>
<P>Perfect is the worke of the mighty God:<NOTE PLACE="marg">XXXII.</NOTE> for all his wayes are iudgment. God is true and without wickedne&s;&s;e, iu&s;t and righteous is hee. 4.</P>
<P>There failed nothing of all the good thinges which the Lord had &s;aid vnto the hou&s;e of I&s;rael, but all came to pa&s;&s;e. 45.<NOTE PLACE="marg">Io&s;hua. XXI</NOTE></P>
<P>For indeede the &s;trength of I&s;rael will not lie nor repent:<NOTE PLACE="marg">I. Sam. XV.</NOTE> for hee is not as man that
<PB N="280" REF="193"> he &s;hould repent. 29.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Iob. XXXIIII.</NOTE>God forbid that wickedne&s;&s;e &s;hould be in God, and iniquity in the Almighty. 10.</P>
<P>Certainely God will not do wickedly, neither will the Al|mighty peruert iudgement. 12.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">P&s;almes. XXV.</NOTE>All the paths of the Lord are mercy and truth vnto all &s;uch as keepe his couenant and his te&s;timonies. 10.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">I&s;aiah. XLIX.</NOTE>Thus &s;aith the Lord the re|deemer of I&s;raell, and his holy one, to him that is de&s;pi&s;ed in &s;oule, to a nation that is abhor|red, to a &s;eruant of rulers, Kings &s;hall &s;ee, and ari&s;e, and Princes &s;hall wor&s;hippe, becau&s;e of the Lord that is faithfull, and the holy one of I&s;raell which hath cho&s;en thee. 7.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Ieremiah. X.</NOTE>The Lord is the God of
<PB N="281" REF="193"> truth. 10.</P>
<P>The Lord our God is righ|teous in all his works which he doth. 14.<NOTE PLACE="marg">Daniel. IX.</NOTE></P>
<P>Hee that hath receaued his te&s;timony,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Iohn. III.</NOTE> hath &s;ealed that God is true. 33.</P>
<P>I haue many thinges to &s;ay and to iudge of you:<NOTE PLACE="marg">VIII.</NOTE> but hee that &s;ent me is true, and the things that I haue heard of him, tho&s;e &s;peake I to the world. 26.</P>
<P>I am the way, and the truth,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XIIII.</NOTE> and the life. 6.</P>
<P>Let God be true,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Romanes. III.</NOTE> and euery man a lyar. 4.</P>
<P>God is faithfull,<NOTE PLACE="marg">I. Corinth. I.</NOTE> by whom ye are called vnto the fellow&s;hip of his Sonne Ie&s;us Chri&s;t our Lord. 9.<NOTE PLACE="marg">II. The&s;&s;alo. III.</NOTE></P>
<P>All men haue not faith. 2. But the Lord is faithful which will &s;tabli&s;h you and keepe
<PB N="282" REF="194"> you from euill. 3.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">II. Timo. II.</NOTE>If we beleeue not, yet abideth hee faithfull: hee cannot deny him&s;elfe. 13.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Hebrewes. VI.</NOTE>God willing more abou~dantly to &s;hew vnto the heires of pro|mi&s;e, the &s;tablene&s;&s;e of his cou~|&s;el, bound him&s;elf by an oth. 17</P>
<P>That by two immutable things, wherein it is vnpo&s;&s;ible that God &s;hould lye, we might haue &s;trong con&s;olation, which haue our refuge to hold fa&s;t the hope that is &s;et before vs. 18.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">X.</NOTE>Let vs keep the profe&s;&s;io~ of our hope, without wauering, (for he is faithfull that promi&s;ed) 23</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">I. Iohn. I.</NOTE>If we acknowledge our &s;inns, he is faithfull &amp; iu&s;t, to forgiue vs our &s;innes, and to clean&s;e vs from all vnrighteou&s;ne&s;&s;e. 9.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Reuelation. III.</NOTE>The&s;e things &s;aith <HI>Amen,</HI> the faithfull and true witne&s;&s;e, the
<PB N="283" REF="194"> beginning of the creatures of God. 14.</P>
<P>Great and marueilous are thy workes,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XV.</NOTE> Lord God almigh|ty: iu&s;t and true are thy wayes, King of Saints. 3.</P>
<P>And I &s;aw heauen open,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XIX.</NOTE> and behold a white hor&s;e, and hee that &s;at vpon him, was called faithfull &amp; true, and he iudgeth and fighteth righteou&s;ly. 11.</P>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>VVonders and <HI>Miracles.</HI></HEAD>
<P>THe creation of the whole frame of the world,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Gene&s;is. I.</NOTE> the Heauen and the Earth: fowles, bea&s;ts, fi&s;hes, and all liuing, creeping things what&s;oeuer.</P>
<P>The creation of Man,<NOTE PLACE="marg">II.</NOTE> accor|ding to the likene&s;&s;e and image of God. 26.</P>
<P>The creation of the woman,
<PB N="284" REF="195"> being made of one of <HI>Adams</HI> ribs: which the Lord tooke out, the Lord for this end, cau&s;ing him fall into a heauie &s;leep. 21.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">VII.</NOTE>The vniuer&s;all flood, &s;ent for the wickedne&s;&s;e of the world, by meanes of forty dayes and nights raine: de&s;troying all li|uing creatures what&s;oeuer, the inhabitants of the Arke excep|ted. 21.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XI.</NOTE>The off&s;pring of <HI>Noah</HI> think|ing to build in the plaine of Shinar, a city who&s;e top &s;hould reach vnto heauen: the Lord &s;endeth among&s;t them a confu|&s;ion of toungs, &s;o hindering their worke, the whole earth at that time &s;peaking one lan|guage. 8.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XX.</NOTE>The Sodomites inuironing <HI>Lots</HI> hou&s;e, who had that night receiued two Angels therein:
<PB N="285" REF="195"> are &s;mitten with blindne&s;&s;e. 11.</P>
<P><HI>Iaacob</HI> continueth wra&s;tling with an Angel,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XXXII.</NOTE> vntil the breake of day: at la&s;t returning ble&s;&s;ed and victorious. 24.</P>
<P><HI>Mo&s;es</HI> keeping his Fathers &s;heepe in Horeb,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Exodus. III.</NOTE> the Angell of the Lord appeareth vnto him in a flame of fire, out of y^e mid&s;t of a bu&s;h, the bu&s;h burning with fire, yet not con&s;umed. 2.</P>
<P><HI>Mo&s;es</HI> rod,<NOTE PLACE="marg">IIII.</NOTE> at the commande|ment of God being ca&s;t on the grou~d, is turned into a &s;erpent. 3</P>
<P>The Lord commanding, <HI>Mo|&s;es</HI> taketh the Serpent by the taile which is againe changed into a rod in his hand. 4.</P>
<P><HI>Mo&s;es</HI> thru&s;teth his hand in his bo&s;ome, at the command of God, which hee pulleth out againe leprous as &s;now. 6.</P>
<P><HI>Mo&s;es,</HI> the Lord commanding
<PB N="286" REF="196"> thru&s;teth his hand into his bo|&s;ome: which is turned as his other fle&s;h againe. 7.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">VII.</NOTE><HI>Aaron</HI> ca&s;teth foorth his rod before <HI>Pharaoh,</HI> and before his &s;eruants: which is turned into a Serpent. 10.</P>
<P><HI>Aaron,</HI> as the Lord had com|manded, lifting vp his rod, &s;mi|teth the water in the &s;ight of <HI>Pharaoh</HI> and his &s;eruants: which is turned into blood through the whole land. 20.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">VIII.</NOTE><HI>Aaron</HI> &s;tretching foorth his hand with his rod, ouer the wa|ters of Egipt: Frogges come vp, which couer all the land. 6.</P>
<P><HI>Aaron,</HI> &s;tretching out his hand with his rod, &s;miteth the du&s;t of the earth: Lice thereaf|ter comming vppon man and bea&s;t, all the du&s;t of the land of Egipt being turned into lice. 17</P>
<P>The Lord &s;endeth great &s;warmes of flies, into the hou&s;e
<PB N="287" REF="196"> of <HI>Pharaoh,</HI> and his &s;eruants: and ouer all the land of Egypt. 24. The Lord &s;endeth a great mor|raine of bea&s;ts,<NOTE PLACE="marg">IX.</NOTE> &s;o that all the cattle of the land of Egipt do die: tho&s;e of the children of I|&s;rael, the in-dwellers of Go&s;h|en, onely remaining aliue. 6.</P>
<P><HI>Mo&s;es</HI> &s;princleth a&s;hes to|wards heauen, before <HI>Pharaoh:</HI> which are turned into a &s;cabbe vpon man and bea&s;t. 10.</P>
<P><HI>Mo&s;es</HI> &s;tretching out his rod towards heauen, the Lord &s;en|deth haile mingled with fire, thunder, and lightning vpon man and bea&s;t: &s;miting all that is in the field. 23.</P>
<P><HI>Mo&s;es</HI> &s;tretching out his rod,<NOTE PLACE="marg">X.</NOTE> the Lord by an Ea&s;t wind, brin|geth gra&s;hoppers ouer all the land of Egipt: con&s;uming al the trees, fruites, and hearbes which the haile had left 13.</P>
<P><HI>Mo&s;es</HI> &s;tretching out his
<PB N="288" REF="197"> hand toward heauen, there en|&s;ueth a black darkne&s;&s;e ouer all the land of Aegypt for three dayes. 22.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XII.</NOTE>At midnight, the Lord &s;mi|teth all the fir&s;t-borne of the land of Aegypt, both man and bea&s;t. 29.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XIII.</NOTE>As the I&s;raelites march, the Lord goeth before them by day in a pillar of a clowde, and by night, in a pillar of fire. 21.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">X<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">III.</NOTE><HI>Mo&s;es</HI> &s;tretching out his hand vpon the red &s;ea, the Lord cau|&s;eth it to go back by a &s;trong Ea&s;t winde: &s;o that the children of, I&s;rael pa&s;&s;e through on drye land, the waters beeing a wall vnto them, on their right hand, and on theit left. 21.</P>
<P>The Lord &s;triketh the ho&s;t of the Egiptians with feare, taking off their charret wheeles. 24.</P>
<PB N="289" REF="197">
<P><HI>Mo&s;es</HI> &s;tretching out his hand vpon the &s;ea, it returneth to his cour&s;e early in the morning, ouer-throwing the Egiptians in the mid&s;t thereof. 27.</P>
<P>The children of I&s;rael,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XV.</NOTE> mur|muring at <HI>Marah,</HI> the Lord &s;heweth <HI>Mo&s;es</HI> a tree, which when hee had ca&s;t into the wa|ters, they become &s;weet. 25.</P>
<P>As <HI>Aaron</HI> is &s;peaking to the congregation of the children of I&s;rael,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XVI.</NOTE> the glory of the Lord appeareth in a clowd toward the wilderne&s;&s;e. 10.</P>
<P>In the euening the Lord &s;en|deth Quailes, which couer the whole campe of the I&s;raelites: and the dew being a&s;cended, a &s;mall round thing is vpon the face of the wilderne&s;&s;e, as the hoare fro&s;t on the earth, which they call, Man. 14.</P>
<PB N="290" REF="198">
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XVII.</NOTE>The children of I&s;rael, con|tending with <HI>Mo&s;es,</HI> at Ma&s;ah, Miribah: at the command of God, hee &s;miteth on the rocke, whence commeth water. 6.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XIX.</NOTE>On the third day, before the giuing of the Lawe: there is thundring, and lightning, with a thick clowd vpon mount Si|nai, &amp; the &s;ound of the trumpet &s;ounding exceeding lowd: the mountaine being al on &s;moake, a&s;cending like the &s;moake of a Fornace, all the mount trem|bling exceedingly: &s;o that all the people in the campe are af|fraid. 16.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXIIII.</NOTE><HI>Mo&s;es</HI> the Lord commanding, goeth vp to mount Sinai, a clowd there-after couering the mountaine. 15.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXXIIII.</NOTE><HI>Mo&s;es</HI> early in the morning goeth vp into the mount with
<PB N="291" REF="198"> two Tables, as the Lord had commanded him: the Lord de&s;cending in the clowd, pa&s;|&s;eth by him, proclaiming his glorious name. 4.</P>
<P><HI>Mo&s;es</HI> remaineth there with the Lord, forty dayes, and forty nights: neither eating bread nor drinking water. 28.</P>
<P><HI>Mo&s;es</HI> beeing come downe from mount Sinai, with the two Tables in his hand: his face &s;hineth &s;o bright that <HI>Aa|ron</HI> and the people are afraid to come neere him 30.</P>
<P>The whole worke being rea|red &amp; fini&s;hed,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XL.</NOTE> which the Lord commanded <HI>Mo&s;es:</HI> a clowd co|uereth the Tabernacle of the Congregation, the glory of the Lord filling it: &s;o that <HI>Mo&s;es</HI> could not enter, becau&s;e of the glory of the Lord filling the Ta|bernacle. 34.</P>
<PB N="292" REF="199">
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Leuiticus. IX.</NOTE>There commeth a fire out from the Lord, con&s;uming the burnt offering, and the fat vpon the Altar. 24.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">X.</NOTE>There commeth a fire out from the Lord, deuouring <HI>Na|dab</HI> and <HI>Abihu</HI> &s;onnes of <HI>Aaron:</HI> as they offered &s;trange fire be|fore the Lord. 2.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Numbers. XI.</NOTE>The children of I&s;rael be|come murmurers, wherefore the fire of the Lord burneth a|mong&s;t them: con&s;uming the out mo&s;t part of the ho&s;t. 1.</P>
<P>The Lord commeth downe in a clowde, &s;peaking vnto <HI>Mo&s;es:</HI> and taking off the Spirit that was vpon him, putting it vpon the &s;euenty ancient men. 25.</P>
<P>The Lord by a winde bring|eth Quailes from the Sea, let|ting them fall in the I&s;raelites campe: a daies iourney, on this,
<PB N="293" REF="199"> and the other &s;ide of the ho&s;t, two cubits aboue the grou~d. 31</P>
<P>While the fle&s;h is betweene their teeth, the wrath of the Lord &s;miteth them with an ex|ceeding great plague. 33.</P>
<P>The Lord commeth downe in the pillar of the clowd,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XII.</NOTE> &s;tan|ding at the doore of the Taber|nacle, calling <HI>Aaro~</HI> &amp; <HI>Miriam.</HI> 5</P>
<P><HI>Miriam</HI> is &s;eene leprous as &s;now, the clowde departing from the Tabernacle. 10.</P>
<P>The children of I&s;rael,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XIIII.</NOTE> crying to &s;tore <HI>Caleb</HI> and <HI>Io&s;hua:</HI> the glory of the Lord appeareth in the Tabernacle of the Congre|gation, before all the children of I&s;rael. 10.</P>
<P>The earth openeth her mouth, &s;wallowing vp aliue,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XVI.</NOTE> <HI>Korah, Dathan,</HI> and <HI>Abiram,</HI> with their families. 32.</P>
<PB N="294" REF="200">
<P>A fire commeth out from the Lord, con&s;uming the two hun|dred and fifty men, which offe|red incence. 35.</P>
<P>The children of I&s;rael mur|mure again&s;t <HI>Mo&s;es</HI> and <HI>Aaron,</HI> for which the Lord &s;endeth a plague among&s;t them: which de&s;troieth fourteene thou&s;and and &s;eauen hundred of them 45</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XVII.</NOTE><HI>Aarons</HI> rod onely of all the twelue, which were laid before the Arke of the te&s;timony, bud|deth: bringing forth buds &amp; blo|&s;oms, bearing ripe Almond<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">. 8.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XX.</NOTE>The children of I&s;rael beeing come to Kade&s;h, in the wilder|ne&s;&s;e of Zin, wa~ting water; mur|mure again&s;t <HI>Mo&s;es,</HI> who being commanded of God onely to &s;peake vnto the rock, notwith|&s;tanding &s;miteth it twi&s;e with his rod, whence i&s;&s;ueth water a|bundantly. 11.</P>
<PB N="295" REF="200">
<P><HI>Mo&s;es</HI> at the command of God, maketh a bra&s;en Serpent,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XXI.</NOTE> vnto which, when any of the children of I&s;rael did looke, be|ing bitten of fiery Serpents: they liued. 9.</P>
<P><HI>Baalams</HI> A&s;&s;e,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XXII.</NOTE> as he was in his iourney going towards <HI>Baalak</HI> King of Moab: &s;eeing the An|gel of the Lord before her in the way with a drawne &s;word in his hand: twi&s;e refu&s;eth it, going a&s;ide, for which he beat|ing her with a &s;taffe: the Lord openeth the A&s;&s;es mouth, &s;o that &s;hee &s;peaketh reproouing her mai&s;ters cruelty. 28.</P>
<P>The I&s;raelites are led forty yeares in the wilderne&s;&s;e,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Deuterono. XXIX.</NOTE> their clothes neither waxing old, nor their &s;hoes vpon their feete. 5,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XXXI.</NOTE></P>
<P>The Lord appeareth in the ta|bernacle, in a pillar of a clowd:
<PB N="296" REF="201"> &s;tanding ouer the doore of the Tabernacle. 15.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Io&s;hua. III.</NOTE>The children of I&s;rael being ready to pa&s;&s;e ouer Iorden, as &s;oone as the feete of the Prie&s;ts which beare the Arke, touch|eth the brinkes of Iorden: the riuer &s;tayeth her cour&s;e, &s;tand|ing vp on a heape, &s;o that the children of I&s;rael pa&s;&s;e through vpon drye land. 16.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">VI.</NOTE>The walles of Iericho fall to the ground, being &s;euen times compa&s;&s;ed, by <HI>Io&s;hua</HI> &amp; the men of warre: the &s;euenth time as they &s;howted a great &s;howt. 20</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">X.</NOTE>The Lord ca&s;teth downe great &s;tones from heauen vpon the Aramites: as they flie be|fore I&s;rael. 11.</P>
<P><HI>Io&s;hua</HI> &s;peaking to the Sunne, it &s;tandeth &s;till in Gebeon, (the Lord fighting for him) the
<PB N="297" REF="201"> Moone al&s;o, according to his word in the valley of Aialon: a whole day, vntill hee had a|uenged him&s;elfe vpon his ene|mies. 13.</P>
<P><HI>Shamgar</HI> the &s;onne of <HI>Anath,</HI><NOTE PLACE="marg">Iudges. III.</NOTE> a Iudge of I&s;rael: killeth &s;ixe hundred Phili&s;tims with an Oxe goad. 31.</P>
<P><HI>Gedeon</HI> asking a &s;igne of the Angell,<NOTE PLACE="marg">VI.</NOTE> for his further a&s;&s;u|rance: the Angell of the Lord putteth forth the end of his &s;taffe, touching the fle&s;h &amp; the vnleauened bread which lay vp|on a &s;tone: out of which fire commeth, con&s;uming the &s;acri|fice: the Angel &s;o departing. 21</P>
<P><HI>Gedeon,</HI> againe asking a &s;igne of victory of God, his fleece is wet with dew: all the ground about it being drye. 38.</P>
<P>At <HI>Gedeons</HI> reque&s;t, his
<PB N="298" REF="202"> fleece remaineth drye, all the ground about it being wet with dew. 40.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">VII.</NOTE><HI>Gedeon</HI> with his three hun|dred men, the Lord fighting for them, in wonderfull man|ner ouer-threw the ho&s;t of the Madianites. 22.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XIII.</NOTE><HI>Ma<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">oah</HI> and his wife, offering a &s;acrifice at the Angels &s;econd apparition: the flame comming from the Altar toward heauen: the Angel a&s;cendeth therein, they falling on their faces to the ground. 20.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XIIII.</NOTE>The &s;pitit of the Lord com|ming vpon <HI>Sam&s;on,</HI> he teareth a young Lion in pieces, hauing nothing in his hands. 6.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XV.</NOTE><HI>Sam&s;on,</HI> beeing in the hands of the Phili&s;tims bound with cordes, the Spirit of the Lord comming vpon him, they be|come
<PB N="299" REF="202"> as flaxe. 14.</P>
<P><HI>Sam&s;on</HI> with the iaw bone of an A&s;&s;e, killeth a thou&s;and Phi|li&s;tims. 15.</P>
<P>At <HI>Sam&s;ons</HI> prayer he being &s;ore a thir&s;t, the Lord breaketh the cheeke tooth that was in the iaw: whence commeth water. 19.</P>
<P><HI>Sam&s;on</HI> at midnight carrieth away the doores of the gates of the citty of Azzah,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XVI.</NOTE> with the two po&s;ts of the barres, on his &s;houlders: to the top of the mountaine that is before He|bron. 3.</P>
<P><HI>Sam&s;on</HI> after prayer to God, pulleth downe a hou&s;e, where|in were three thou&s;and Phili|&s;tims: all which with him-&s;elfe are killed. 30.</P>
<P>The Arke of God,<NOTE PLACE="marg">I. Samuel. V.</NOTE> beeing brought by the Phili&s;tims into the
<PB N="300" REF="203"> hou&s;e of <HI>Dagon</HI> their God: the Image is found fallen on his face before the Arke of God. 3</P>
<P><HI>Dagon,</HI> being &s;et vp in his place againe is found the next day al&s;o fallen vpon his face be|fore the Arke of God: with his head, and the two palmes of his hands cut off vppon the thre&s;|hold. 4.</P>
<P>The men of <HI>A&s;hdod</HI> are pla|gued with the Emrods becau&s;e of the Arke of God. 6.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">VI.</NOTE>The Phili&s;times &s;et the Arke of God vppon a cart, drawen with two melch Kine: who of their owne accord, go &s;traight to Beth&s;heme&s;h, lowing as they went. 12.</P>
<P>Fifty thou&s;and thre&s;core and ten Beth&s;hemites are killed for looking in the Arke of God. 19.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">VII.</NOTE>The Lord thunders from
<PB N="301" REF="203"> heauen, with great thundring vpon the Phili&s;tims, &s;cattering them. 10.</P>
<P>At <HI>Samuels</HI> prayer,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XII.</NOTE> the Lord &s;endeth thunder and raine, in &s;igne of the peoples wicked|ne&s;&s;e. 18.</P>
<P><HI>Ionathan</HI> and his armor-bea|rer,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XIIII.</NOTE> going vp again&s;t the Phi|li&s;tims: the Lord &s;endeth a feare in their campe, the earth trembling, they flying before <HI>Ionathan</HI> and his armor-bearer. 15.</P>
<P><HI>Dauid,</HI><NOTE PLACE="marg">II. Samuel. V.</NOTE> the Lord fighting for him: at the hearing of the noi&s;e of one going in the tops of the Mulbery trees putteth the Phi|li&s;tims to flight. 25.<NOTE PLACE="marg">VI.</NOTE></P>
<P><HI>Vzzah,</HI> for putting his hand to &s;tay the Arke of God, the Oxen &s;haking it: as it came fro~ the hou&s;e of <HI>Abinedab</HI> at Ge|beah,
<PB N="302" REF="204"> is &s;tricken to death in the &s;ame place. 7.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XX<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">III.</NOTE><HI>Dauid,</HI> cau&s;eth I&s;rael to bee numbred: for which the Lord beeing angry, &s;endeth a plague de&s;troying three&s;core and ten thou&s;and of the people. 15.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">I. Kings. VIII.</NOTE>The Arke beeing brought into the mo&s;t holy place of the Temple, vnder the winges of the Cherubins, after the fini|&s;hing thereof by <HI>Salomon:</HI> a cloud filled the hou&s;e, &s;o that the Prie&s;ts could not &s;tand to mini&s;ter: becau&s;e of the glory of the Lord filling the hou&s;e. 10.11.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XIII.</NOTE><HI>Ieroboam</HI> putting forth his hand to cau&s;e lay hold on a Pro+phet: his hand drieth vp, not being able to pull it in againe. 4.</P>
<P>The Altar cleaueth in &s;under,
<PB N="303" REF="204"> the a&s;hes falling from it: accor|ding to the word of the Pro|phet. 5.</P>
<P>The Prophet prayeth vnto God for <HI>Ieroboam,</HI> his hand there-after becomming whole as before. 6.</P>
<P><HI>Eliah</HI> re&s;traineth dew and raine from falling on the ground,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XVII. Iam. 5.18.</NOTE> but according to his word. 1.</P>
<P><HI>Eliah</HI> remaining by the riuer Cherith, the Rauens bring him bread and fle&s;h in the morning, and bread and fle&s;h in the eue|ning. 6.</P>
<P><HI>Eliah,</HI> increa&s;eth the widow of Zarephaths oyle, and her meale vntill the Lord &s;ent rain vpon the earth. 16.</P>
<P><HI>Eliah</HI> after prayer, rai&s;es the widowes &s;onne from death to life. 22.</P>
<PB N="304" REF="205">
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XVIII.</NOTE>The Lord for confirming of his glory, and &s;trengthening of his people again&s;t the Prie&s;ts of <HI>Baal,</HI> at <HI>Eliahs</HI> praier, &s;endeth a fire con&s;uming the burnt offe|ring on the Altar, &amp; the wood and the &s;tones, and the du&s;t: licking vp the water in the ditch. 38.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XIX.</NOTE>An Angel commeth to <HI>Eliah,</HI> as he is di&s;tre&s;&s;ed &s;leeping in the wilderne&s;&s;e: bidding him ri&s;e and eate, bringing him meat. 5.</P>
<P>The Angell of the Lord commeth to him the &s;econd time, as he &s;lept, bidding him ari&s;e and eate for hee had a great iourney. 7.</P>
<P><HI>Eliah</HI> walketh forty dayes &amp; forty nights in the &s;trength of that meate. 8.</P>
<P>The Lord pa&s;&s;ing by <HI>Eliah,</HI> a mighty &s;tronge winde renteth
<PB N="305" REF="205"> the mountaines, and breaketh the rockes before him, with earthquake and fire: therafter &s;peaking to <HI>Eliah</HI> in a &s;oft &s;till voyce. 11. 12.</P>
<P>At <HI>Eliahs</HI> prayer,<NOTE PLACE="marg">II. Kings. I.</NOTE> fire com|meth from heauen, de&s;troying <HI>Ahaziahs</HI> fir&s;t captaine of fifty with his men. 10.</P>
<P>At <HI>Eliahs</HI> prayer, fire com|meth from heauen de&s;troying <HI>Ahaziahs</HI> &s;econd captaine of fifty and his men. 12.</P>
<P><HI>Eliah</HI> deuideth the waters of Iorden with his cloake,<NOTE PLACE="marg">II.</NOTE> &s;o that <HI>Eli&s;ha</HI> and he pa&s;&s;e ouer on dry land. 8.</P>
<P>As <HI>Eliah</HI> and he are walking and talking together, there ap|peareth a charet and hor&s;es of fire: &s;eparating them, carrying vp <HI>Eliah</HI> by a whirlewind vnto heauen: <HI>Eli&s;ha</HI> beholding the
<PB N="306" REF="206"> &s;ame. 11.</P>
<P><HI>Eli&s;ha<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">,</HI> comming backe to Iorden, &s;miteth the waters with <HI>Eliahs</HI> cloake: which pre|&s;ently deuide, this, and that wa~y: returning as hee went. 14.</P>
<P><HI>Eli&s;ha,</HI> healeth the bitter and venemous waters. 21.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">III.</NOTE>According to the word of <HI>Eli&s;ha,</HI> which he &s;poke to <HI>Ieho|&s;haphat</HI> and <HI>Iehoram,</HI> Kings of I&s;rael and Iudah: water com|meth by the way of Edom fil|ling the ditches of the val|ley: without &s;ight of wind or raine. 20.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">IIII.</NOTE><HI>Eli&s;ha</HI> increa&s;eth a poore widowes oyle, from one pit|cher, filling all the ve&s;&s;els &s;hee could borrow. 6.</P>
<P><HI>Eli&s;ha</HI> after prayer, ray&s;eth the Shunamites Sonne from
<PB N="307" REF="206"> death to life. 34.</P>
<P><HI>Eli&s;ha</HI> healeth the pottage, wherein wilde gourds had bin vnwittingly put. 41.</P>
<P><HI>Eli&s;ha</HI> feedeth a hundred men with twenty loaues, and full eares of corne in the huske. 44.</P>
<P><HI>Naaman</HI> the Sirian,<NOTE PLACE="marg">V.</NOTE> as <HI>Eli&s;ha</HI> had bidden him, wa&s;hing him&s;elfe &s;eauen times in Ior|den: is healed of his lepro|&s;ie. 14.</P>
<P><HI>Gehazi,</HI> and his &s;eed for euer are &s;tricken with the lepro&s;ie of <HI>Naaman.</HI> 27</P>
<P><HI>Eli&s;ha</HI> ca&s;ting a peece of wood into the water,<NOTE PLACE="marg">VI.</NOTE> cau&s;eth iron to &s;wimme. 6.</P>
<P>At <HI>Eli&s;has</HI> prayer, the Lord openeth his &s;eruants eyes who &s;eeth the mountaynes full of charets and hor&s;es
<PB N="308" REF="207"> of fire round about <HI>Eli&s;ha.</HI> 17.</P>
<P>At <HI>Eli&s;has</HI> prayer, the Lord &s;miteth the King of Sirias ho&s;t with blindne&s;&s;e. 18.</P>
<P>At <HI>Eli&s;has</HI> prayer, the Lord openeth their eyes againe. 20.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">VII.</NOTE>The Lord cau&s;eth the campe of the Aramites to flie, putting a feare in their armie: by hea|ring the noy&s;e of charets and hor&s;es: and of a great armie. 6.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XIII.</NOTE>A dead man beeing ca&s;t in the Sepulcher of <HI>Eli&s;ha,</HI> as &s;oone as hee touched <HI>Eli&s;has</HI> bones, reuiued againe, &s;tanding vp vpon his feete. 21.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XIX.</NOTE>After the praier of <HI>Hezekiah,</HI> King of Iudah: the Lord &s;en|deth his angell, de&s;troying in one night, a hundred four&s;core and fiue thou&s;and of <HI>Senache|ribs</HI> armie. 35.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XX.</NOTE><HI>Hezekiah</HI> de&s;iring the pro|mi&s;e
<PB N="309" REF="207"> of his recouery, to be con|firmed by a &s;igne: at <HI>I&s;aiahs</HI> prayer, the Lord bringeth a|gaine the &s;hadow of the Sunne ten degrees backe, by the de|grees whereby it had gone downe in the dyall of <HI>Ahaz.</HI> 11.</P>
<P>After <HI>Salomons</HI> prayer,<NOTE PLACE="marg">II. Chronic. VII.</NOTE> fire commeth downe from heauen, con&s;uming the &s;acrifice and the burnt offering, the glo|ry of the Lord filling the hou&s;e. 1.</P>
<P><HI>Abiiah</HI> and <HI>Ieroboam,</HI><NOTE PLACE="marg">XIII.</NOTE> Kinges of Iudah and I&s;rael, beeing &s;et in battel array again&s;t one ano|ther: the men of I&s;rael hauing compa&s;&s;ed tho&s;e of Iudah, be|hind and before: who crying vnto the Lord, and thereafter &s;howting, the Lord &s;miteth the Ho&s;t of I&s;rael, fiue hundreth thou&s;and of them falling down
<PB N="310" REF="208"> wounded before the men of Iudah. 17.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XX.</NOTE>After <HI>Ieho&s;haphats</HI> prayer, the Lord layeth ambu&s;hments again&s;t the children of <HI>Ammon, Moab,</HI> and mount Seir: cau|&s;ing each of them to kill his fel|low. 22.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XXVI.</NOTE><HI>Vzzia</HI> King of Iudah, hauing incen&s;e in his hand: pre&s;uming to offer it,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Numb. 18.7</NOTE> which onely was lawfull to the Prie&s;ts, is &s;tric|ken with lepro&s;ie in the &s;ame place. 19.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Daniel. III.</NOTE><HI>Shadrach, Me&s;hac,</HI> and <HI>Abed|nego,</HI> are ca&s;t bound in a hotte fiery furnace, the flame there|of killing tho&s;e men which put them in. 22.</P>
<P><HI>Nebuchadnezzar</HI> &s;eeing, and wondring at foure me~ walking harmele&s;&s;e in the mid&s;t of the fire: the forme of the fourth
<PB N="311" REF="208"> beeing like vnto the Sonne of God, biddeth the three come foorth, who obeying, come out vntouched and harmele&s;&s;e of the fire. 25. 26.</P>
<P><HI>Bel&s;hazzar</HI> fea&s;ting in all his royaltye,<NOTE PLACE="marg">V.</NOTE> with his Prin|ces, wiues, and concubines: &amp; drinking in the ve&s;&s;els of the hou&s;e of the Lord: there ap|peareth vnto him the fingers of a mans hand writing ouer a|gain&s;t the candle&s;ticke, on the play&s;ter of the wall, the King &s;eeing the palme of the hand which wrote. 5.</P>
<P><HI>Daniell</HI> beeing ca&s;t into the Lyons Den,<NOTE PLACE="marg">VI.</NOTE> the Lord &s;hutteth the Lions mouthes: they ha|uing no power ouer him, he is brought out aliue againe. 23.</P>
<P><HI>Ionah,</HI><NOTE PLACE="marg">Iohn. I.</NOTE> flying from the pre|&s;ence of the Lord, and ca&s;t ouer
<PB N="312" REF="209"> board to appea&s;e the tempe&s;t: the Lord prepareth a great fi&s;h which receiueth him. 17.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">II.</NOTE><HI>Ionah,</HI> praying out of the fi|&s;hes belly, where hee remay|ned three daies &amp; three nights, is by the fi&s;h ca&s;t a land, the Lord &s;o commanding. 10.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">IIII.</NOTE>The Lord prepareth a gourd, cau&s;ing it come vp to couer <HI>Ionah</HI> from the Sunne in one night. 6.</P>
<P>The Lord the next day pre|pareth a worme which con&s;u|meth &amp; &s;miteth the gourd, that it al&s;o peri&s;heth in one night. 7.</P>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Out of the new <HI>Te&s;tament.</HI></HEAD>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Luke. I.</NOTE>WHile <HI>Zacharias</HI> the Prie&s;t is burning of Incen&s;e in the Temple, an Angell of the
<PB N="313" REF="209"> Lord appeareth vnto him pro|mi&s;ing him a Sonne. 11.</P>
<P><HI>Zacharias</HI> requiring a &s;igne of the Angell, for the further a&s;&s;urance of his promi&s;e is &s;tricken dumbe vntill the time of the performance thereof. 22.</P>
<P><HI>Elizabet</HI> his wife, hearing the &s;alutatio~ of Mary, the babe &s;pringeth in her belly: &s;hee beeing filled with the holy Gho&s;t. 41.</P>
<P><HI>Zacharias</HI> mouth is opened againe, and his tongue loo&s;ed, immediately after he had writ|ten his &s;onnes name vppon Tables 64.</P>
<P>The &s;trange conception of the Ble&s;&s;ed Virgin,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Mathew. I. Luke. I.</NOTE> with our Sauiour Chri&s;t: by the holy Gho&s;t, ouer&s;hadowed by the power of the mo&s;t high. 18. 35.</P>
<PB N="314" REF="210">
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Luke. II.</NOTE>After the birth of our Saui|our Chri&s;t, the Angel of the Lord, commeth vpon the &s;hep|heards, in the field, the glory of the Lord &s;hining about them: &s;o that they are affraid. 9.</P>
<P>Pre&s;ently after the Angels me&s;&s;age vnto the &s;heapheards, there is with the Angel, a mul|titude of heauenly &s;ouldiers prai&s;ing God. 13.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Math. II.</NOTE>Three wi&s;emen of the Ea&s;t, &s;eeking Chri&s;t at Ieru&s;alem: and from thence directed to Bethlem: a &s;tarre goeth before conducting them, at la&s;t, &s;tand|ing ouer the place where Chri&s;t was. 9.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Math. III. Marke. I. Luke. III.</NOTE>After that Chri&s;t is baptized of <HI>Iohn the Bapti&s;t,</HI> the heauens are opened vnto him: <HI>Iohn</HI> &s;ee|ing the Spirit of God de&s;cen|ding like a Doue, and lighting
<PB N="315" REF="210"> vpon him: with a voyce &s;peak|ing from heauen. 16. 10. 22.</P>
<P>Chri&s;t healeth a man in the Synagogue,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Marke. I. Luke. IIII.</NOTE> who had an vn|cleane &s;pirit. 26.35.</P>
<P>Chri&s;t being thru&s;t out of the Synagogue at Nazareth,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Luke. IIII.</NOTE> and led to the edge of a hill, wherevpon the citty was built: to ca&s;t him downe headlong, pa&s;&s;eth through the mid&s;t of them, &s;o departing. 30.</P>
<P>Chri&s;t being at a mariage in Cana in Galilee,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Iohn. II.</NOTE> turneth water into wine. 9.</P>
<P>Chri&s;t beeing come downe from the mountaine where hee preached:<NOTE PLACE="marg">Math. VIII. Marke. I. Luke. V.</NOTE> healeth a leaper. 3. 40. 13.</P>
<P>Chri&s;t healeth a Centurions &s;eruant,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Math. VIII. Luke. VII.</NOTE> who by rea&s;on of his &s;trong faith, de&s;ired our Sa|uiour onely to &s;peake the
<PB N="316" REF="211"> word, and his &s;eruant &s;hould be whole. 13. 10.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Math. VIII. Marke. IIII. Luke. IIII.</NOTE>Chri&s;t comming into <HI>Peters</HI> hou&s;e, healeth his wiues mo|ther: who lay &s;icke of a Feuer. 15. 31. 39.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Math. VIII. Marke. IIII. Luke. VIII.</NOTE>Chri&s;t, with his Di&s;ciples be|ing at &s;ea, there ari&s;eth &s;uddain|ly a great tempe&s;t: which at his Di&s;ciples crie hee calmeth, rebuking the wind and the &s;ea. 26. 39. 24.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Math. VIII. Marke. V. Luke. VIII.</NOTE>Chri&s;t ca&s;teth out the deuils, out of two who were po&s;&s;e&s;&s;ed: who hauing obtained leaue of our Sauiour Chri&s;t, enter pre|&s;ently into a heard of Swine: carying them all from a &s;teepe downe place, headlong in the &s;ea. 32. 13. 33.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Iohn. IIII.</NOTE>Chri&s;t being come from Iu|dea into Galilee, healeth a ru|lers &s;onne, who was &s;ick of a
<PB N="317" REF="211"> feuer, at Capernaum: his feuer departing, by the rulers com|putation, at that very houre, in which Ie&s;us had &s;aid, thy &s;onne liueth. 50.</P>
<P>An Angel at certaine &s;ea&s;ons,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Iohn. V.</NOTE> commeth downe troubling the water of a poole called Bethe&s;|da, be&s;ide Ieru&s;alem, which hea|led any one, of what&s;oeuer di&s;|ea&s;e, fir&s;t entred the poole after the Angels departure. 4.</P>
<P>Chri&s;t healeth a man lying be&s;ide the poole of Bethe&s;da, waiting for the Angels com|ming: who had beene di&s;ea&s;ed eight and thirty yeares. 9.</P>
<P>Chri&s;t,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Math. IX. Marke. II. Luke. V.</NOTE> comming into his owne cittie, healeth a man &s;ick of the pal&s;ie. 6. 12. 24.</P>
<P>Chri&s;t entring into <HI>Simons</HI> &s;hip,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Luke. V.</NOTE> biddeth him ca&s;t out his net: who obeying Chri&s;ts com|mand,
<PB N="318" REF="212"> although they had tra|uailed all that night in vaine: take &s;o many fi&s;hes, that their net breaketh, &s;inking al&s;o two &s;hips, which came to their aid. 6</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Luke. VII.</NOTE>Chri&s;t, as he came neere the gate of a citty called Nain, rai|&s;eth a widdowes onely &s;onne, (whom he met in a coffin) from death to life. 15.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Math. IX. Marke. V. Luke. VIII.</NOTE>A woman hauing a di&s;ea&s;e of a bloudy i&s;&s;ue, twelue yeares: touching the hem of Chri&s;ts garment is healed. 22. 29. 44.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Math. IX. Marke. V. Luke. VIII.</NOTE>Chri&s;t rai&s;eth a ruler of the Synagogues daughter, from death to life. 25. 31. 55.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Math. IX.</NOTE>Chri&s;t giueth &s;ight to two blind men, becau&s;e of their faith. 30.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Math. IX. Luke. XI.</NOTE>Chri&s;t ca&s;teth out a diuell out of a dumbe man, cau&s;ing the dumbe to &s;peake. 33. 14.</P>
<PB N="319" REF="212">
<P>Chri&s;t healeth one,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Mark. VII.</NOTE> who was deafe, and &s;tammered in his &s;peach. 35.</P>
<P>Chri&s;t comming to Beth&s;ai|da, giueth &s;ight to a blind man:<NOTE PLACE="marg">Mark. VIII.</NOTE> who de&s;ired our Sauiour onely to touch him. 25.</P>
<P>Chri&s;t giueth &s;ight to a man who was borne blind. 7.<NOTE PLACE="marg">Iohn. IX.</NOTE> <NOTE PLACE="marg">Math. XII. Marke. III. Luke. VI.</NOTE></P>
<P>Chri&s;t healeth a man, which had his hand dried vp. 13. 5. 10.</P>
<P>Chri&s;t healeth a man,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Math. XII. Luke. XI.</NOTE> who was blind and dumbe, and po&s;|&s;e&s;&s;ed with a diuell. 22. 14.</P>
<P>Chri&s;t feedeth fiue thou&s;and men,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Mat. XIIII. Marke. VI. Luke. IX. Iohn. VI.</NOTE> be&s;ide women and chil|dren: with fiue loaues and two fi&s;hes: twelue baskets full of the fragments remaining. 20. 42. 17. 12.</P>
<P>Chri&s;t walketh on the &s;ea,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Mat. XIIII. Marke. VI. Iohn. VI.</NOTE> about the fourth watche, &s;a|uing <HI>Peter</HI> from &s;inking in
<PB N="320" REF="213"> the water: at la&s;t calming the tempe&s;t. 25. 49. 19.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Mat. XIIII. Marke. VI.</NOTE>All tho&s;e who were &s;icke through all the country, touch|ing the hem of Chri&s;ts gar|ment are healed. 36. 56.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Math. XV. Marke. VII.</NOTE>Chri&s;t healeth a Canaaniti&s;h womans daughter, who was tormented with a diuell: by rea&s;on of her &s;trong faith, and vnce&s;&s;ant crying. 28. 30.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Math. V.</NOTE>Chri&s;t a&s;cending into a mou~|taine, neere the Sea of Galilee: great multitudes come vnto him, hauing with them, halt, blinde, dumbe, maimed, whom ca&s;ting downe at Ie&s;us feete, are all healed. 30.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Math. XV. Mark. VIII.</NOTE>Chri&s;t feedeth foure thou|&s;and men, be&s;ides women and children, with &s;eauen loaues, &amp; a few fi&s;hes: &s;eauen baskets full of the fragme~ts remaining. 37. 8</P>
<PB N="321" REF="213">
<P>Chri&s;t is tran&s;figured vpon mount Thabor:<NOTE PLACE="marg">Math. XVII Marke. IX. Luke. IX.</NOTE> his face &s;hi|ning like the Sunne, his clothes being white as the light, <HI>Peter, Iames,</HI> and <HI>Iohn,</HI> beholding the &s;ame: where al&s;o appeareth, <HI>Mo&s;es</HI> and <HI>Elias,</HI> talking with him. 2.3.29.</P>
<P>Meane while that <HI>Peter,</HI> is de&s;iring of our Sauiour leaue, to make three Tabernacles there: a bright clowd &s;hadow|eth them, with a voyce &s;peak|ing out of the clowd: This is my wel-be-loued Sonne, in whom I am well plea&s;ed, heare him: they falling on their faces to the ground. 5. 7. 34.</P>
<P>Chri&s;t healeth a mans &s;onne who was lunatike and po&s;&s;e&s;&s;ed ca&s;ting out the diuell. 18. 25. 42.</P>
<P>Chri&s;t healeth a woman,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Luke. XIII.</NOTE> who had a &s;pirit of infirmity eigh|teene
<PB N="322" REF="214"> yeares, beeing &s;o bowed together, that &s;hee could not lift vp her &s;elfe in any wi&s;e. 13.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Luk. XIIII.</NOTE>Chri&s;t healeth a man of the drop&s;ie vpon the Sabbath day. 4.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Luke. XVII.</NOTE>Chri&s;t, healeth ten lepers, going to Ieru&s;alem: as hee en|tred a certaine towne of Gali|lee. 14.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Math. XX. Marke. X. Luk. XVIII.</NOTE>Chri&s;t departing from Ieri|cho, giueth &s;ight to two blind men: &s;itting by the way &s;ide. 34. 52. 43.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Math. XXI Marke. XI.</NOTE>Ie&s;us returning from Beth|ania to Ieru&s;alem, beeing hun|gry &s;eeth a fig tree by the way carrying leaues onely, without fruite a hee expected, where|fore cur&s;&s;ing it, it anon withe|reth the di&s;ciples as the pa&s;|&s;ed that way, the next day, &s;eeing, it dryed vp from the
<PB N="323" REF="214"> rootes. 19. 13.</P>
<P>Chri&s;t rai&s;eth <HI>Lazarus</HI> from death to life,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Iohn. XI.</NOTE> after he had lyen foure dayes buried in the graue. 44.</P>
<P>Chri&s;t troubled in &s;oule,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Iohn. XII.</NOTE> praying vnto his Father to glo|rifie his Name: there com|meth a voyce from heauen &s;aying: I haue both gloryfied it and will glorifie it againe. 28.</P>
<P>Chri&s;t,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Luk. XXII.</NOTE> beeing come as his maner was to the mount of O|liues, and praying to his Fa|ther in an agony, his &s;weat be|ing like droppes of blood: a little before his beetraying, ther appeareth an Angell from heauen comforting him. 43.</P>
<P>Chri&s;t,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Iohn. XVIII</NOTE> asking tho&s;e whoe came to beetray him whom they &s;ought: at who&s;e replye,
<PB N="324" REF="215"> telling them hee was the man: they goe backwards, falling to the ground. 6.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Luke. XXII.</NOTE>After <HI>Iudas</HI> had betraied our Sauiour Chri&s;t with a ki&s;&s;e: Chri&s;t healeth the high Prie&s;ts &s;eruants eare: which <HI>Simon Pe|ter</HI> had &s;tricken off. 51.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Mat. XXVII Mark. XV. Luk. XXIII.</NOTE>Chri&s;t being crucified vpon the cro&s;&s;e, there is an vniuer&s;all darkne&s;&s;e, from the &s;ixt vnto the ninth houre: ouer all the land. 45. 33. 44.</P>
<P>Chri&s;t hauing yeelded vp the Spirit: the vaile of the Tem|ple, from the top to the bottom renteth in &s;under: the earth quaking, the &s;tones cleauing in &s;under, &amp; the graues opening, many bodyes of the Saints which &s;lept ari&s;ing: who after his re&s;urrection appeared to many in Ieru&s;alem. 51. 38. 45.</P>
<PB N="325" REF="215">
<P><HI>Mary Magdalen,</HI><NOTE PLACE="marg">Mathew. XXVIII. Mark. XVI. Luk. XXIIII Iohn. XX.</NOTE> with the other <HI>Mary,</HI> being come to the Sepulchre, where Chri&s;t was laid: there is a great earth|quake, an Angell being de&s;cen|ded from heauen, who had rol|led the &s;tone from the doore of the Sepulchre, &s;itting thereon. 2. 5. 2. 12.</P>
<P>The re&s;urrection of Chri&s;t, from death to life vpon the third day, being the fir&s;t of the weeke. 6. 9. 6. 2.</P>
<P>Chri&s;t appeareth after his re&s;urrection,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Mathew. XXVIII. Mark. XVI. Iohn. XX.</NOTE> fir&s;t to <HI>Mary Mag|dalen</HI> and the other <HI>Mary,</HI> 9. 9. 14.</P>
<P>Chri&s;t,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Mark. XVI. Lu. XXIIII.</NOTE> appeareth vnto two of his Di&s;ciples in another forme: as they walked in the countrey. 12. 15.</P>
<P>Chri&s;t,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Lu. XXIIII.</NOTE> going in to tary with them, at their in&s;tant &s;ute:
<PB N="326" REF="216"> while&s;t he is breaking of bread at the Table,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Luk. XXIIII</NOTE> haue their eyes opened, knowing him: is ta|ken out of their &s;ight. 31.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Marh. XVI. Luk. XXIIII Iohn. XX.</NOTE>Chri&s;t appeareth to his ele|uen Di&s;ciples as they were &s;it|ting together: reprouing them of their vnbeleefe, and hard|ne&s;&s;e of heart. 14. 36. 19.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Iohn. XX.</NOTE>Chri&s;t appeareth vnto his Di&s;ciples, eyght dayes after, the doores beeing &s;hut: cau|&s;ing <HI>Thomas</HI> put his finger to his hands, and his hands in his &s;ide 26.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">Iohn. XXI</NOTE>Chri&s;t appeareth to his di|&s;ciples againe, be&s;ide the &s;ea of Tiberias. 1.</P>
<P>Chri&s;t commanding, the di|&s;ciples ca&s;t our their net into the &s;ea, not then knowing him, and are not able, for the multi|tude of fi&s;hes which filled their
<PB N="327" REF="216"> net to pull it in againe. 6.</P>
<P>Chri&s;ts glorious a&s;cen&s;ion into heauen,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Mark. XVI. Luk. XXIIII Actes. I.</NOTE> a cloude taking him vp, out of their &s;ight: now &s;itting at the right hand of God the Father, in glory and ma|ie&s;ty. 19. 51. 9.</P>
<P>Meanwhile the Apo&s;tles are beholding Chri&s;ts glorious a&s;|cen&s;ion into heauen,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Actes. I.</NOTE> they &s;ee two men &s;tanding by them in white: telling them of his glo|rious returne, as they had now &s;eene him a&s;cend. 11.</P>
<P>After Chri&s;ts a&s;cen&s;ion in|to heauen,<NOTE PLACE="marg">II.</NOTE> according to his promi&s;e, the Apo&s;tles beeing all in one place: there commeth &s;uddainly a &s;ound from heauen, like the ru&s;hing of a mighty winde, filling all the hou&s;e
<PB N="328" REF="217"> where they &s;ate: clouen tounges like fire appearing vn|to them, &s;itting vpon each of them: beeing all there-after filled with the holy Gho&s;t, &s;peaking with other tounges, as the Spirit gaue them vtte|rance. 2.</P>
<P>Three thou&s;and per&s;ons of tho&s;e who came to heare the Apo&s;tles &s;peake in their &s;trang tounges: are conuerted by <HI>Pe|ters</HI> &s;ermon. 41.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">III.</NOTE><HI>Peter</HI> healeth one, who was a cripple from his mothers bellie: lying at the gate of the Temple, called beautifull, in the name of Ie&s;us Chri&s;t of Nazareth. 7.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">IIII.</NOTE>The place is &s;haken, wherein the Apo&s;tles are, after prayer vnto the Lord, to pre&s;erue and &s;trengthen them with
<PB N="329" REF="217"> boldne&s;&s;e to confe&s;&s;e his name. 31.</P>
<P><HI>Ananias:</HI><NOTE PLACE="marg">V.</NOTE> concealing a part of the price of his po&s;&s;e&s;&s;ion, and lying to the holy Gho&s;t: is &s;tricken to death in the &s;ame place. 5.</P>
<P><HI>Saphira</HI> his wife, a little af|ter, for the like fault, endureth the like puni&s;hment: falling downe dead at <HI>Peters</HI> feete. 10.</P>
<P>The &s;icke, are brought into the &s;treetes, laide on beds and couches: that the &s;hadow of <HI>Peter</HI> as hee pa&s;&s;ed by, might &s;hadow them. A multitude of the citty round about Ieru|&s;alem al&s;o, bringing &s;ick folkes, and tho&s;e who were vexed with vncleane &s;pirits: all who are healed. 15.</P>
<P>The Apo&s;tles, impri&s;oned by the high Prie&s;t, and tho&s;e of
<PB N="330" REF="218"> the &s;ect of the Saduces: the Angel of the Lord by night, openeth the pri&s;on doores, bringing them forth. 19.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">VIII.</NOTE>The Eunuch of Aethiopia, &amp; <HI>Philip</HI> beeing come out of the water, where the &s;aid Eunuch was baptized: the Spirit of the Lord taketh away <HI>Philip,</HI> the Eunuch: &s;eeing him no more. 39</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">IX.</NOTE><HI>Saul,</HI> being on his way neere vnto Dama&s;cus, with ful intent to per&s;ecute all &s;uch as did pro|fe&s;&s;e the name of Ie&s;us: &s;udden|ly there &s;hineth a light round about him from heauen, wher|at, falling to the ground, hee heareth a voyce from heauen, &s;aying vnto him: <HI>Saul, Saul,</HI> why per&s;ecute&s;t thou me? 4.</P>
<P><HI>Saul,</HI> ri&s;ing from the ground, and opening of his eyes &s;eeth no man, beeing led by the hand
<PB N="331" REF="218"> vnto Dama&s;cus: where hee re|maineth three daies blind with|out meate or drinke 8.</P>
<P><HI>Saul,</HI> immediatly after that <HI>Ananias</HI> had touched his eyes, telling him that he was &s;ent for that errand, by that Ie&s;us which appeared to him in the way: receiueth his &s;ight, a thing fal|ling from his eyes, as it had bin &s;cales. 18.</P>
<P><HI>Peter</HI> comming to Lyda, hea|leth a man of the pal&s;ie, who had kept his bed eight yeares: by the name of Ie&s;us. 34.</P>
<P><HI>Peter,</HI> after prayer, rai&s;eth a certaine di&s;ciple of Ioppa, na|med <HI>Tabitha:</HI> from death to life. 40.</P>
<P>Meane while that <HI>Peter</HI> is prea|ching, at <HI>Cornelius</HI> conuer&s;ion,<NOTE PLACE="marg">X.</NOTE> the holy Gho&s;t falleth on all tho&s;e who heare him: the A&s;|&s;i&s;tants
<PB N="332" REF="219"> wondring, that the ho|ly Gho&s;t was poured on the Gentles al&s;o: hearing them &s;peake in diuers tongues. 44.</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XII.</NOTE><HI>Herod,</HI> thinking to bring out <HI>Peter</HI> to the people, whom be|fore hee had impri&s;oned: this &s;ame night while&s;t <HI>Peter</HI> &s;lept betwixt two Souldiers, bound with two chaines, the keepers watching the doores: The An|gel of the Lord commeth vp|on them, a light &s;hining in the hou&s;e: who &s;miting <HI>Peter</HI> on the &s;ide, biddeth him to be rea|dy quickly and follow him: <HI>Pe|ters</HI> chaines imediately falling from his hands. 7</P>
<P>The Angel and <HI>Peter,</HI> hauing pa&s;t the fir&s;t and &s;econd watch, at la&s;t come to an iron gate, lea|ding into the citty: which of it owne accord openeth vnto
<PB N="333" REF="219"> them, where, after they had pa&s;&s;ed through one &s;treet: the Angel departed from him. 10.</P>
<P><HI>Herod</HI> making an Oration to the people in all his royalty, re|ceiuing from them a bla&s;pe|mous applau&s;e: is immediatly &s;mitten by the Angel of the Lord, being eate~ of wormes, &s;o that he giueth vp the Gho&s;t. 23</P>
<P><HI>Elimas</HI> the &s;orcerer,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XIII.</NOTE> accor|ding to the word of <HI>Paul,</HI> is &s;tri|ken of the Lord with blindnes. 11.</P>
<P><HI>Paul,</HI><NOTE PLACE="marg">XIIII.</NOTE> healeth a certaine im|potent man, at <HI>Li&s;tra,</HI> in Lyca|onia: who was a cripple from his mothers wombe. 10.</P>
<P><HI>Paul</HI> in the name of Ie&s;us,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XVI.</NOTE> cau&s;eth an vncleane &s;pirit to come out of a certaine maid, which troubled him and his company, as they were about
<PB N="334" REF="220"> to pray in <HI>Lydias</HI> hou&s;e. 18.</P>
<P><HI>Paul</HI> and <HI>Silas</HI> beeing impri|&s;oned by the mai&s;ters of the a|fore&s;aid Maide, praying and &s;inging a P&s;alme vnto God: &s;uddainly there is a great earth|quake, &s;haking the foundation of the pri&s;on, all the doores thereof opening: euery pri&s;o|ners bands beeing loo&s;ed. 26</P>
<P><NOTE PLACE="marg">XIX.</NOTE><HI>Paul</HI> in his peregrination fin|ding certain di&s;ciples at Ephe|&s;us, who onely were baptized with the bapti&s;me of <HI>Iohn:</HI> bap|tizeth them in the name of Ie|&s;us, laying his hands on the~, the holy Gho&s;t comming vppon them: they &s;peaking the tonges and prophe&s;ying. 6.</P>
<P>From the body of <HI>Paul</HI> are brought Kerchiffes vnto the &s;icke, the di&s;ea&s;es therafter de|parting: and the euill &s;pirits
<PB N="335" REF="220"> going out of them. 12.</P>
<P><HI>Paul</HI> ray&s;eth one <HI>Eutychus</HI> fro~ death to life,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XX.</NOTE> who in hearing of his &s;ermon, which continu|ed till mid-night, oppre&s;&s;ed with a deepe &s;leepe had fallen from a window, &s;o dying. 10.</P>
<P><HI>Paul</HI> ca&s;t a &s;hore in the Ile of Melita,<NOTE PLACE="marg">XXVIII.</NOTE> warming him&s;elfe by a fire, a viper leapeth out there|of vpon his hand: which harm|le&s;&s;e hee ca&s;ts off againe. 5.</P>
<P><HI>Paul</HI> healeth the Father of <HI>Publius,</HI> who was the chiefe man of that Ile, of a feuer, and a bloody flixe. 8.</P>
<Q>The hope that is deferred is the fainting of the heart: but when the de&s;ire commeth, it is a tree of life. <BIBL><HI>Pro. 13.12.</HI></BIBL></Q>
<TRAILER>FINIS.</TRAILER>
</DIV1>
</BODY>
<BACK>
<DIV1 TYPE="errata">
<PB REF="221">
<HEAD>Errata.</HEAD>
<P>Epi&s;t. page 5. for, at, read, as. Page 10. for, the people, read, thy people, p. 16. f I will r. and <HI>I</HI> will, p. 22. f. the Prie&s;t, r. the high Prie&s;t, p. 23. l. 12, &amp; 18. put out of. p. 34. marg. f 5. put 6. p. 35. marg ad to Iohn 1. p. Ib. f. the&s;e hands, r. our hands, p. 44. f. vnto, r. into, p. 40 f. &s;aid, r. &s;aid vnto me, p. 65. f. not thy, r. not thou thy, p. 79. f. not known, r. not called vpon, p. 103. f. and affliction, r. and our affliction, p. 106. f. 1. put 8. p. 141. l. 8. r. 5. p. 2<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">2. l 4. for. 31. r. 38. p. 210. l. 23. f. are not. r. are we not p. 218. marg. put out the midle x. p. 234. marg. ad x. to feare not. pag. 253. marg. for. 27. r. 28.</P>
<PB REF="221" MS="y">
</DIV1>
</BACK>
</TEXT>
</EEBO>
</ETS>
